Bakersfield City Council
February 26, 2025

2025
State Legislative
Program

Bakersfield Mayor & City Council
Karen Goh………….…....………….………….…………………………….………………... Mayor Eric Arias…….………....…………………………………….…………..……………………..Ward 1 Andrae Gonzales .………………………….……....……………………………………….. Ward 2 Ken Weir….……….………………………….……………..……………….……………………Ward 3
Bob Smith ……….……………….…………………………….…..…………………………….Ward 4
Larry Koman .………………..……………………………………….……………..……………Ward 5 Zack Bashirtash………....………………………….….…….……..………………………...Ward 6 Manpreet Kaur....…….…………………………….….………….………….……………….Ward 7

Table of Contents
Definitions .....................................................................................................................................................4 State of California Delegation .......................................................................................................................5 City Council Strategic Goals...........................................................................................................................6 Legislative Program .......................................................................................................................................7 2023 State Legislative Priorities................................................................................................................. 10

1. Advocate for our fair share of State Funding ................................................................................. 10

2. Advocate for policy and funding that supports efforts in serving and reducing the City’s homeless population....................................................................................................................................... 11

3. Advocate for reasonable and measured relief from state regulations related to energy production, agriculture production, and goods movement. Continue to support and pursue State programs or funding opportunities to diversify the economy, including the regional Economic Prosperity Initiative. ....................................................................................................................... 12

4. Advocate for and pursue State programs or funding initiatives in support of the City’s affordable housing and urban revitalization efforts........................................................................................ 13

5. Advocate for and pursue State programs or funding initiatives in support of improved social determinates of health................................................................................................................... 15 2023 State Legislative Positions................................................................................................................. 15

1. Protect Local Control ......................................................................................................................... 16

2. Protect Local Revenues and Funding for Vital Community Services................................................. 16

3. Public Safety ...................................................................................................................................... 17

4. Infrastructure Investment ................................................................................................................. 19

5. Improve the Quality of Life and Sustainability of the City.............................................................. 21

6. Employment and Labor Relations................................................................................................... 24

7. Protection of the agriculture and energy production industries ...................................................... 26

8. Public Health Economic Relief and Employee Health........................................................................ 26

Definitions
Legislative Program
The Bakersfield City Council will adopt a Legislative Platform each calendar year. The Legislative Platform sets forth the City of Bakersfield’s legislative priorities and interests and provides general authority and direction regarding advocacy efforts on behalf of the City to: the City Manager’s Office; City departments; and the City’s state legislative advocate.

Legislative Principle
Legislative Principles are foundational statements of broad legislative objectives or philosophies that form the basis for establishing Legislative Priorities and Positions.

Legislative Priority
Items receive designation as Legislative Priorities within the Legislative Program when it is anticipated that they will (1) have a significant impact on the City of Bakersfield; (2) require significant effort by City staff and/or the City’s state advocate; and (3) have a strategic action identified to address a high-level priority for the City.

Legislative Position
The City of Bakersfield has numerous areas of legislative interest beyond those that rise to the surface as Legislative Priorities. The City prepares position statements for both the themes of legislation and funding that regularly recur on the state level as well as new issues that arise each year in the legislative process. Legislative Positions provide background as to the importance of the issue to the City of Bakersfield and state the position of the City and any action that will be pursued to address it.

State of California Delegation
Senate
The Honorable Melissa Hurtado
District 16
1021 O Steet
Sacramento, CA 95814
The Honorable Shannon Grove
District 12
1021 O Street
Sacramento, CA 95814
Assembly
The Honorable Jasmeet Bains
1021 O Street
Sacramento, CA 95814
Vacant
District 32

City Council Strategic Goals

1. Economic Opportunity for All
Bakersfield fosters a diverse, thriving economy that sustains the quality of life desired by our community.

2. Safety and Resilience
Residents feel safe and crime rates are low. Bakersfield is a City where homelessness is infrequent and brief, and residents do not experience the impacts of homelessness.

3. Reliable Infrastructure
The City provides well-maintained infrastructure that supports quality of life and economic development for the community today and plans for the infrastructure needs of tomorrow.

4. Community Character & Qualify of Life
Neighborhoods are healthy, vibrant and full of opportunity; residents are attracted to Bakersfield’s affordability. Community members and visitors enjoy the City’s revitalized, modern and walkable downtown and business districts.

5. Innovative and Efficient City Government
The City of Bakersfield is a professional, effective, and customer-oriented organization that brings efficient solutions to the community. Our well-managed finances position the City for a healthy and prosperous future.

Legislative Program
Purpose
Throughout each year, the State Legislature proposes and enacts legislation, some of which affects local municipal government. The League of California Cities and contracted legislative advocacy firms keep the City of Bakersfield informed on proposed legislation from these bodies. At times, it is in the interests of the City to take a position on proposed legislation. The State Legislative Program establishes Legislative Principles, Priorities and Positions that provide direction for advocating for the City of Bakersfield with the state government.

Process
For proposed legislation, either consistent with the City’s Legislative Program or consistent with legislative positions the City has taken in the past, City staff shall be authorized to prepare position letters for the Mayor or City Manager’s signature. All members of City Council shall receive copies of sent position letters. The City’s advocacy firm may also be authorized to express the City’s position in person to legislative representatives.

Items not addressed in the City’s Legislative Priorities may require they be brought to the City Council for consideration. These legislative priorities may only address issues directly relevant to or impacting the provision of municipal services. Generally, the City will not address matters that are not pertinent to the City’s local government services such as partisan, socially divisive, or international issues.

The City’s legislative positions, as further defined below, may be supported with additional advocacy efforts, including but not limited to:
• Position letters, including updating said letters as legislation is amended and/ or advances through the process, fact sheets, and other legislative advocacy support materials.
• Preparing staff and councilmember testimony to legislative committees and other legislative and regulatory bodies; and
• In person meetings and phone calls with members of legislative and regulatory agencies.

Possible position that can be adopted on legislation include:
• Support – A support position indicates to the legislature, regulatory agencies, and other stakeholders, that the city is in favor of the legislation in question. • Support if Amended – A support if amended position indicates to the corresponding legislature, regulatory agencies, and other stakeholders, that the city is in favor of the legislation in question, if the requested changes are adopted. • Oppose – An oppose position indicates to the legislature, regulatory agency, and other stakeholders that the city is against the legislation in question. • Oppose Unless Amended – An oppose unless amended position indicates to the legislature, regulatory agencies, and other stakeholders, that the City is against the legislation in question, unless the requested changes are adopted. • Neutral – A neutral position indicates to the corresponding legislature, regulatory agencies, and other stakeholders, that the City is impartial on the legislation in question and does not wish to take a position or has formally removed their prior adopted position due to changes being made to the legislation or proposal (e.g., a bill that the city had an “oppose unless amended” position on was amended to address concerns, therefore the City is formally withdrawing its opposition and moving to a “Neutral” position).
• Watch – A watch is traditionally an internal position which indicates the City is monitoring the legislation. Should the bill be amended the City reserves its right to adopt a position as indicated above.

Legislative Principles
In its relationship with the state government, the City will always:
• Seek the broadest authority for our citizens and the City Council to make decisions locally
• Seek out, develop, and support legislative and budget efforts that protect and/or maximize local governments revenues, maximize the City’s access to funding, and/or increase local funding flexibility
• Support legislative and budget action that will provide robust funding for domestic infrastructure, public safety, community development and economic development programs which support City efforts to maintain and enhance the quality of life
• Oppose legislative or administrative actions that have negative fiscal impacts to the City
• Oppose legislative or administrative actions which would create unfunded mandates and/or preempt local decision-making authority • Encourage and seek legislation to facilitate orderly and sustainable economic expansion and growth, and increase the opportunity for discretionary revenues and programmatic and financial flexibility for the City • Seek opportunities to help our partners achieve success in order to further improve the community
• Support legislation that furthers the adopted City Council Goals It is within this philosophy that the attached state legislative priorities and positions are adopted.

2025 State Legislative Priorities
Items receive designation as Legislative Priorities within the Legislative Program when it is anticipated that they will (1) have a significant impact on the City of Bakersfield; (2) require significant effort by City staff and/or the City’s state advocate; and (3) have a strategic action identified to address a high-level priority for the City.

1. Advocate for our fair share of State Funding

2. Advocate for policy and funding that supports efforts in serving and reducing the City’s homeless population

3. Advocate for reasonable and measured relief from state regulations related to energy production, agriculture production, and goods movement.

4. Continue to support and pursue State programs or funding opportunities to diversify to economy, including the regional Economic Prosperity Initiative.

5. Advocate for and pursue State programs or funding initiatives in support of the City’s affordable housing and urban revitalization efforts

6. Advocate for and pursue State programs or funding initiatives in support of improved social determinates of health.

1. Advocate for our fair share of State Funding
Background: The City of Bakersfield has been successful in receiving state and federal funding through both project specific earmarks and competitive funding application processes. However, there are opportunities to develop more positive working relationships with state government agencies and explain our unique needs. In addition, the City has experienced reduction in funding from the state as a result of direct removal of revenues previously remitted to municipalities examples of which include Vehicle License Fee revenues and Redevelopment Agency revenues.

Position: The City of Bakersfield should more aggressively target earmark funding when available by establishing priority projects and advocating for available funding to our state delegation. Priority projects will be identified each year based on the strategic needs of the City while taking into consideration the eligibility of projects for the funding sources available and the likelihood of funding advocacy efforts being successful. The City of Bakersfield should also leverage the State and Federal presence of our advocates to develop positive working relationships with key state agency executives. The City should also advocate for maintaining funding levels for priority state agency government programs. In addition, the City should target funding opportunities that will have the most beneficial impact to General Fund operations. Furthermore, the City should oppose any state actions that reduce funding to municipalities or create unfunded mandates.

Action: Advocate for the following priority project list for consideration in grant applications and for direct funding when available:
o Gang prevention, intervention, and suppression
o Youth services and programs

o Recovery of Vehicle License Fee (VLF) revenues taken by the state and revenue loss due to SB 89.
o Projects or programs that would support implementation of the Bakersfield Economic Development Strategic Plan.
o Rehabilitation or development of new park or open spaces in underserved areas or in disadvantaged communities with limited options for active lifestyles. o Infrastructure improvement and the development of complete streets.

Action: Advocate for programs providing additional funding for public safety and violence prevention
o Pursue grant funding in support of violence reduction and gang intervention o Advocate for funding for early diversion and deflection programs o Advocate for funding programs designed to outreach to at-risk youth for education and training
Action: Advocate for equitable processes and equitable sharing of resources related to new State funding sources or State Bond issuances. Advocate for equity in allocating new funding for transportation, floodplain management, affordable housing, homelessness and public park infrastructure.

Action: Oppose legislation or executive action that reduces funding to the City or creates an unfunded mandate.

2. Advocate for policy and funding that supports efforts in serving and reducing the City’s homeless population
Background: In recent years, the State of California has experienced an increase in the number of homeless individuals throughout the State, including within the City of Bakersfield. The annual 2024 “Point in Time Count” showed 2669 homeless individuals in Kern County with 1202 located within the Metropolitan Bakersfield area. Based on data in both the Point in Time Count and the Homeless Management Information System (HMIS), the City and State are experiencing an inflow of individuals into homelessness that is growing increasingly larger than the number of individuals the City and service providers are able to move into permanent housing. This point to a state-wide systemic problem that is creating a flow of individuals into homelessness.

To address this crisis, the City of Bakersfield has engaged in a number of initiatives to address homelessness, through implementation of federal HUD funds, local Public Safety & Vital Services (PSVS) Measure funds, and state Homeless, Housing, Assistance and Prevention (HHAP) funds for creative new programs.

As the City has addressed this crisis more proactively, it has become clear that there are service gaps that are beyond the policy purview and funding capacity of the City and our

local partners. The issue of homelessness requires State and Federal intervention and resources.

Position: The City of Bakersfield supports state programs that provide funding to local governments for addressing homelessness, permanent supportive housing and affordable housing. The City of Bakersfield supports legislation and State policy making that provides for flexibility in allocating state funding for local programs designed to assist individuals experiencing, or at risk of experiencing, homelessness. Bakersfield supports legislation and policy making that allows service providers greater access to funding in support of individuals experiencing homelessness. The City also supports legislation and policy making that balances the needs of the homeless population with the quality of life impacts experienced by the community, providing the City with tools to care for our vulnerable populations and place them in service rich environments. Bakersfield has allocated significant local funding to this issue, is collaborating with the state and local partners and is well positioned to benefit from policy and funding that addresses the systemic issues around homelessness.

Action: Advocate for increased State oversight of behavioral health and substance abuse treatment for individuals experiencing homelessness; advocate for ongoing flexible State funding to cities for homeless services.

Support legislation or policy making that offers greater flexibility in allocating funding for locally designed programs that address the needs the of the homeless population and high-risk sub-populations.

Support legislation that reforms the state’s behavioral health and substance abuse policies and programs.

Support legislation or policy making that provides greater access to MediCal for providers serving the homeless population.

Oppose legislation and policy making that limits local control and the ability to design programs that help vulnerable populations access services and programs that address homelessness and the impacts of homelessness.

3. Advocate for reasonable and measured relief from state regulations related to energy production, agriculture
production, and goods movement.

Background: Historically, Bakersfield's major industries have been oil, agriculture, and goods movement. Kern County has the most oil production in the United States and is in the top five most productive agricultural counties in the nation. Kern County produces over 250 crops including cotton, potatoes, pistachios, grapes, pomegranates and roses.

The economic agricultural industry also includes dairies, poultry farms and cattle ranches.

The County also serves as a major hub of state and inter-state logistics and goods movement along Interstate 5 and California State Routes 99, 58 and 178.

Supporting the economic recovery of our businesses is a high priority for the City as well as diversifying the City’s economic foundation. On September 15, 2021 the Bakersfield City Council adopted a Five Year Economic Development Strategic Plan outlining several targets to achieve.

Position: The City of Bakersfield will continue to support and advocate for those policies that strengthen and support the region’s primary economic drivers.

Action: Support legislation that promotes retention, transition, and advancement of the region’s traditional mainstay industries of oil production, agriculture and goods movement.

Support legislation that provides a comprehensive workforce development system focused on full-spectrum career pathways to meaningful jobs and expanded interface between educational/training entities and private employers.

Support investments in infrastructure, education, and community amenities in support of the City’s economic development objectives.

4. Continue to support and pursue State programs or funding opportunities to diversify the economy, including the regional Economic Prosperity Initiative.

Background: In the midst of economic distress of COVID-19 and continuing state regulations that continue to target the City of Bakersfield’s mainstay industries, diversification in the most effective way to increase long term economic resilience.

Economic diversification can bring a wide range of benefits at the community and regional levels. Being able to rely on a wide range of public revenue and employment sources improves cross-industry cooperation and mutual benefit, productivity rates, and the health of the local labor market.

Position: The City of Bakersfield should be proactive in engaging the Newsom Administration on the funding and resources necessary to transition employees to new industries with potential for growth and opportunities.

Action: Advocate for increased State funding opportunities and policies that position Bakersfield as a “destination for innovation” attractive to technology workers/talent, targeted technology industries, and technology-oriented business startups.

Support legislation that increases the region’s economic resiliency through industry diversification, a focus on inclusivity, and support for transition of traditional sectors.

Support diversified business growth with long-term sustainable jobs at a livable wage.

5. Advocate for and pursue State programs or funding initiatives in support of the City’s affordable housing and urban
revitalization efforts.

Background: The cost of housing in the City of Bakersfield continues to rise and since the elimination of redevelopment in 2011, development of affordable housing has diminished significantly. The City has been proactive on addressing affordable housing and urban revitalization through various efforts including:
o Transformative Climate Communities
o Implement the City’s affordable housing strategy
o Establishing an affordable housing trust fund
Position: The City of Bakersfield is poised to leverage State programs that facilitate downtown urban renewal, neighborhood transformation and development of affordable housing. State funding related to sustainable infrastructure and planning that has been allocated in recent years should remain a priority to allow for these programs to continue the revitalization of communities like Bakersfield. The City of Bakersfield is also well positioned to leverage investments through Opportunity Zones. The City of Bakersfield should receive an equitable share of funding supporting affordable housing. The City of Bakersfield should receive an equitable share of funding supporting sustainable infrastructure and development, if not a greater share as a disadvantaged community.

Action: Facilitate lasting revitalization of and reinvestment in key older neighborhoods.

Action: Support the redevelopment and clean-up efforts of the City’s target properties identified under the City’s Brownfields Site Reuse & Revitalization Program that spurs economic development and reduces risks to human health and the environment by redeveloping underutilized, blighted brownfield properties.

Action: Bring light to numerous barriers to housing production beyond the control of local governments and have significant impacts on what types of, and how many, housing units are built. Including:
• Construction costs
• New building codes
• CEQA costs and delays

• Financing
• State interjection into local housing ordinances, rules and regulations

6. Advocate for and pursue State programs or funding initiatives in support of improved social determinates of health.

Background: Social determinants of health (SDOH) are the conditions in the environments where people are born, live, learn, play, worship, and age that affect a wide range of health, functioning, and quality-of-life outcomes and risks according to the United States Department of Health and Human Services. There are five major contributors to social determinants of health including economic stability, education access and quality, health care access and quality, neighborhood and built environment, and social and community context. The CalVIP program was initiated by the City to reduce gun violence was built on these same principles. The City of Bakersfield has been working with the Blue Zones Project, a community-wide, evidence-based approach to improving health and well-being that makes healthier choices easier for everyone living in in the City. According to the State’s CalEnviroScreen 4.0 indicator map, much of Bakersfield scores in the 90th percentile of California census tracts for indicators such as asthma, cardiovascular disease, low educational attainment, and poverty. These indicators are particularly pronounced in low-income and high-minority areas. The City suffers from higher-than-average quality of life and violent crimes although the number of traffic fatalities did go down in 2024. Following the initial implementation of CalVIP in 2022, the City has seen a promising decline in violence however additional funding is needed to continue the program.

Position: Bakersfield is poised to leverage state programs and funding that facilitates equitable and improved indicators for residents.

Action: Facilitate investments to improve social determinates of health, particularly in underserved neighborhoods.

Action: Facilitate investments in the built environment that reduce traffic fatalities.

Action: Support legislation and funding for evidence-based gun violence reduction and crime prevention programs.
2025 State Legislative Positions

1. Protect Local Control

2. Protect local Revenues and Funding for Vital Community Services

3. Public Safety

4. Infrastructure Investment

5. Improve the Quality of Life and Sustainability of the City

6. Employment and Labor Relations

7. Protection of the agriculture, energy production, and goods movement industries

8. Public Health Response and Recovery

1. Protect Local Control
• Support efforts that are consistent with the doctrine of "home rule" and the local exercise of police powers, through planning and zoning processes, over local land use.
• Oppose legislation that negatively impacts the City Council's authority to manage and control the public right-of-way and for the City to receive compensation for its use.

2. Protect Local Revenues and Funding for Vital Community Services
• The City will oppose efforts that capture or divert local revenue or efforts which shift responsibility for State services or programs to local government without commensurate revenue.
• Support full reimbursement to cities for all State mandates. • Oppose legislation that eliminates or restricts the taxing authority of cities; weakens existing Government Code section 66000 fee authority; or redefines any development tax, condition, or other monetary change as development fees. • Support legislation that protects the ability of cities to recover the costs of mandated programs through fees that are exempt from Proposition 218 as well as potential exemptions for stormwater infrastructure projects. • Support efforts to restore local authority and control over revenues, governance, and service delivery as well as protect local governments against unfunded mandates.
• Monitor and evaluate Proposition 13 and city and county tax apportionment proposals.

• Monitor and evaluate all proposals that include an unfunded mandate to local governments.
• Oppose any amendment to the redistribution of sales and use taxes which will affect the city and its ability to provide city services and thereby cause a negative fiscal impact.
• Oppose any legislation that attempts to allocate additional general liability exposure to cities or that seeks to prohibit the ability of cities to seek maximum indemnification from other parties in the contractual process. • Support efforts to allocate State revenues to local government projects that fund affordable housing.
• Advocate for grants or loans to upgrade municipal irrigation systems and install smart controls. Advocate for further grants to upgrade and maintain the urban forest.
• Advocate for state taxation policies and procedures that ensure that taxing authorities and services provided by the City are fairly and adequately funded. • Support legislative efforts that maximize reimbursement to local governments for medical transport and fire responder paramedic services to individuals that are beneficiaries of state and federal medical coverage.

3. Public Safety
Police
• Support legislation that strengthens the ability of the City to create safe environments and well-being for all.
• Oppose legislation that erodes local control related to law enforcement. • Support legislation and funding for local law enforcement equipment, services, wellness or personnel.
• Support legislation that allows use of state public safety grants for intervention and prevention efforts to curb gang crime and youth violence. • Support legislation that would provide cities with a greater share of fines and forfeitures.
• Support legislation that allows law enforcement to better combat gun violence through investigation, interdiction, and prevention of firearm related crimes.

• Support legislation that allows use of state public safety grants for maintenance efforts in addition to service increases.
• Support legislation and administrative actions that protect the City’s interests related to the AB 109 public safety realignment initiative including but not limited to equitable distribution of funding and policies that do not unfairly impact Bakersfield and Kern County.
• Support legislation that strengthens penalties for chronic low level offenses including drug, property crime and violent offenders.
• Support legislation that increases penalties for the sale and distribution of fentanyl.
• Support legislation that addresses accountability and transparency among law enforcement agencies and personnel.
• Support legislation and budget proposals that expand behavioral health treatment.
• Inform and educate the legislature and Governor on the effective behavioral health responses and practices currently being used by law enforcement in partnership with local mental health clinicians. • Support policies and funding to fully implement Proposition 36 (2024).

Fire Services
• Ensure local discretion in the adoption and implementation of health and safety standards contained in the building and fire codes.
• Oppose legislation that mandates local building and fire code standards that negatively impact the health and safety of the community and add undue burden and investment in the City.
• Support funding for local emergency operations including equipment, services, and personnel.
• Support legislation and funding for firefighter wellness programs and resources.

Emergency Medical Services
• Oppose legislation that would restrict a local government from revising the delivery of emergency medical service to its citizens and support measures that broaden these powers.

• Support legislation that would enhance cost recovery or provide funding for emergency medical services and pre-hospital care.

Disaster Preparedness
• Support legislation that would strengthen community and disaster preparedness, public health, safety, and resiliency.
• Support legislation that provides state and federal emergency funding and regulatory relief that allows cities to devote the necessary resources and meet the operational challenges of protecting the public health, safety and welfare in response to a declared State of Emergency.

4. Infrastructure Investment
General Principles
• Support equitable long-range, statewide infrastructure investment. • Advocate for fair implementation and distribution of state infrastructure bond funds to assure the City receives an adequate share for local improvements and programs.
• Support legislation that streamlines federal and state environmental review processes and limits court reviews of environmental documentation. • Oppose legislation that limits local control for financing tools (e.g. impact fees) and revenue generation to provide essential infrastructure and services for new development and housing.

Public Works
• Advocate for state funding and transportation re-authorizations that support City infrastructure projects and City programs including projects adopted in the Capital Improvement Plan (CIP).
• Support increased funding to enhance existing public transportation programs. • Advocate for state funding for street, road, and alleyway repair within the City of Bakersfield.
• Advocate that fundamental responsibility for transportation decision making should be at the local level.

• Oppose any state reductions to existing transportation grants and programs. • Advocate for ongoing funding to enhance and beautify state right of ways, including State Route 99, State Route 58 and State Route 178 corridors. • Oppose legislation that limits and/or decreases the existing amount of retention proceeds withheld from any payment by a public entity to a contractor on a public project.
• Oppose legislation to withhold funding dedicated to transportation purposes unless proposed housing and air quality goals are being met. • Support efforts and funding to Cal Recycle for education and implementation of SB 1383.
• Support legislation and budget actions that support local agencies that fund the implementation of Advance Clean Fleet Regulations.

Parks
• Advocate for trails and landscape grants consistent with landscape, street scape and public access improvement plans of the City.
• Support legislation and regulations that provide addition funding for public parks, public spaces and indoor community space. Advocate that Bakersfield receive equitable funding from statewide revenues.
• Advocate for grants or loans to upgrade municipal irrigation systems and install smart controls.
• Advocate for further grants to upgrade and maintain the urban forest.

Technology Services
• Advocate for state funding opportunities that support energy efficient technology initiatives (i.e. green data center) or those that support digital City initiatives.

Water
• Support measures that provide for the equitable allotment and distribution of preferential water rights.
• Support legislation that protects and improves the reliability, affordability, selfsufficiency, quality and security of local and imported water supplies.

• Support legislation that supports regional projects through Integrated Regional Water Management Planning
• Support legislation that streamlines environmental review processes for water and wastewater infrastructure projects and provides exemptions for emergency activities when the continued delivery of safe and clean water is threatened. • Support measures that increase water supply and storage facilities within the region and allow for economically feasible water transfers within the system. • Support ongoing funding for water quality improvements.

Storm Water
• Oppose additional mandated storm water pollution prevention measures that are not accompanied by funding or a mechanism to provide for funding. • Support legislation creating sustainable funding sources to assist local governments with obligations under federal storm water regulations. • Support legislation that provides a mechanism to fund the construction, operations, maintenance, and administration of storm water programs and projects that improve quality, minimize runoff, maximize infiltration and beneficial uses, and maximize flooding protection.
• Oppose additional mandated storm water pollution prevention measures that are not accompanied by funding or a mechanism to provide for funding.

High Speed Rail
• Advocate for a world class multi-modal High-Speed Rail station. • Advocate for dollars that mitigate the cost to the City in supporting the High Speed Rail viaduct and station.
• Advocate for economic and infrastructure investments in the downtown and station area.

5. Improve the Quality of Life and Sustainability of the City General Principles

• Support efforts that impact the City’s ability to enhance the well-being, quality of life, health, and safety of residents; and stabilize and enhance jobs and economic growth.
• Support legislation that provides economic development and redevelopment tools and programs for municipalities, particularly tools to assist urban revitalization.
• Support legislation and State funding that is consistent with the City’s Economic Development Strategic Plan.

Education
• Support legislation and State funding that would support educational efforts in the City of Bakersfield and improve educational outcomes. • Support legislation and State funding that would increase access to higher education for Bakersfield residents.

Housing (Planning, Zoning, Homelessness)
• Support legislation that provides financial support and incentives for programs that provide affordable housing for disabled and low-income residents, families, and senior adults.
• Support legislation that provides incentives (tax benefits, grants, loans, credits for affordable units) to local agencies, private developers and non-profit groups in order to rehabilitate residential units and commercial properties. • Support legislation that would provide additional funding for rental subsidy assistance programs (such as Section 8) via more vouchers or certificates. • Oppose legislation that would diminish local control to set and assess development review and building inspection fees.
• Oppose legislation or governance that attempts to supersede adopted planning documents or projects that have already been approved through appropriate processes.
• Support state legislation that strengthens local inclusionary housing programs. • Support measures that would establish a formula-based Regional Housing Needs Assessment allocation methodology that reflects the unique needs and practical capacity of local communities.
• Support funding and legislation that provides resources for local agencies to provide referral services for persons experiencing homelessness.

• Support measures that provide resources to address the mental health needs of persons experiencing homelessness.
• Support legislation that seeks to streamline the annexation process for urbanized unincorporated county islands in an effort to streamline local government services and reduce costs to taxpayers.
• Support legislation that promotes housing measures to preserve and rehabilitate existing affordable housing.
• Support legislation that meet the State’s planning goals while maintaining local control, ensuring communities evolve in a manner that reflects the resident’s will and protects public health, safety and welfare. • Support legislation to increase affordable housing investment. • In lieu of the loss of revenues generated by redevelopment agencies, support legislation and State funding that would enable the City to enter or extend localaffordability covenants. • Support housing measures that promote the preservation of existing affordable housing, including programs that facilitate qualified developers and tenant-/community-based groups to acquire existing housing units. • Support legislation that would provide additional time and resources to improve Housing Element processes.

Sustainability
• Support legislation and funding for energy-efficiency projects and programs for public buildings and facilities.

Parks and Recreation
• Support legislation providing funding for the acquisition and restoration of wildlife habitat.
• Support statewide funding for rehabilitation, development and capital improvements for local and state park and recreation agencies.

• Oppose legislation that has a negative impact on park and recreation agencies including the sale of parks and open space.
• Support access for all Californians to physical activity and nutrition through parks and open space, active transportation (bicycles and pedestrians, trails, complete streets, use of easements), healthy foods, youth programs, and joint use of schools.

Economic Development
• Ensuring that funding and support for technology are present for workforce development efforts, individual learning, entrepreneurial/business centers, and lifelong learning.
• Support legislation that facilitates economic development efforts and encourages businesses to locate or remain in California particularly in areas with transitional economies and disadvantaged neighborhoods.
• Support investments in the revitalization of urban areas and disadvantaged neighborhoods.
• Oppose legislation or constitutional amendments that would restrict the power of California cities to use eminent domain for redevelopment projects, including economic redevelopment, where a prior finding of blight has been determined. • Support legislation that would establish new tax increment financing tools. • Support legislation that provides a reasonable threshold such as $100,000 or less for project assistance (like façade improvements, replace older equipment, etc.) where prevailing wage would not be required.
• Support legislation to provide exemptions to the Surplus Lands Act to benefit economic development.

7. Employment and Labor Relations
Administration and Human Resources
• Support maximum flexibility for local government in contracting and contract negotiations.
• Support legislation that would increase civic participation and engagement including the continued allowance of non-decision-making subcommittees, advisory committees, and commissions to participate virtually (post COVID-19 state of emergency) without physical location posting requirements under the

Ralph M. Brown Act.
• Support legislation that promotes efforts to advance workplace diversity, equity and inclusion without hindering the City’s ability to hire qualified employees. • Support legislation that facilitates the ability of local government to share resources to increase efficiencies and decrease costs, including local efforts to address regional management of fire services.
• Oppose measures that reduce local control over employee relations issues or mandate new or enhanced local government employee benefits. • Oppose measuresthat impose compulsory and binding arbitration with respect to employees.
• Support efforts to maintain fiscal solvency with respect to unfunded pension and retiree healthcare liability. Support efforts that decrease local costs. • Support legislation that provides flexibility to cities to determine retirement benefits for employees into the future.
• Oppose legislation that limits local control of hiring practices or the ability to determine the terms and conditions of employment.
• Support legislation that creates a fair and balanced workers compensation system for both employers and employees with an emphasis on cost containment and returning employees to work as soon as possible
• Oppose legislation that puts either the employer or employee at a disadvantage or increases the cost of workers compensation insurance in the State. • Support legislation that allows for the continued use of retired annuitants, specifically those with specialized certifications.

Risk Management
• Support legislation to establish maximum limitations on general damages. • Enhance the ability of public agencies to use periodic payments as satisfaction of judgement.
• Support legislation to eliminate the application of the rule against collateral sources as a means of reducing damages.

• Oppose legislation that would result in increased litigation; excessive costs; expansion of injury “presumptions” for special classes of employees; or erosion of workers’ compensation as the exclusive remedy for work-related injuries.

7. Protection of the agriculture and energy production
industries
• Oppose legislation or governance that has undue negative impacts to the agriculture and energy production industries.
• Support legislation and governance that provides for protections and reasonable accommodations for the agriculture and energy production industries. • Support legislation providing funding and other means development of water and energy related technologies that support the agriculture and energy production industries.

8. Public Health, Economic Relief and Employee Health
• Support legislation and funding efforts that aim to reduce the City’s public health disparities.
• Support legislation that provides direct and flexible funding to local governments for the costs incurred as a result of responding to a public health emergency. • Support legislative and/or funding efforts to assist the City with employee support programs, increased PPE and other programs that promote employee wellness—particularly for the City’s frontline essential workers. • Support legislation that promotes regional collaboration on public health response including funding opportunities to support local businesses. • Support legislation and/or funding efforts to provides financial relief to residential and commercial landlords and tenants who have lost income because of pandemic-related public health orders.

ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT
MEETING DATE: February 26, 2025 AGENDA CATEGORY: Consent - Miscellaneous TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council
FROM: Anthony Valdez, Assistant City Manager
DATE: January 23, 2025
SUBJECT: Review and Approval of the 2025 Federal Legislative Advocacy Program [Document Description]
RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends Council approval of the 2025 Federal Legislative Advocacy Program.

BACKGROUND:

Each year, the Bakersfield City Council adopts a Legislative Platform which outlines the City’s legislative priorities and interests. The platform provides general authority and direction regarding advocacy efforts on behalf of the City to the City Manager’s Office, City departments and the City’s legislative advocate.

Following approval of the platform, the City’s advocate will return to the Committee for quarterly updates on positioned bills and activity in the Capitol.

FISCAL IMPACT:

None.

COUNCIL GOAL:

Innovative and Efficient City Government
ATTACHMENTS:

Draft 2025 Federal Legislative Advocacy Platform

2025
Federal Legislative
Program

Bakersfield Mayor & City Council
Karen Goh………….…....………….………….…………………………….………………... Mayor Eric Arias…….……….....…………………………………….…………..……………………..Ward 1 Andrae Gonzales .………………………….……....……………………………………….. Ward 2 Ken Weir….……….………………………….……………..……………….……………………Ward 3
Bob Smith ……….……………….……………………………..…..……………………………Ward 4
Larry Koman …...………………..……………………………………….……………..………Ward 5 Zack Bashirtash .....………………………………….….……..……..……………………….Ward 6 Manpreet Kaur....…….…………………………….….………….………….……………….Ward 7

Table of Contents
Definitions....................................................................................................................................................4 Washington D.C. Delegation......................................................................................................................5 Legislative Program....................................................................................................................................7 Legislative Principles..................................................................................................................................8 2025 Federal Legislative Priorities............................................................................................................9

1. Advocate for Federal Funding........................................................................................................10

2. Pursue Federal resources for transportation and infrastructure................................................12

3. Pursue Federal resources in support of improved social determinants of health......................13

4. Pursue Federal programs or funding initiatives in support of the City’s Economic and Community Development Strategies...................................................................................................14

5. Advocate for federal regulations that protect industries that drive regional economic development including agriculture, energy production, and logistics..............................................16 2025 Legislative Positions.........................................................................................................................17

Definitions
Legislative Program
The Bakersfield City Council will adopt a Legislative Platform before the start of each calendar year. The Legislative Platform outlines the City of Bakersfield’s legislative priorities and interests as well as provides general authority and direction regarding advocacy efforts on behalf of the City to: the City Manager’s Office; City departments; and the City’s federal legislative advocate.

Legislative Principle
Legislative Principles are foundational statements which include broad legislative objectives or philosophies that form the basis for establishing Legislative Priorities and Positions.

Legislative Priority
Items receive designation as Legislative Priorities within the Legislative Program when it is anticipated that they will (1) have a significant impact on the City of Bakersfield; (2) require significant effort by City staff and/or the City’s federal legislative advocate; and (3) have a strategic action identified to address a high-level priority for the City.

Legislative Position
The City of Bakersfield has numerous areas of legislative interest beyond those that rise to the top as Legislative Priorities. The City also prepares position statements on regularly recurring legislation and funding and new issues that arise each year in the legislative process. Legislative Positions provide background on the importance of the issue to the City of Bakersfield and state the position of the City and any action that will be pursued to address it.

Washington D.C. Delegation
The Honorable Alex Padilla The Honorable Adam Schiff
United States Senate United States Senate
331 Hart Senate Office Building 112 Hart Senate Office Building Washington, DC 20510 Washington, DC 20510
The Honorable David Valadao The Honorable Vince Fong
U.S. House of Representatives U.S. House of Representatives 2465 Rayburn House Office Building 243 Cannon House Office Building Washington, DC 20515 Washington, DC 20003

Legislative Program
Purpose
Each year, the United States Congress proposes and enacts legislation, some of which affects local municipal governments. Our Summit Strategies team, congressional delegation, national associations, and partner agencies keep the City of Bakersfield informed on proposed legislation, federal rulemaking, and grant announcements. At times, it is in the interest of the City to take a position on proposed federal actions. The Legislative Program establishes legislative principles, priorities, and positions that provide direction for advocating for the City of Bakersfield with the federal government.

Process
For proposed legislation that is consistent with the City’s Legislative Program or consistent with legislative positions the City has taken, City staff shall be authorized to prepare position letters for the Mayor, Vice Mayor, or City Manager’s signatures. All members of the City Council shall receive copies of submitted position letters. This agenda also authorizes staff and our Summit representation team to visit with our legislative delegation to express the City’s position in person to Congress, federal agencies, and other relevant stakeholders on federal issues.

Items not addressed in the City’s Legislative Priorities may require they be brought to the City Council for consideration. These legislative priorities may only address issues directly relevant to or impacting the provision of municipal services.

The City will not address matters that are not pertinent to the City’s local government services such as partisan, socially divisive, or international issues.

Legislative Principles
In its relationship with the federal government, the City will always:
• Seek the broadest authority for our citizens and the City Council to make decisions locally. • Seek out, develop, and support legislative and budget efforts that protect and/or enhance local government revenue, maximize the City’s access to funding, and/or increase local funding flexibility.
• Support federal legislative and budget actions that will provide robust funding for domestic infrastructure, public safety, community development, parks, and economic development programs that support City efforts to maintain and enhance the quality of life. • Seek federal support for City priority projects through congressionally directed spending and discretionary grant programs.
• Oppose legislative or administrative actions that have negative fiscal impacts on the City. • Oppose legislative or administrative actions that would create mandates and/or preempt local decision-making authority.
• Encourage and seek legislation to facilitate orderly and sustainable economic expansion and growth and increase the opportunity for discretionary revenues and programmatic and financial flexibility for the City.
• Seek opportunities to help our partners achieve success to further improve the community. • Support legislation that furthers the adopted goals of the City Council.

It is within this philosophy that the attached federal legislative priorities and positions are adopted.

2025 Federal Legislative Priorities

1. Advocate for Federal funding.

2. Pursue Federal resources for transportation and infrastructure projects.

3. Pursue Federal resources in support of improved social determinants of health.

4. Pursue Federal programs or funding initiatives in support of the City’s economic and community development strategies.

5. Advocate for federal regulations that protect industries that drive regional economic development including agriculture, energy production, and logistics.

1. Advocate for Federal Funding
Background: In previous years, the City of Bakersfield has received significant federal funding and has successfully positioned major grant applications. Congressional earmarks were reinstated in 2021 and are now called Congressionally Directed Spending, Community Project Funding, or Community Initiated Projects. Going forward the acronym “CDS” will be used for these types of projects.

Position: The City of Bakersfield must advocate for the continued preservation and enhancement of funding allocations for critical federal agency programs and seek out CDS for the City’s priority projects.

The City should develop a priority project list to target discretionary funding from agencies, seek specific policy changes that would benefit specific projects, and position projects for CDS that may be available soon. The City should identify and advocate for priority consideration in grant funding applications, which includes securing congressional letters of support.

Action: Advocate maintaining funding for priority federal agency programs including but not limited to:
o Department of Justice Programs, specifically:
o Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS)
o Office of Violence Against Women
o Edward Byrne Justice Assistance Grant (JAG) programs
o Transportation grants through US Department of Transportation (DOT) including:
o RAISE,
o Safe Streets and Roads for All,
o PROTECT,
o Bridge,
o Mega,
o Reconnecting Communities,
o Highway Funding,
o Transit Funding, and
o Any available electric vehicle charging infrastructure opportunities. o Infrastructure grants through US Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) including:
o Community Development Block Grant (CDBG),
o Home Investment Partnership Program (HOME). and
o Emergency Solutions Grant (ESG) programs.
o And other opportunities for the City including:
o Assistance to Firefighter Grants (AFG) and
o Staffing for Adequate Fire and Emergency Response (SAFER) Action: Establish a priority project list for consideration in grant applications and CDS.

Priorities include, but are not limited to:
o MLK Park Revitalization Project
o Interstate 5 – State Route 99 western connection addition o State Route 204
o Taft Highway

o Completion of the 8th Movement, connecting Highway 99 to westbound Highway 58 o Opportunities to increase East-West movement throughout the City o Enhance high speed rail connection with downtown
o Seek federal dollars to reduced roadway fatalities
o Public Safety: Gunshot detection software, radio interoperability, prevention and intervention programs
o Brownfields
o Urban revitalization
o Neighborhood revitalization
Action: Evaluate and take positions as legislative / regulatory opportunities become available:
o Opportunity Zones
o State and Local Tax (SALT) deduction

2. Pursue Federal resources for transportation and infrastructure Background: Congress has passed three major pieces of legislation—the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, the CHIPS Act, and the Inflation Reduction Act— in the last two Congresses, making an unprecedented amount of money available for local governments.

The City of Bakersfield requires significant resources to maintain streets including resurfacing pavement, striping, and other general upkeep needs.

In addition to maintenance and repair needs, Bakersfield has prioritized complete street projects to improve traffic safety and enhance economic development.

Position: The City of Bakersfield should receive an equitable share of infrastructure funding to complete our priority projects. The City of Bakersfield should receive special consideration for additional funding as a distressed community with an acute need for infrastructure. The City of Bakersfield would leverage federal funding more than an average community with economic development opportunities that would result from our priority projects.

Action: Advocate for an increase in federally appropriated infrastructure-funding. o Advocate for equitable distribution of infrastructure funding o Advocate for direct funding allocations for infrastructure projects o Advocate for the lowest possible local funding share. o Advocate for federal funding for specific City projects through congressionally directed spending and federal discretionary grant programs.

Action: Advocate for language allowing NEPA to pre-empt CEQA for new transportation and infrastructure projects in Bakersfield.
o Support legislation that would reduce the cost and speed up the delivery of infrastructure projects while maintaining strong environmental protections.

3. Pursue Federal resources in support of improved social determinants of health.

Background: Social determinants of health (SDOH) are the conditions in the environments where people are born, live, learn, play, worship, and age that affect a wide range of health, functioning, and quality-of-life outcomes and risks according to the United States Department of Health and Human Services. There are five major contributors to social determinants of health including economic stability, education access and quality, health care access and quality, neighborhood and built environment, and social and community context. The CalVIP program was initiated by the City to reduce gun violence was built on these same principles. The City of Bakersfield has been working with the Blue Zones Project, a community-wide, evidence-based approach to improving health and well-being that makes healthier choices easier for everyone living in in the City. According to the State’s CalEnviroScreen 4.0 indicator map, much of Bakersfield scores in the 90th percentile of California census tracts for indicators such as asthma, cardiovascular disease, low educational attainment, and poverty. These indicators are particularly pronounced in low-income and high-minority areas. There are troubling metrics associated with the built environment including a high level of traffic fatalities. In 2022, there were 66 traffic fatalities, half of which include a pedestrian, as compared to 26 traffic fatalities in 2018. The City suffers from higher-than-average quality of life and violent crimes. Following the initial implementation of CalVIP in 2022, the City has seen a promising decline in violence however additional funding is needed to continue the program.

Position: Bakersfield is poised to leverage federal programs and funding that facilitate equitable and improved indicators for residents.

Action: Facilitate investments to improve social determinates of health, particularly in underserved neighborhoods
Explore opportunities to enhance public health, including obesity prevention, diabetes management, and the potential establishment of a Federally Qualified Health Center (FQHC) Action: Facilitate investments in the built environment that reduce traffic fatalities.

Action: Support legislation and funding for evidence-based gun violence reduction and crime prevention programs.

4. Pursue Federal programs or funding initiatives in support of the City’s Economic and Community Development Strategies
Background: The City of Bakersfield has undertaken strategies to stimulate economic growth, including a redesign of our permitting process, adoption of a new General Plan, implementation of an aggressive economic development strategy, and leveraging state and federal programs that support redevelopment. In addition, the City has implemented initiatives facilitating revitalization of neighborhoods, while ensuring that development is sustainable and maintains the character of our community.

Position: The City of Bakersfield is poised to leverage federal programs that facilitate downtown urban renewal and neighborhood transformation. Funding related to sustainable infrastructure and planning that has been allocated in recent years should remain a priority to allow for these programs to continue the revitalization of communities like Bakersfield. The City of Bakersfield should receive an equitable share of funding supporting sustainable infrastructure and development
Action: Advocate for increased State funding opportunities and policies that position Bakersfield as a “destination for innovation” attractive to technology workers/talent, targeted technology industries, and technology-oriented business startups.

Promote programs and federal resources that would support projects consistent with the City’s Economic Development Strategic Plan.

Support legislation that increases the region’s economic resiliency through industry diversification, a focus on inclusivity, and support for transition of traditional sectors.

Support diversified business growth with long-term sustainable jobs at a livable wage.

Advocate for the development of a Mega project site
Advocate for Economic Development Administration grants Advocate for improved worker training and pathways in critical fields such as social work, nursing, transportation, and logistics.

Advocate for the placement of a large federal employer in the City.

Action: Facilitate lasting revitalization of and reinvestment in key older neighborhoods.

Support the redevelopment and clean-up efforts of the City’s target properties identified under the City’s Brownfields Site Reuse & Revitalization Program.

Oppose any legislation or administrative action that reduces funding for sustainable revitalization and development.

Advocate for infrastructure improvements along Downtown’s key corridors. Seek reauthorization of the federal Opportunity Zone program with adjustments including o Sustainable and equitable use, and
o Capital gains tax incentives for specific uses in Opportunity Zones.

Action: Advocate for increased homeless services and affordable housing construction Bring light to numerous barriers to housing production beyond the control of local governments and have significant impacts on what types of, and how many, housing units are built.

Advocate for an expansion of housing vouchers to facilitate affordable housing initiatives.

Advocate for programs that would help to shelter people experiencing homelessness.

Advocate for federal funding for specific City projects through CDS and federal discretionary grant programs.

Action:
• Advocate for funding and redevelopment tools that aid in brownfield cleanup efforts.

5. Advocate for federal regulations that protect industries that drive regional economic development including agriculture, energy production, and logistics.

Background: Bakersfield is a major producer of agricultural commodities for the United States and the world with more than $8.3 billion worth of crops grown in 2022.

Our Kern River Oil Field produces about 70% of California’s oil and more than 90% of our natural gas. We can increase this production and help make California and the United States energy independent.

Supply chain logistics are a rapidly growing industry in the Bakersfield area.

Position: The City of Bakersfield should work with federal agencies to ensure that all of Bakersfield’s resources are being fully leveraged and utilized.

Action: The City will support actions to benefit agriculture, energy production and logistics in the region to boost economic development.

2025 Legislative Positions

1. Protect Local Control

2. Protect Local Revenues and Funding for Vital Community Services

3. Public Safety

4. Infrastructure Investment

5. Improve the Quality of Life and Sustainability of the City

6. Protection of the agriculture, energy production, and logistics industries

1. Protect Local Control
Support efforts that are consistent with the doctrine of "home rule" and the local exercise of police powers, through planning and zoning processes, over local land use.

Oppose legislation that negatively impacts the City Council's authority to manage and control the public right-of-way and for the City to receive compensation for its use.

2. Protect local Revenues and Funding for Vital Community Services Oppose reductions to federal agency programs that fund local government services, particularly in instances where communities have come to depend on federal funding to maintain services.

Support full reimbursement to cities for all federal mandates.

Support efforts to restore local authority and control over revenues, governance, and service delivery as well as protect local governments against unfunded mandates.

Oppose legislation that would negatively impact the City’s ability to issue municipal bonds, including elimination of the tax-exempt status for municipal bonds.

Oppose legislation that would eliminate or limit existing local taxing authority including internet sales tax collection and broadband internet taxes.

Support legislation that would protect local control of taxing authority and revenue collection.

3. Public Safety
Support funding for local law enforcement equipment, services, or personnel.

Support legislation that allows use of federal public safety grants for intervention and prevention efforts to curb gang crime and youth violence.

Support legislation that would provide cities with a greater share of fines and forfeitures.

Support legislation that allows law enforcement to better combat gun violence through investigation, interdiction, and prevention of firearm related crimes.

Support legislation that allows federal public safety grants to be used for maintenance efforts in addition to service increases.

Ensure local discretion in the adoption and implementation of health and safety standards contained in the building and fire codes.

Support funding for local emergency operations including equipment, services, and personnel.

4. Infrastructure Investment
Advocate for federal funding for transportation and other infrastructure that support City projects and City programs including projects adopted in the Capital Improvement Plan (CIP).

Support increased funding to enhance existing public transportation programs.

Advocate for federal funding for street, road, and alleyway repair within the City of Bakersfield.

Advocate that fundamental responsibility for transportation decision-making should be at the local level.

Oppose any federal reductions to existing transportation grants and programs.

Oppose legislation that limits and/or decreases the existing amount of retention proceeds withheld from any payment by a public entity to a contractor on a public project.

Advocate for trails and landscape grants.

Advocate for funding for the US Army Corps of Engineers to ensure important projects in the City of Bakersfield are completed.

Advocate for streamlining and greater efficiencies related to environmental restrictions and obstacles on major federally funded projects.

Support executive actions or legislation that streamlines federal transportation and other infrastructure funding processes or the federal stimulus funding process, if applicable. Advocate to our delegation for legislative adjustments that would streamline transportation and other infrastructure funding processes.

Support legislation or executive rulemaking that balances scarcity of local infrastructure resources, scope of street resurfacing projects, and the City’s commitment to enhancing accessibility of City infrastructure. Advocate for revisions to ADA rules requiring extensive accessibility modifications on street resurfacing projects without capacity improvements or geometric changes.

Support legislation and executive programs providing funding or tax credits for broadband Internet infrastructure to public facilities.

Support legislation or executive programs that provide local communities with low-cost loans to build networks of sidewalks, bike lanes and paths.

Support federal funding for parks and recreation infrastructure in metropolitan areas, including appropriate revisions to the Land and Water Conservation Fund that would provide for a larger allocation of state and local grants for recreation and conservation.

Support legislation and regulation that respond to recurring drought conditions and earthquake preparedness and provide increased opportunity for water conservation, storage, watershed planning, and water infrastructure improvement.

Support legislation that provides a mechanism to fund the construction, operations, maintenance, and administration of storm water programs and projects that improve quality, minimize runoff, maximize infiltration and beneficial uses, maximize flooding protection, and minimizes negative environmental impacts.

Oppose legislation or regulation that imposes excessive costs on local governments to achieve storm water and other Clean Water Act objectives.

Oppose additional mandated storm water pollution prevention measures that are not accompanied by funding or a mechanism to provide for funding.

Support legislation creating sustainable funding sources to assist local governments with obligations under federal storm water regulations.

5. Improve the Quality of Life and Sustainability of the City Support efforts that impact the City’s ability to enhance the well-being, quality of life, health, and safety of residents; stabilize and enhance jobs and economic growth; and improve the environment. Support legislation and funding that is consistent with the City’s Economic Development Strategic Plan.

Support legislation that protects and maintains existing affordable housing opportunities for disabled and low-income residents, families, and senior adults.

Support legislation that provides assistance and support to low-income and under-resourced communities.

Support legislation which addresses the health, welfare, and economic needs of at-risk and vulnerable populations.

Support federal funding of programs providing nutrition for children, older individuals and other at-risk populations.

Support legislation or federal programs that strengthen and expand education and encourage partnerships between school districts, parks, and other community-based organizations to help children and families be more physically active outdoors.

Oppose legislation that has a negative impact on park and recreation agencies including the sale of parks and open space.

Support legislation and funding for energy-efficiency and water conservation projects and programs for public buildings and facilities.

Support legislation providing funding for the acquisition and restoration of wildlife habitat.

6. Protection of the agriculture, energy production, and logistics industries Oppose legislation or governance that has negative impacts on the agriculture, energy production, and logistics industries.

Support legislation and governance that provides for protections and reasonable accommodations for the agriculture and energy production industries.

Oppose legislation or governance that attempts to supersede adopted planning documents or projects that have already been approved through appropriate processes.

Support legislation providing funding and other means development of water and energy related technologies that support the agriculture and energy production industries.

Support legislation protecting existing water supply.

ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT
MEETING DATE: February 26, 2025 AGENDA CATEGORY: Public Safety and Vital Services TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council
FROM: Darin Budak, Recreation and Parks Director
DATE: February 14, 2025
SUBJECT: Construction Projects Agreement for Park Ranger Office Tenant Improvement Project

1. Accept Bid and approve Construction Projects Agreement with James E.

Thompson, Inc. dba JTS Construction for the Park Ranger Office Tenant Improvement Project (not to exceed $842,500.00).

2. Authorize staff to approve, as necessary, up to $84,500 in City-Controlled contingency for unforeseen conditions encountered during construction.

RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends acceptance of bid and approval of agreement.

BACKGROUND:

City owns a property located at 3737 Stockdale Hwy (Property). The Property was acquired as part of the Centennial Corridor project. The planned use for the Property is to house Park Rangers on the ground floor. The tenant improvements include new office space, restrooms, showers, lockers, meeting rooms, and HVAC and electrical upgrades. On December 19, 2024, staff issued a Bid Proposal for the Park Ranger Office Tenant Improvements Project (Project). The Engineer’s Estimate for this Project is $870,235.00.

On January 23, 2025, seven bids were received for this Project:

Old Ironsides Construction $608,400 (Unresponsive)
Abate Construction Inc. $837,000 (Unresponsive)
James E. Thompson, Inc.,
dba JTS Construction $842,500
Deeb Construction Inc. $875,000 (Unresponsive)
Rymac General Contracting $894,990
JK McDaniels Companies
dba McDaniels Construction $933,522.44
Staff reviewed the bid proposals submitted by each vendor and three were deemed unresponsive. Old Ironside Construction did not submit a completed Non-Collusion Affidavit Form as required; Abate Construction failed to submit and acknowledge Addenda # 1 on the proposal; and Deeb Construction’s DIR # could not be verified. Staff finds the bid proposal submitted by James E. Thompson, Inc. dba JTS Construction (Contractor) in the amount of $842,500, was deemed acceptable and recommends approval of an agreement for a not to exceed amount of $842,500.00.

Staff is requesting the approval of $84,500.00 for City-controlled contingency for unforeseen conditions encountered during the Project. Any exceedance of the City Council approved contingency, cumulative or otherwise, would require the action and approval of the City Council. This City-controlled contingency saves staff time by not having to prepare multiple Council reports for individual change orders throughout the project, which can typically cause delays in completion of the project. All remaining contingency funds not used will be returned to the fund balance at the end of the Project.

FISCAL IMPACT: The Project is funded by Public Safety and Vital Services funds within the Capital Outlay Program and no additional funding is needed at this time.

COUNCIL GOAL:

Reliable Infrastructure
Community Character & Quality of Life
ATTACHMENTS:

1. Agreement with JTS Construction

2. JTS Construction Insurance

3. Park Ranger Office Tenant Improvement Spec Book Exhibit A

4. JTS Construction Bid Proposal Exhibit B

EXHIBIT A

THE FOLLOWING SHOULD BE VISIBLE ON
THE SEALED BID ENVELOPE:
➢ Your Company Name and Address
➢ Cut out the delivery label below and tape it to your sealed bid envelope. CUT ON THE DOTTED LINE.
 Questions? Call 661-326-3746 for assistance.

SUBMIT BIDS TO:

Purchasing Division
City of Bakersfield
1600 Truxtun Avenue, Second Floor
Bakersfield, CA 93301-5201

PROJECT NUMBER: ______________________________
BID NAME: ______________________________________
LIST ALL ADDENDA RECEIVED:

Addenda No’s.: _________________________
(or)
None Received: _________________________

FOR IMMEDIATE ACCESS

TO ANY PLANHOLDERS LIST
Go to www.bakersfieldcity.us
From the Homepage, go to the “DOING BUSINESS” tab, then click on the “Bids & Contracts” link. This link will take you to the Vendor Portal where can click on “BID OPPORTUNITIES”. From the list of projects, select the project you are interested in. Click on the tab “Prospective Bidders”.

Fax requests for plans/specifications to
661•852•2100
Include the following:

Contact Name
Company Name
Address
Phone & Fax Numbers
E-Mail Address
FedEx Account Number
Project Name(s)
For Further Assistance Call Purchasing at 661•326•3746
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield i TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART A
NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS .........................................................................................................................A-1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK.............................................................................................................A-3 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION FORM..........................................................................................................A-4

SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMS
1-1.01 General ............................................................................................................................A-5 1-1.02 Definitions and Terms ......................................................................................................A-5 SECTION 2 - PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
2-1.01 General Information .........................................................................................................A-6 2-1.02 Approximate Estimate......................................................................................................A-6 2-1.03 Examination of Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions, and Site of Work ..................A-6 2-1.04 Rejection of Proposals Containing Alterations, Erasures or Irregularities .......................A-6 2-1.05 Proposal Form..................................................................................................................A-6 2-1.06 Bidder's Guarantee ..........................................................................................................A-6 2-1.07 Required Listing of Proposed Subcontractors .................................................................A-6 2-1.08 Bid Submittal Items ..........................................................................................................A-7 2-1.09 Omissions in Specifications and Drawings ......................................................................A-7 2-1.10 Withdrawal of Proposals ..................................................................................................A-7 2-1.11 Public Opening of Proposals............................................................................................A-7 2-1.12 Relief of Bidders...............................................................................................................A-7 2-1.13 Disqualification of Bidders................................................................................................A-8 SECTION 3 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
3-1.01 General ............................................................................................................................A-9 3-1.02 Award of Contract ............................................................................................................A-9 3-1.03 Contract Bonds ................................................................................................................A-9 3-1.04 Execution of Contract.......................................................................................................A-9 3-1.05 Return of Bidder's Guarantees ........................................................................................A-9 SECTION 4 - BEGINNING OF WORK, TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 4-1.01 General ..........................................................................................................................A-10 4-1.02 Schedule of Values ........................................................................................................A-11 4-1.03 Construction Documents................................................................................................A-11 SECTION 5 - GENERAL
5-1.01 State Contract Act Not Applicable..................................................................................A-12 5-1.01A Disabled Veteran Business Enterprises .......................................................................A-12 5-1.01B Non-Small Business......................................................................................................A-12 5-1.02 Alteration in Quantity of Work ........................................................................................A-12 5-1.03 Control of Work ..............................................................................................................A-12 5-1.04 Prevailing Wages .......................................................................................................... A-12 5-1.05 Not used.........................................................................................................................A-13 5-1.06 Labor Nondiscrimination ................................................................................................A-13 5-1.07 Apprentices ....................................................................................................................A-14 5-1.08 Trench Safety.................................................................................................................A-14 5-1.09 Sound Control Requirements.........................................................................................A-14 5-1.10 Permits and Licenses.....................................................................................................A-14 5-1.11 Working Hours ...............................................................................................................A-15 5-1.12 Laws to Be Observed.....................................................................................................A-15 5-1.13 Contractor's Insurance ...................................................................................................A-15 ii TABLE OF CONTENTS
5-1.13a Indemnity........................................................................................................................A-15 5-1.13b Insurance .......................................................................................................................A-15 5-1.14 Contractor's Authority.....................................................................................................A-15 5-1.15 Work in City Streets .......................................................................................................A-15 5-1.16 Right of Way...................................................................................................................A-15 5-1.17 Suspension of Contract..................................................................................................A-15 5-1.18 Temporary Suspension of Work ....................................................................................A-16 5-1.19 Schedule ........................................................................................................................A-16 5-1.20 Payments .......................................................................................................................A-16 5-1.21 Final Payment ................................................................................................................A-16 5-1.22 Hazardous Materials ......................................................................................................A-17 5-1.23 Subcontracting ...............................................................................................................A-17 5-1.24 Substitution of a Subcontractor .....................................................................................A-17 SECTION 6 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS
6-1.01 General ..........................................................................................................................A-18 6-1.02 Borrow, Disposal and Material Sites ..............................................................................A-18 6-1.03 Certificates of Compliance .............................................................................................A-18 PART B
Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) PWC-100 Form…………………………………………………..B-1 Public Works Contract Award Information (DAS 140 Form)………………………………………………...B-3 PART C
SECTION 7 - GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
7-1.01 Obstructions ....................................................................................................................C-1 7-1.02 Relations with Property Owners .....................................................................................C-1 7-1.03 Mobilization ....................................................................................................................C-1 7-1.04 Maintaining Traffic ..........................................................................................................C-2 7-1.05 Remove Concrete ..........................................................................................................C-3 7-1.06 Dust Control ...................................................................................................................C-3 7-1.07 Hazardous Waste in Excavation ....................................................................................C-4 7-

1.08 Miscellaneous Concrete Construction ............................................................................C-4

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PREPARED BY ORDIZ MELBY ARCHITECTS PART D

PROPOSAL
Proposal Form.......................................................................................................................................... D-1 List of Subcontractors .............................................................................................................................. D-3 Bidder Questionnaire ............................................................................................................................... D-5 Bidder's Bond........................................................................................................................................... D-7 Noncollusion Affidavit............................................................................................................................... D-9 PART E

SAMPLE CONTRACT
Construction Projects Agreement ............................................................................................................. E-1 Faithful Performance Bond ....................................................................................................................... E-2 Material and Labor Bond........................................................................................................................... E-3 Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention ................................................................. E-4 Guarantee - Material and Workmanship ................................................................................................... E-6 Guarantee - Equipment............................................................................................................................. E-7 7-

1.09 Coordination of Work With City of Bakersfield ................................................................C-4 Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
PART A
A-1

CITY OF BAKERSFIELD

DEPARTMENT OF RECREATION AND PARKS

NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
SEALED PROPOSALS will be received by the City of Bakersfield at the Office of the Purchasing Officer, City Hall North, 1600 Truxtun Avenue, Second Floor, Bakersfield, California, until the time and date indicated on the cover sheet of this document, to be publicly opened and read immediately thereafter in the City Hall North First Floor Conference Room, for the following work:

PARK RANGERS OFFICE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS (RE-BID)
A limited number of plans, specifications, and forms of proposal, bonds, and contract may be obtained at the office of the Purchasing Officer (phone, 661-326-3746; fax, 661-852-2100). The City is not charging a purchase price nor requiring a deposit for these documents. However, when the limited number of copies have been distributed, additional copies may be purchased at the office of the Purchasing Officer (phone, 661-326-3746: fax, 661-852- 2100) at the price of SIXTY DOLLARS ($60) for each complete set. This purchase price was based on the cost to the City for printing each complete set. This is a non-refundable purchase. The person requesting a copy of the documents will be responsible for payment of any shipping and mailing costs. The City assumes no responsibility for non-receipt of bids due to any delay, including but not limited to carrier delay. It is the bidder's responsibility to meet the project's deadlines.

Alternatively, plans, specifications, and forms of proposal, bonds, and contract can be obtained by accessing the City of Bakersfield website www.bakersfieldcity.us. From the Homepage, go to the “DOING BUSINESS” tab, then click on the “Bids & Contracts” link. This link will take you to the Vendor Portal where you can click on “BID OPPORTUNITIES”. From the list of projects, select the project you are interested in. Click on the tab “Prospective Bidders”. There is no charge for downloading a copy of these documents from this website.

However, in order to download these files, the requestor must first register as a vendor on this website; there is no charge for this registration. Registration is absolutely necessary in order to be listed as a Prospective Bidder; which ensures receipt of any addenda on the project.

No bid will be considered unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing Officer, which appears in Part D of this document, and is made in accordance with the provisions set forth under Section 2, “Proposal Requirements”, of the special provisions issued for this project. Each bid must be accompanied by a proposal guarantee in accordance with the provisions set forth under Section 2, “Proposal Requirements”, of the special provisions issued for this project.

The City of Bakersfield reserves the right to reject any or all bids. Bids are required on the entire work described herein.

Substitution of securities for moneys retained to ensure performance shall be permitted pursuant to the provisions and requirements of Public Contracts Code 22300. Eligible securities include interest bearing demand deposit accounts, standby letters of credit, or any other security agreed to by the Contractor and the City of Bakersfield.

The request for substitution of securities to be deposited shall be submitted on the form entitled “Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention,” a copy of which is included in Part E of this document.

The Contractor must possess a valid Class B Contractor’s License at the time bids are received for this project.

The Contractor shall ensure that all subcontractors are properly licensed for the work they are to perform.

The proposed work shall be done in accordance with the “State of California, Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications” issued by California Department of Transportation, dated 2010, insofar as the same may apply.

Pursuant to Part 7 of Division 2 of the California Labor Code (Section 1720 et seq.), the Contractor shall not pay less than the prevailing rate of wages to workers on this project as determined by the Director of California Department of Industrial Relations. The Director’s schedule of prevailing rates is on file and open for inspection at the City of Bakersfield, Department of Public Works, 1501 Truxtun Avenue, Bakersfield, California.

A-2
Effective March 1, 2015, all prime contractors and sub-contractors must have a current registration with the Department of Industrial Relations at the time bids are received and throughout the duration of the project. If a prime contractor is not registered at the time bids are received their bid will be deemed non responsive. If a subcontractor is not registered at the time bids are received, they must be registered within 24 hours of the bid opening, otherwise their bid will be deemed non-responsive. In the case that a sub-contractor’s bid is deemed non-responsive, the prime contractor shall substitute that subcontractor with a responsive and responsible registered subcontractor per Section 4107 of the Public Contract Code.

For more information please go to the DIR website at
https://www.dir.ca.gov/PublicWorks/PublicWorksLawsRegsDetDec.html.

To register with Department of Industrial Relations please go to the following website:
https://efiling.dir.ca.gov/PWCR/ActionServlet?action=displayPWCRegistrationForm Effective immediately, the prime contractor shall post job site notices prescribed by California Code of Regulations, Title 8 Section 16541 (d).

SB 854 Notice Requirements:
• No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project (submitted on or after March 1, 2015) unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)].
• No contractor or subcontractor may be awarded a contract for public work on a public works project (awarded on or after April 1, 2015) unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5.
• This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations.

A sample contract is included in this bid package. Please review it carefully. This is the contract the Contractor shall be expected to execute without alteration. If any changes are desired they must be submitted to the City for approval prior to bid opening. If approved, the changes will be issued to all prospective contractors. Failure to submit request for changes in a timely manner will result in a denial of the request for change.

Contractor shall not be allowed to alter or negotiate contract language after the acceptance of Contractor’s proposal. Failure to execute the contract without alteration may result in the rejection of the Contractor’s proposal and the retaining of a different contractor by the City.

A pre-bid job site walk meeting and project site visit has been scheduled for December 20, 2024 at 9 am at 3737 Stockdale Highway Bakersfield, CA 93309. (Entrance off of Williamson Way). The pre-bid job meeting is scheduled to start at 10am and will highlight some of the major components of the project followed by the site visit. Contractors wishing to bid on this project will be able to walk thru the site at that time only.

While this is not mandatory in order to bid on this project, the City strongly recommends that all contractors wishing to bid on this project attend this pre-bid meeting and site visit.

A-3

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK
The work to be performed consists, in general, of:
2265 SF TENANT IMPROVEMENT OF ONE (1) SUITE ON THE FIRST FLOOR OF AN EXISTING 7,166 SF 2 STORY BUILDING. TENANT IMPROVEMENT INCLUDES THREE (3) OFFICES, ONE (1) OPEN OFFICE, ONE (1) SERVER ROOM, ONE (1) JANITOR ROOM, TWO (2) UNISEX RESTROOMS, TWO (2) UNISEX LOCKER ROOMS, ONE (1) UNISEX SHOWER ROOM, ONE (1) WATER HEATER ROOM, ONE (1) ELECTRICAL ROOM, & ONE (1) TRAINING ROOM.

NO WORK ON THE 2ND FLOOR AND NO SITE WORK
During the bidding of this project, contractors who have questions or desire clarifications about the bid documents, must submit those questions or requests for clarifications in writing using the form provided in the bid documents. Said questions and requests for clarifications must be submitted by the date identified in the Request for Information (RFI) form and in these Special Provisions.

CITY OF BAKERSFIELD

DARIN BUDAK
Director Recreation & Parks

CITY OF BAKERSFIELD, CALIFORNIA

RECREATION & PARKS DEPARTMENT
A-4

PARK RANGERS OFFICE TENANT

IMPROVEMENTS (RE-BID)
Request for Information Form
BIDDING QUESTION TO: City of Bakersfield, Recreation & Parks Department 1600 Truxtun Avenue, Bakersfield, CA 93301
Attention: Fidel Gonzalez, Park Construction & Facilities Planner email: [email protected]
NOTE: All questions must be received by the CITY in written form on the form provided no later than 10:00 A.M. seven calendar days prior to the scheduled bid opening. This will allow time to respond to the question and/or to issue an addendum to all contractors addressing the question. Questions received after the above set due date will not be acknowledged. The form may be sent via postal service, hand delivery or email. The City encourages sending the written request via email to expedite the process.

Date Submitted: Submitted by: Contractor:

Contact Person:

Address:

Telephone Number:

QUESTION:________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ RESPONSE: Date:_________ Answered by: Name Company
__________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ City of Bakersfield Approval of Response by: Date:

Addendum Required: YES___________ NO ______________
A-5

SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMS
1-1.01 GENERAL. This work embraced herein shall be done in accordance with the standard specifications entitled “State of California, Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications” issued by California Department of
Transportation, dated 2010, as referenced herein, insofar as the same may apply, which specifications are hereinafter referred to as the Standard Specifications, and in accordance with the following special provisions.

In case of conflict between the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, the special provisions shall take precedence over and be used in lieu of such conflicting portions. 1-1.02 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS. All definitions and terms in Section 1-1.07, “Definitions” of the Standard Specifications shall apply, except whenever the following terms or pronouns are used, the intent and meaning shall be as follows:

City - City of Bakersfield, California.

Department of Transportation, CALTRANS - The Public Works Department of the City of Bakersfield.

Director - City Engineer.

Engineer - The City Engineer, acting either directly or through properly authorized agents, such agents acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them.

Laboratory - The designated laboratory authorized by the City to test materials and work involved in the contract.

Public Contract Code - This contract is subject only to Section 10162 of the Public Contract Code and to those sections of Public Contract Code that are specifically referenced in the Special Provisions, the Bid Proposal, and the Contract issued for this project. All other sections of the Public Contract Code, including the State Contract Act, which is Chapter 1, Part 2, Division 2 of the Public Contract Code, do not apply to this contract.

Special Provisions – The Special Provisions are specific clauses setting forth conditions or requirements peculiar to the work and supplementary to the Standard Specifications. The specific clauses which formulate the Special Provisions for a specific project are those clauses contained in Part A, Part B and Part C of the document entitled “Notice to Contractors, Special Provisions, Bid Proposal and Contract” and the title of the specific project.

Standard Specifications – The document titled “State of California, Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications” issued by California Department of Transportation, dated 2010.

State - The City of Bakersfield.

Other terms appearing in the Standard Specifications, the general provisions, and the special provisions, shall have the intent and meaning specified in Section 1-1.07, “Definitions” of the Standard Specifications. The terms bid and proposal are used in the same way and can be freely interchanged herein.

A-6
SECTION 2 - PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
2-1.01 GENERAL INFORMATION. Section 2, “Bidding”, of the Standard Specifications does not apply to this contract.

The Purchasing Officer of the City of Bakersfield, California, will receive at her office, City Hall North, 1600 Truxtun Avenue, Second Floor, in said City until the time and date indicated on the cover sheet of these special provisions sealed proposals for:

PARK RANGERS OFFICE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS (RE-BID)
2-1.02 APPROXIMATE ESTIMATE. The Engineer’s estimate of the quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished are approximate only, being given as a basis for the comparison of bids, and the City of Bakersfield does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith, but reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any class or portion of the work or to omit portions of the work that may be deemed necessary or expedient by the Engineer. 2-1.03 EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND SITE OF WORK. The bidder is required to examine carefully the site of work, the proposal, plans and specifications, and contract forms.

It will be assumed that the bidder has performed said examination, and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered, the character, quality, and quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the specifications, the special provisions, and the contract. It is mutually agreed that the submission of a proposal shall be considered prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such an examination.
2-1.04 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS CONTAINING ALTERATIONS, ERASURES OR IRREGULARITIES.

Proposals may be rejected if they show any alterations of form, additions not called for, conditional or alternative bids, incomplete bids, erasures or irregularities of any kind. Proposals in which the prices obviously are unbalanced may be rejected.

The right is reserved to reject any and all proposals and waive any irregularity. 2-1.05 PROPOSAL FORM. All proposals must be made upon blank forms to be obtained from the Purchasing Officer, the form of which appears herein immediately following these special provisions. All proposals must give the prices proposed. The bidder shall include all unit prices, extended prices and total prices on the proposal form. If any of those prices are excluded, the submitted bid may be deemed non-responsive. Where indicated on the various forms, the proposal must be signed by a person duly authorized by the bidder to bind the bidder to a contract.

If the proposal is made by an individual, the name, telephone number and post office address must be shown. If made by a firm or partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the firm or partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the proposal must show the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was chartered and the names, titles, and business addresses of the president, secretary and treasurer.
2-1.06 BIDDER’S GUARANTEE. All bids shall be presented under sealed cover and shall be accompanied by a Proposal Guaranty made payable to the City of Bakersfield, for an amount equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the amount of said bid, and no bid shall be considered unless such Proposal Guaranty is enclosed therewith. 2-1.07 REQUIRED LISTING OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS. Each proposal shall have listed therein the name, the location of the place of business, and the California contractor license number of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, in A-7
accordance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act, commencing with Section 4100 of the Public Contract Code. The bidder’s attention is invited to other provisions of said Act related to the imposition of penalties for a failure to observe its provisions by using unauthorized subcontractors or by making unauthorized substitutions. In addition, bidder’s attention is directed to Subsection 4104 (a) (2) which states:

An inadvertent error in listing the California contractor license number provided pursuant to paragraph (1) shall not be grounds for filing a bid protest or grounds for considering the bid nonresponsive if the corrected contractor's license number is submitted to the public entity by the prime contractor within 24 hours after the bid opening and provided the corrected contractor's license number corresponds to the submitted name and location for that subcontractor.

The listing of proposed subcontractors shall also include a description of the portion of the work that will be done by each subcontractor. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each portion of work as defined by the prime contractor in their bid.

It shall be the responsibility of prime contractors to ensure their listed subcontractors are licensed and in good standing with the Contractors State License Board; to ensure that their listed subcontractors have current registration with the Department of Industrial Relations; to verify that the correct license numbers are listed on their bids prior to submission; to review the subcontractors’ names, locations and license numbers after submitting the bid to ensure accuracy and completeness; and to correct any errors in the license numbers within 24 hours after the bid opening.

A sheet for listing the Subcontractors, as required herein, is included in the Proposal. This form must be submitted with the bid.
2-1.08 BID SUBMITTAL ITEMS. All submitted bids shall include the following completed forms:
▪ Proposal Form;
▪ Bidder’s Bond Form; and
▪ Noncollusion Affidavit Form.
2-1.09 OMISSIONS IN SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. Any materials or work mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the drawings or shown on the drawings and not mentioned in the specifications shall be of the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both.

Omissions from the drawings or the specifications of the materials or details of work which are manifestly or obviously necessary to carry out the intent of the drawings and specifications or which are customarily furnished or performed, shall not relieve the Contractor of their responsibility for furnishing such omitted materials or performing such omitted work; but shall be furnished or performed as if fully shown or described in the drawings or specifications.
2-1.10 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS. Any bid may be withdrawn at any time prior to the time fixed in the public notice for the opening of bids by written request for the withdrawal of the bid filed with the Purchasing Department. The written request shall be on the bidder’s letterhead and shall be executed by the bidder or their duly authorized representative. The withdrawal of a bid does not prejudice the right of the bidder to file a new bid.

Whether or not bids are opened exactly at the time fixed in the public notice for opening bids, a bid will not be received after that time, nor may any bid be withdrawn after the time fixed in the public notice for the opening of bids.
2-1.11 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS. Proposals will be opened and read publicly at the time and place indicated in the “Notice to Contractors”. Bidders or their authorized agents are invited to attend via Teams Meeting.
2-1.12 RELIEF OF BIDDERS. Attention is directed to the provisions of Public Contract Code Sections 5100 to 5107, inclusive, concerning relief of bidders and in particular to the requirement therein, that if the bidder claims a mistake was made in their bid, the bidder shall give the Department written notice within five (5) days after the opening of the bids of the alleged mistake, specifying in the notice in detail how the mistake occurred.

Public Contract Code Section 10285.1 (Chapter 376, Stats, 1985) provides as follows:

A-8
Any state agency may suspend, for a period of up to three (3) years from the date of conviction, any person from bidding upon, or being awarded, a public works or services contract with the agency under this part or from being a subcontractor at any tier upon the contract, if that person, or any partner, member, officer, director, responsible managing officer, or responsible managing employee thereof, has been convicted by a court of competent jurisdiction of any charge of fraud, bribery, collusion, conspiracy, or any other act in violation of any state or federal antitrust law in connection with the bidding upon, award of, or performance of, any public works contract, as defined in Section 1101, with any public entity, as defined in Section 1100, including for the purposes of this article, the Regents of the University of California or the Trustees of the California State University. A state agency may determine the eligibility of any person to enter into a contract under this article by requiring the person to submit a statement under penalty of perjury declaring that neither the person nor any subcontractor to be engaged by the person has been convicted of any of the offenses referred to in this section within the preceding three (3) years.

A form for the statement required by Section 10285.1 is included in the proposal. 2-1.13 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. More than one proposal from an individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any individual, firm, partnership, corporation or combination thereof is interested in more than one proposal for the work contemplated may cause the rejection of all proposals in which such individual, firm, partnership, corporation or combination thereof is interested. If there is reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, any or all proposals may be rejected. Proposals in which the prices obviously are unbalanced may be rejected. Bidders may be disqualified for being non-responsible.

A-9
SECTION 3 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
3-1.01 GENERAL. Section 3, “Contract Award and Execution”, of the Standard Specifications does not apply to this contract.

The award of the contract, if awarded, will be to the lowest responsible bidder. The language refers to not only the attribute of trustworthiness, but also to the quality, fitness and capacity of low bidder to satisfactorily perform the proposed work.
3-1.02 AWARD OF CONTRACT. The award of the contract, if awarded, will be made within sixty (60) calendar days after the opening of the proposals unless extension is approved by the lowest responsible bidder. 3-1.03 CONTRACT BONDS. The Contractor shall furnish two good and sufficient bonds insured by an admitted surety insurer as set forth in Title XIV, Chapter 2, Article 6 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. One of the said bonds shall guarantee the faithful performance of the said contract by the Contractor and shall be in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price. The other of the said bonds shall guarantee payment to laborers, mechanics and material workers employed on the job under the contract, shall satisfy the requirements specified in Section 3248 of the California Civil Code and shall be for an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract.

Whenever any surety or sureties on any such bonds required by law for the protection of the claims of laborers and material men, become insufficient, or the City has cause to believe that such surety or sureties have become insufficient, a demand in writing may be made of the Contractor for such further bond or bonds or additional surety, not exceeding that originally required, as is considered necessary, considering the extent of the work remaining to be done. Thereafter no payment shall be made upon such contract to the Contractor or any assignee of the Contractor until such further bond or bonds or additional surety has been furnished. 3-1.04 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. The contract shall be signed by the successful bidder and returned, together with acceptable contract bonds and acceptable, required insurance documents, within ten (10) days, not including Sundays, after the bidder has received notice that the City offers to award the contract to the successful bidder. The Commercial General Liability and Workers’ Compensation insurance policies shall contain additional insured endorsements in favor of the City, its mayor, council, officers, agents, employees and volunteers, as required in these specifications. No proposal shall be considered binding upon the City until the execution of the contract. All contracts shall be considered as being made and entered into in the City of Bakersfield, California.

Failure to execute a contract, file acceptable bonds and submit acceptable insurance documents as provided above shall be just cause for the cancellation of the offer to award and the forfeiture of the proposal guaranty. 3-1.05 RETURN OF BIDDER’S GUARANTEES. Within ten (10) days after the award of the contract, the City of Bakersfield will return any monies or form for deposit of money that are not to be considered in making the award.

A-10
SECTION 4- BEGINNING OF WORK, TIME OF COMPLETION

AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
4-1.01 GENERAL. Attention is directed to the following modifications of the provisions of Section 8-1.04 “Start of Job Site Activities”, Section 8-1.05 “Time”, and Section8-1.10, “Liquidated Damages,” of the Standard Specifications.

The first paragraph of Section 8-1.04B, “Standard Start”, of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

Start job site activities within 15 days after receiving a Notice to Proceed from the Department.

The first and second paragraphs of Section 8-1.05 Time of the Standard Specifications are amended to read:

Contract working days will commence from the date the Contractor begins work or the 15th calendar day from the date of the written notice to proceed, whichever comes first. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion before the expiration of 150 working days.

The third and fourth paragraphs of Section 8-1.10A General of the Standard Specifications are amended to read:

The Contractor shall pay to the City of Bakersfield the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per day for each and every calendar day’s delay in finishing the work in excess of the number of working days prescribed above.

The Contractor shall begin work as noted in the project construction time schedule shown in the Special Provisions. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the same to completion before Construction Completion Date indicated in the Special Provisions.

The Contractor shall pay to the City of Bakersfield the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per day for each and every calendar day’s delay in finishing the work beyond the Construction Completion Date identified in the following schedule.

Section 8-1.06, “Time of Completion”, of the Standard Specifications is deleted in its entirety.

The following schedule shall apply to the project in regards to issuing and executing the contract documents, beginning work on the project, and completing work on the project.

With the exception of references to the lapse of time between Contract approval by the City and the beginning of work by the Contractor, all of the provisions in Section 8-1.03, "Beginning Work," of the Standard Specifications, shall apply.

The following schedule shall apply to the project in regards to issuing and executing the contract documents, beginning work on the project, and completing work on the project.

With the exception of references to the lapse of time between Contract approval by the City and the beginning of work by the Contractor, all of the provisions in Section 8-1.03, "Beginning Work," of the Standard Specifications, shall apply.
4-1.02 Schedule of Values Within fourteen (14) calendar days of receiving a Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a schedule of values allocated to the various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Owner may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Owner, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s monthly Application for Payment. Therefore, the Contractor must obtain the City’s approval of the Schedule of Values prior to submitting their first month’s Application for Payment.

The Schedule of Values shall include the following items as a minimum list: bonds, mobilization, demobilization, temporary office, temporary utilities, temporary fencing and barricades, all other temporary facilities, insurance, on-site supervision, office supervision, job clerk/support staff, office support staff, Contractor’s profit, equipment rental, Contractor-owned equipment and technical section items of Division 2 through Division 16 of the project specifications.

A-11
Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various items of work and no additional allowance will be made therefor. 4-1.03 Construction Documents Upon written request, the City will provide the Contractor with the following number of copies of the construction drawings and specifications:

Three copies plus one copy for each and every subcontractor included in the List of Subcontractors on the Contractors submitted bid form.

Should the Contractor need additional copies of these documents, the City will make the originals of these documents available to Contractor for the Contractor’s use in obtaining copies at the Contractor’s expense.

Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various items of work and no additional allowance will be made therefor.

A-12
SECTION 5 - GENERAL
5-1.01 STATE CONTRACT ACT NOT APPLICABLE. This contract is not governed by the provisions of the State Contract Act. The adoption and use of the Standard Specifications in the performance of the work called for in this contract shall not be construed as an election by the City to proceed under Section 20396 of the Public Contract Code. In the event that a dispute arises between the parties, they are not obligated to submit the matter to arbitration in any form (although they may do so upon written agreement). 5-1.01A DISABLED VETERAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES. Section 5-1.13C of the Standard Specifications does not apply to this project.
5-1.01B NON-SMALL BUSINESSES. Section 5-1.13D of the Standard Specifications does not apply to this project.
5-1.02 ALTERATION IN QUANTITY OF WORK. Increases or decreases in work exceeding an amount of tenthousand dollars ($10,000) or which, together with all other previously approved change orders for that contract exceeds twenty-five percent (25%) of the original contract amount, must be authorized by the City Council. 5-1.03 CONTROL OF WORK. Control of work shall conform to the provisions in Section 5, “Control of Work,” of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.

Section 5-1.23B (1), “Action Submittals, General” of the Standard Specifications is amended by adding the following paragraph:

Working drawings or plans for any structure not included in the plans furnished by the Engineer shall be approved by the Engineer before any work involving these plans shall be performed, unless approval is waived in writing by the Engineer.

Section 5-1.26, “Construction Surveys” of the Standard Specifications is amended by adding the following paragraph after the first paragraph:

Three consecutive points shown on the same rate of slope must be used in common, in order to detect any variation from a straight grade, and in case any such discrepancy exists, it must be reported to the Engineer.

If such a discrepancy is not reported to the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the finished work.

The third paragraph in Section 5-1.26, “Construction Surveys” of the Standard Specifications is amended to read:

When the Contractor requires such stakes or marks, he shall notify the Engineer of his requirements in writing a reasonable length of time in advance of starting operations that require such stakes or marks. In no event, shall a notice of less than seventy-two (72) hours be considered a reasonable length of time.

In addition to Section 5-1.26 “Construction Surveys”, prior to starting construction of the project, the Contractor shall diligently research, locate, identify, replace, and preserve all existing survey markers, benchmarks, or monuments, whether visible or buried within the project area; Contractor shall be responsible for filing all necessary documentation including, but not limited to record of survey, corner section, and other records as required by the corresponding jurisdictional agency(ies).

Section 5-1.01, “General”, of the Standard Specifications is amended by adding the following paragraph to the end of the fifth paragraph:

Whenever the Contractor varies the period during which work is carried on each day, the Contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer, so that proper inspection may be provided. Any work done in the absence of the Engineer will be subject to rejection.
5-1.04 PREVAILING WAGES. Pursuant to Chapter 1 of Part 7 Division 2 of the Labor Code (commencing with Section 1720), Contractor agrees that in performing said work, by themselves or through any subcontractor, eight A-13
hours labor shall be one day’s work and forty hours labor shall be one week’s work, and that Contractor shall keep an accurate record showing the name and actual hours worked for all workers employed in said work, and that said record shall be kept open at all reasonable hours for inspection pursuant to Section 1812 of the Labor Code. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall pay not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages and the general prevailing rate for holiday and overtime to all workers employed in the construction of this project. The prevailing rate for each craft, classification or type of work is determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations. This schedule of prevailing rates is on file and available for inspection in the Public Works Department and through the Department of Industrial Relations’ website http://www.dir.ca.gov/DLSR/PWD/. The schedule is incorporated herein by this reference. The City shall have the right to inspect payroll records during normal working hours and shall have the right to question workers at any time concerning the wages being paid. Contractor shall not interfere in any way with the City's right to investigate conformance with the wage provisions of this contract.

Effective March 1, 2015, all prime contractors and sub-contractors must have a current registration with the Department of Industrial Relations at the time bids are received and throughout the duration of the project. If a prime contractor is not registered at the time bids are received their bid will be deemed non responsive. If a subcontractor is not registered at the time bids are received, they must be registered within 24 hours of the bid opening, otherwise their bid will be deemed non-responsive. In the case that a sub-contractor’s bid is deemed non-responsive, the prime contractor shall substitute that subcontractor with a responsive and responsible registered subcontractor per Section 4107 of the Public Contract Code.

For more information please go to the DIR website at https://www.dir.ca.gov/PublicWorks/PublicWorksLawsRegsDetDec.html. To register with Department of Industrial Relations please go to the following website: https://efiling.dir.ca.gov/PWCR/ActionServlet?action=displayPWCRegistrationForm.

Effective immediately, the prime contractor shall post job site notices prescribed by California Code of Regulations, Title 8 Section 16541 (d).

SB 854 Notice Requirements:
• No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project (submitted on or after March 1, 2015) unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)].
• No contractor or subcontractor may be awarded a contract for public work on a public works project (awarded on or after April 1, 2015) unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5.
• This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations.

Contractor shall forfeit to the City for each worker employed for each calendar day or portion thereof:
a. FIFTY DOLLARS ($50) pursuant to Section 1775 of the Labor Code, per worker paid less than the amount to which the worker is entitled under said general prevailing rate of wages; and b. TWENTY-FIVE DOLLARS ($25) pursuant to Section 1813 of the Labor Code, per worker required to work more than eight (8) hours per day or more than forty (40) hours per week, except as provided in Section 1815 of the Labor Code.
5-1.05 Not used.
5-1.06 LABOR NONDISCRIMINATION. Attention is directed to Section 7-1.02(2) Nondiscrimination of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.

Attention is also directed to the requirements of the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (Government Code Sections 12900 through 12996), to the regulations promulgated by the Fair Employment and Housing Commission to implement said Act, and to the nondiscrimination, affirmative action and equal employment opportunity requirements in the special provisions.

A-14
5-1.07 APPRENTICES. The Contractor’s attention is directed to Section7-1.02K(4), “Apprentices,” of the Standard Specifications. All Contractors and Subcontractors shall comply with the provisions of Labor Code Sections, 1777.5, 1777.6, and 1777.7 relating to the employment of apprentices.

If the Contractor does not have a union contract which provides for apprentices, the Contractor and all Subcontractors shall submit one of the following:
a. A copy of a “REQUEST FOR AN APPLICATION FOR A CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL TO EMPLOY AND TRAIN APPRENTICES ON PUBLIC WORKS”. This request shall be submitted to the local Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Apprenticeship Standards on the Contractor’s and each Subcontractor’s letterhead or DAS 140, enclosed with these specifications. b. A copy of an approval to employ and train apprentices from the local Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Apprenticeship Standards.
c. Proof of a Collective Bargaining Agreement with the Joint Apprenticeship Committee providing for apprentices.

One of the above shall be submitted by the low bidder to the City of Bakersfield with the signed contract documents.
5-1.08 TRENCH SAFETY. The Contractor shall comply with Section 6705 of the Labor Code which provides that the Contractor’s responsibility shall be as follows:

If the contract price for the project includes an expenditure in excess of TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS ($25,000) for excavation of any trench or trenches five (5) feet or more in depth, the Contractor or their Subcontractor shall not begin any trench excavation unless a detailed plan, showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions to be made for worker protection during the excavation of the trench, has been submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer and the detailed plans have been reviewed by the City Engineer.

If such a plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety, the plan shall be prepared by a Registered Civil or Structural Engineer.

Nothing in this section shall be deemed to allow the use of a shoring, sloping, or protective system less effective than that required by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety.

Nothing in this section shall be construed to impose tort liability on the awarding body or any of its employees.

The terms “Public Works,” and “Awarding Body,” as used in this section, shall have the same meaning as in Labor Code Sections 1720 and 1722 respectively.
5-1.09 SOUND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS. Sound control shall conform to these special provisions.

The noise level from the Contractor’s operations, between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m., shall not exceed eighty-six (86) db at a distance of fifty (50) feet. This requirement in no way relieves the Contractor from responsibility for complying with local ordinances regulating noise level.

Said noise level requirement shall apply to all equipment on the job or related to the job, including but not limited to trucks, transit mixers or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the Contractor. The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel.

Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 5-1.10 PERMITS AND LICENSES. The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work from any and all governmental organization which requires such permits, licenses or fees. The Contractor shall procure a business license in the City of Bakersfield.

A-15
5-1.11 WORKING HOURS. Contractor shall limit the field working hours from 7:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.

Monday through Friday. Any deviations must be requested in writing and directed to the Engineer at the Pre-Job Conference. Written approval from the Engineer is required for work beyond these limits.

Any time work proceeds which requires inspection services for more than an eight (8.0) hour work day or on legal holidays or on weekends, the Contractor will be charged for all associated overtime charges and said charges may be withheld from contract retention.
5-1.12 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep themselves fully informed of all existing and future State and National laws and all municipal ordinances and regulations of the City of Bakersfield which in any manner affect those engaged or employed in the work, or the materials used in the work, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work, and of all such orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority over the same.
5-1.13 CONTRACTOR’S INSURANCE. The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until the Contractor has obtained all insurance required under this section and the required certificates of insurance have been filed with and approved by the City Risk Manager and the Recreation and Parks Department, nor shall the Contractor allow any Subcontractor to commence work on their subcontract until said certificates of insurance have been filed with and approved by the City Risk Manager and the Recreation and Parks Department.

Contractor shall be responsible for any deductibles under all required insurance policies.

Section 7-1.05, “Indemnification”, of the Standard Specifications is deleted in its entirety.

Section 7-1.06, “Insurance”, of the Standard Specifications is deleted in its entirety. 5-1.13A INDEMNITY. The Contractor shall provide the indemnity required by the contract. 5-1.13B INSURANCE. The Contractor shall provide the insurance required by the contract. 5-1.14 CONTRACTOR’S AUTHORITY. At the preconstruction meeting, the Contractor shall provide the City with the foreman’s or superintendent’s name who will be in charge of this project. 5-1.15 WORK IN CITY STREETS. All of the work shown on the plans and included in these specifications that is located in the public streets in the City of Bakersfield shall be done in accordance with City Ordinances regulating the use of public streets within the City, except as otherwise provided herein.

The Contractor shall inform himself as to all regulations and requirements of the City Engineer and Superintendent of Streets of the City of Bakersfield and shall conduct his operations in compliance therewith. 5-1.16 RIGHT OF WAY. The right of way for the work to be constructed will be provided by the City. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements, and pay all expenses for additional area required by him outside of the limits of right of way unless otherwise provided in the special provisions. Before storing equipment or stockpiling material outside the street right of way, the Contractor shall obtain a letter from the property owner authorizing the Contractor the use of his property. The letter shall be filed with the Engineer.
5-1.17 SUSPENSION OF CONTRACT. If at any time in the opinion of the City Council, the Contractor has violated any terms of this contract, failed to supply an adequate working force, or material of proper quality, or has failed in any other respect to prosecute the work with the diligence and force specified and intended in and by the terms of the contract, notice thereof in writing will be served upon him, and should the Contractor neglect or refuse to provide means for a satisfactory compliance with the contract, as directed by the Engineer, within the time specified in such notice, the City Council in any such case shall have the power to suspend the operation of the contract. Upon receiving notice of such suspension, the Contractor shall discontinue said work, or such parts of it as the City Council may designate. Upon such suspension, the Contractor’s control shall terminate, and thereupon the City Council, or its duly authorized representative, may employ other parties to carry the contract to completion, employ the necessary workmen, substitute other machinery or materials, and purchase the materials contracted for, in such a manner as the Engineer may deem proper; or the City Council may annul and cancel the contract and re-let the work or any part thereof. Any excess of cost arising therefrom over and above the contract price will be charged against the Contractor and their sureties, who will be liable therefor. In the event of such suspension, all money due the Contractor or retained under the terms of this contract shall be forfeited to the City; but such forfeiture will not release the contractor or their sureties from liability or failure to fulfill the contract. The Contractor and their sureties will be credited with the amount of money so forfeited toward any excess of cost over and above the contract price, arising from the suspension of the operations of the contract and the completion of the work by the City as above provided, and the Contractor will be so credited with any surplus remaining after all just claims for such completion as determined by the Engineer have been paid.

A-16
In the determination of the question whether there has been any such non-compliance with the contract as to warrant the suspension or annulment thereof, the decision of the City Council shall be binding on all parties to the contract.
5-1.18 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF WORK. The Engineer shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly or in part, for such period as the Contractor may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or to such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the suitable prosecution of the work, or for such time as theContractor may deem necessary, due to the failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given, or to perform any provisions of the work, or extra work that may be done by City Forces. The Contractor shall immediately obey such order of the Engineer and shall not resume the work until ordered in writing by the Engineer.
5-1.19 SCHEDULE Section 8-1.02 Schedule of the Standard Specifications does not apply to this contract. 5-1.20 PAYMENTS. In Section 9-1.03, “Payment Scope” of the Standard Specifications, the section pertaining to annual interest for unpaid and undisputed progress payments and after-acceptance payment except claims does not apply to this contract.

Attention is directed to Section 9-1.16, “Progress Payments,” of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. No partial payment will be made for any materials on hand which are furnished but not incorporated in the work.

Section 9-1.16F, “Retentions”, of the Standard Specifications is revised to read as follows:

The Department shall retain 5 percent of the estimated value of the work done. In addition, on any partial payment made after 95 percent of the work has been completed, the Department may reduce the amount withheld from payment pursuant to the requirements of this Section, to such lesser amount as the Department determines is adequate security for the fulfillment of the balance of the work and other requirements of the contract, but in no event will that amount be reduced to less than 125 percent of the estimated value of the work yet to be completed as determined by the Engineer. The reduction will only be made upon the written request of the Contractor and shall be approved in writing by the surety on the Performance Bond and by the surety on the Payment Bond. The approval of the surety shall be submitted to the Disbursing Officer of the Department; the signature of the person executing the approval for the surety shall be properly acknowledged and the power of attorney authorizing the person to give that consent must either accompany the document or be on file with the Department. 5-1.21 FINAL PAYMENT. In addition to the conditions, provisions, and requirements, in Section 9-1.17D “Final Payment and Claims,” of the Standard Specifications, the following shall apply:

The City may withhold funds, or because of subsequently discovered facts, nullify the whole or any part of any certificate for payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect the City from loss due to causes including but not limited to the following:

Defective work not remedied;
Claims filed or information reasonably indicating probable filing of claims; Failure of Contractor to make payment due for materials and/or labor; Information causing reasonable doubt that the contract can be completed for any unpaid balance; Damages to another Contractor; and
Breach of any terms of this contract.

When any and all such causes are removed, certificates shall be issued for amount withheld.

Under Section 9204 of the Public Contract Code, a public entity must submit a written statement identifying the disputed and undisputed portions of any claim for time extension, payment of money or damages arising from work done, or payment of an amount disputed by the public entity, as further defined in Section 9204, within fortyfive days of receipt of the Full and Final Potential Claim Record (as defined in Section 5-1.43D of the State Standard Specifications) sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. The claim must be supported by reasonable documentation such as invoices, extra work tickets signed by a city inspector, and full justification of the basis of the claim. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim must be made within sixty days after the public entity’s written statement is issued.

A-17
If the claimant disputes the public entity’s response or the public entity does not provide a written response as required in Section 9204, the public entity must schedule a meet and confer conference within thirty days after receipt of a written request from the claimant sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Within ten business days following the meet and confer conference, the public entity must provide the claimant with a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute, if any, and the portion that isundisputed. Any payment on the undisputed portion of the claim must be made within sixty days after the public entity issues this written statement.

Any remaining disputed portion of the claim, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation with the public entity and the claimant sharing the costs equally. The public entity and the claimant must agree to a mediator within ten business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree on a mediator, each party must select a mediator and those mediators will select a qualified neutral third party to mediate the disputed portion of the claim. Each party will bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If the mediation is unsuccessful, the disputed portion of the claim is subject to applicable procedures outside of section 9204. The parties may agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable.

Amounts not paid as required by Section 9204 are subject to annual interest of seven percent. If a subcontractor lacks standing to assert a claim against a public entity because privity of contract does not exist, the contractor may present a claim on behalf of the subcontractor to the public entity.

Section 9-1.17D(2)(b), “Overhead Claims” of the Standard Specifications is replaced in its entirety with the following:

The Director will make the final determination of any claims which remain in dispute after completion of claim review. A board or person designated by said Director will review such claims and make written recommendation thereon.

The City Engineer shall, after the completion of the contract, make a final estimate of the amount of work done thereunder, and the value of such work, and the City shall pay the entire sum so found to be due after deducting therefrom all previous payments and all amounts to be kept and all amounts to be retained under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. The final payment shall not be due and payable until the expiration of thirty (30) days from the date the “NOTICE OF COMPLETION” is recorded at the County Recorder’s Office and after execution and return by the Contractor of the attached GUARANTEE when applicable.

It is mutually agreed between the parties to the contract that no certificate given or payments made under the contract except the final certificate or final payment, shall be conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either wholly or in part, against any claim of the party of the first part, and no payment shall be construed to be an acceptance of any defective work or improper materials.

The Contractor further agrees that the payment of the final amount due under the contract, and the adjustment and payment for any work done in accordance with any alterations of the same, shall release the City, the City Council, and the Engineer from any and all claims or liability on account of work performed under the contract or any alteration thereof.
5-1.22 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. The Contractor shall be held responsible for their worker’s and subcontractor’s well-being and their education of handling hazardous materials when hazardous materials are encountered during this project.
5-1.23 SUBCONTRACTING. Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 5-1.13A, "SUBCONTRACTING - General," of the standard specifications and Section 2-1.07, “REQUIRED LISTING OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS” of these special provisions. Contractor should be aware of the requirements of that Section 5-1.13A for the Contractor to perform a certain portion of the work with their own forces. 5-1.24 SUBSTITUTION OF A SUBCONTRACTOR. The substitution of a subcontractor shall not be allowed except as provided by Section 4107 of the Public Contract Code.

A-18
SECTION 6 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS
6-1.01 GENERAL. Control of materials shall conform to the provisions in Section 6, “Control of Materials,” of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.

At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before delivery is started and before such material is used in the work. Representative preliminary samples of the character and quality prescribed shall be submitted by the contractor or producer of all materials to be used in the work, for testing or examination as desired by the Engineer.

All tests of materials furnished by the contractor shall be made in accordance with commonly recognized standards of national organizations, and such special methods and tests as are prescribed in the specifications. 6-1.02 BORROW, DISPOSAL AND MATERIAL SITES. The operation of any borrow or disposal sites used by the Contractor to produce or dispose of material for this project shall comply with the requirements in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. All provisions for water pollution, dust control, and sound control that apply within the limits of the contract shall apply to all borrow or disposal sites utilized by the Contractor.

Upon completion of the work, all such sites and haul roads shall be graded and treated so that, at the time of final inspection of the contract, they will drain, will blend with surrounding terrain, and will have a potential as a source of blowing dust or other pollution which is no greater than when in their original condition.

If the Contractor obtains necessary permits for borrow, disposal or material sites from the authority having jurisdiction or from the appropriate pollution control boards and such permits contain requirements which conflict with the requirements in the first and second paragraphs of this section, the requirements of the permits shall govern over the conflicting requirements of this section provided the permit requirements have been approved by the Engineer.

Full compensation for complying with the requirements for borrow, disposal and material sites in this section shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the items of work which require the use of the sites and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
6-1.03 CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE. In accordance with Section6-3.05E, “Certificates of Compliance,” of the Standard Specifications, the Engineer may permit the use of certain materials or assemblies, prior to sampling and testing, if accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance.

END A
.

PART B
STATE OF CALIFORNIA – DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TO: California Department of Industrial Relations
Division of Apprenticeship Standards
P.O. Box 420603 AWARDING AGENCY ID NUMBER
San Francisco, CA 94142

EXTRACT OF

PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT AWARD
A CONTRACT TO PERFORM PUBLIC WORKS UNDER LABOR CODE SECTION 1777.5 HAS BEEN AWARDED TO:

1. NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR 2. CONTRACTOR’S LICENSE NO

3. MAILING ADDRESS (STREET NUMBER OR P.O. BOX) 4. CITY

5. ZIP CODE 6. TELEPHONE NUMBER

7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR’S CONTACT EMAIL ADDRESS 8. ADDRESS/LOCATION OF PUBLIC WORKS SITE (INCLUDE CITY AND COUNTY):
9 . . NAME OF PROJECT
T
r 8a. County- KERN

10. CONTRACT NUMBER 11. PROJECT NUMBER 12. DOLLAR AMOUNT OF CONTRACT AWARD 13 . FIRST ADVERTISED BID DATE 14 CONTRACT AWARD DATE 12a ESTIMATED TOTAL PROJECT COSTS, IF DIFFERENT FROM

MONTH DAY YEAR
MONT

H DAY YEAR
ITEM 12 (see instructions).

15. WHICH STATUTE, IF ANY, APPLIES TO THIS PROJECT?

16. STATE CONSTRUCTION BONDS YES NO 17. WILL YOU OPERATE A DIR-APPROVED LABOR COMPLIANCE If YES, List the Sources and Dollar Amount of Bond Proceeds:

SOURCES DOLLAR AMOUNT PROGRAM (LCP) FOR THIS PROJECT?
YES NO

18. IS THERE A PROJECT LABOR AGREEMENT (PLA) ASSOCIATED WITH THIS PROJECT? If yes, please email a copy to [email protected] YES NO

19. STARTING DATE (ESTIMATED OR ACTUAL) 20. COMPLETION DATE (ESTIMATED OR ACTUAL) (MM/DD/YYYY) (MM/DD/YYYY)

21. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED 22
.

NEW CONSTRUCTION REMODELING

ALTERATION, DEMOLITION, REPAIR OR MAINTENANCE

23. CLASSIFICATION OR TYPE OF WORKER (CARPENTER, PLUMBER, ETC.) THAT WILL BE EMPLOYED BY THE CONTRACTOR(S) Please list Sub-contractors and their worker classifications on page 2

24. Is language included in the Contract Award to effectuate the requirements of sections 1771, 1774, 1775, 1776, 1777.5, 1813, and 1815 of the Labor Code? YES NO

25. SIGNATURE 26. TITLE 27. DATE

28. PRINTED OR TYPED NAME 29. E-MAIL ADDRESS 30. TELEPHONE NUMBERS If different from above, name, title, and contact information of person responsible for carrying out Awarding Body’s LCP or CMU responsibilities.

31. NAME 32. TITLE 33. E-MAIL ADDRESS 34. TELEPHONE NUMBER Duplication of this form is permissible
DIR-PWC 100 (rev. 10/11) successor to the DAS 13
Yellow- To be completed by Public Works
All Other- To be completed Contractor
Contractor License. # Contractor Classification of Workers DIR-PWC 100 (rev. 10/11) successor to the DAS 13

PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT AWARD INFORMATION
Contract award information must be sent to your Apprenticeship Committee if you are approved to train. If you are not approved to train, you must send the information (which may be this form) to ALL applicable Apprenticeship Committees in your craft or trade in the area of the site of the public work. Go to: http://www.dir.ca.gov/databases/das/pwaddrstart.asp for information about programs in your area and trade. You may also consult your local Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS) office whose telephone number may be found in your local directory under California, State of, Industrial Relations, Division of Apprenticeship Standards.

Do not send this form to the Division of Apprenticeship Standards. a. NAME OF YOUR COMPANY b. CONTRACTOR'S STATE LICENSE NO c. MAILING ADDRESS- NUMBER & STREET, CITY, ZIP CODE d. AREA CODE & TELEPHONE NO. e. NAME & ADDRESS OF PUBLIC WORKS PROJECT f. DATE YOUR CONTRACT EXECUTED g. DATE OF EXPECTED OR ACTUAL START OF

PROJECT
h. NAME & ADDRESS OF PUBLIC AGENCY AWARDING CONTRACT i. ESTIMATED NUMBER OF JOURNEYMEN HOURS j. OCCUPATION OF APPRENTICE
k. THIS FORM IS BEING SENT TO: (NAME & ADDRESS OF APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM(S)) l. ESTIMATED NUMBER OF APPRENTICE HOURS m.

APPROXIMATE DATES TO BE EMPLOYED
This is not a request for dispatch of apprentices.

Contractors must make a separate request for actual dispatch, in accordance with Section 230.1(a) California Code of Regulations Check One Of The Boxes Below

1. We are already approved to train apprentices by the
Apprenticeship Committee. We will employ and train under theirStandards. Enter name of the Committee

2. We will comply with the standards of
Apprenticeship Committee for the duration of this job only. Enter name of the Committee

3. We will employ and train apprentices in accordance with the California Apprenticeship Council regulations, including § 230.1 (c) which requires that apprentices employed on public projects can only be assigned to perform work of the craft or trade to which the apprentice is registered and that the apprentices must at all times work with or under the direct supervision of journeyman/men.

Signature Date
Typed Name
Title
State of California - Department of Industrial Relations DIVISION

OF APPRENTICESHIP STANDARDS
DAS 140 (REV. 1/04)
PART C
C-1
SECTION 7 - GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
7-1.01 OBSTRUCTIONS. Attention is directed to Section 5-1.36D, “Nonhighway Facilities”, of the Standard Specification, the plans, and the special provisions.

The Contractor shall be required to work around public utility facilities and other improvements that are to remain in place within the construction area or that are to be relocated and relocation operations have not been completed. In accordance with the provisions in Section 5-1.36, “Property and Facility Preservation”, and Section 5-1.39, “Damage Repair and Restoration”, of the Standard Specifications, the Contractor shall be liable to owners of such facilities and improvements for any damage or interference with service resulting from conducting the Contractor’s operations. The exact location of underground facilities and improvements within the construction area shall be ascertained by the Contractor before using equipment that may damage such facilities or interfere with the services. Other forces may be engaged in moving or removing utility facilities or other improvements or maintaining services or utilities. The Contractor shall cooperate with such forces and conduct their operations in such a manner as to avoid any unnecessary delay or hindrance to the work being performed by other such forces.

Any delay to the Contractor due to utility relocation whether or not the utility is shown or correctly located on the plans will not be compensated for as idle time. However, additional contract time commensurate with such delays may be allowed.

Prior to commencement of any phase of construction involving landscaping or irrigation systems, the Contractor shall contact the City Parks Division at 326-3866 for the purpose of ascertaining the locations and current operational status of all landscape irrigation wiring, mainlines, laterals and other facilities.

Due care shall be taken to minimize damage to existing irrigation systems and plant materials. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairing and reconnecting severed or damaged lines and/or wiring and replacement of damaged plant material at the Contractor’s own cost. In the event of interruption of irrigation operations due to damage by the Contractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the health of plant material in the area for the duration of irrigation interruption.

Attention is directed to the fact that nuisance water may be present at all times along the project. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide for handling of said water and any expense involved shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various items of work and no additional allowance will be made therefor.

PAYMENT. Except in the case of extra work, full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this article shall be considered as included in the unit prices paid for various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
7-1.02 RELATIONS WITH PROPERTY OWNERS. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall send or deliver to the owner of each parcel within the project area written notification of the construction project. The Contractor’s name, address, telephone number and name of a contact person with the company shall be included in the letter.

Access to abutting property shall be maintained at all times unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer.

Before storing equipment or stockpiling material outside the street right of way, the Contractor shall obtain a letter from the property owner authorizing the Contractor the use of their property. The letter shall be filed with the Engineer.

PAYMENT. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this article shall be considered as included in the unit prices paid for various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 7-1.03 MOBILIZATION. Section 9-1.16D “Mobilization” of the Standard Specifications is replaced with the following.

Mobilization shall consist of preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site; for the establishment of all offices, buildings and other facilities necessary for work on the project; and for all other work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on the various contract items on the project site.

C-2
PAYMENT. Payments for mobilization will be made as follows:

A. When the monthly partial payment estimate of the amount earned, not including the amount earned for mobilization, is 5 percent or more of the original contract amount, 50 percent of the contract item price for mobilization or 5 percent of the original contract amount, whichever is the lesser, will be included in the estimate for payment.

B. When the monthly partial payment estimate of the amount earned, not including the amount earned for mobilization, is 10 percent or more of the original contract amount, the total amount earned for mobilization shall be 75 percent of the contract item price for mobilization or 7.5 percent of the original contract amount, whichever is the lesser, and that amount will be included in the estimate for payment.

C. When the monthly partial payment estimate of the amount earned, not including the amount earned for mobilization, is 20 percent or more of the original contract amount, the total amount earned for mobilization shall be 95 percent of the contract item price for mobilization or 9.5 percent of the original contract amount, whichever is the lesser, and that amount will be included in the estimate for payment.

D. When the monthly partial payment estimate of the amount earned, not including the amount earned for mobilization, is 50 percent or more of the original contract amount, the total amount earned for mobilization shall be 100 percent of the contract item price for mobilization or 10 percent of the original contract amount, whichever is the lesser, and that amount will be included in the estimate for payment.

E. After acceptance of the contract pursuant to Section 5-1.46, "Final Inspection and Contract Acceptance," the amount, if any, of the contract item price for mobilization in excess of 10 percent of the original contract amount will be included for payment in the first estimate made in conformance with the provisions in Section 9-1.17.

The contract lump sum price paid for mobilization shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in mobilization as specified herein.

When other contract items are adjusted as provided in Section 4-1.05, "Changes and Extra Work" of the Standard Specifications, if the costs applicable to an item of work include mobilization costs, those mobilization costs will be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor by the payments made for mobilization, and will be excluded from consideration in determining compensation under Section 4-1.05.

When the contract does not include a contract pay item for mobilization as above specified, full compensation for any necessary mobilization required shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 7-1.04 MAINTAINING TRAFFIC. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain signs, lights, flags and other warning and safety devices when performing work which interferes with or endangers the safe movement of traffic on any street or highway.

Signs, lights, flags and other warning and safety devices and their use shall conform to the requirements set forth in the current Part 6, Temporary Traffic Control, of the "California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways", published by the State of California, Department of Transportation. Application and use of devices shall be as specified and as directed by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall keep the Bakersfield Fire Department informed at all times as to the exact location and progress of the work and shall notify them immediately of any streets impassable for fire fighting equipment. The contact at the Fire Department is Emergency Communications Center Manager, 661-861-2521.

The fifth, eighth, tenth and eleventh paragraphs of Section 7-1.03, "Public Convenience", of the Standard Specifications, shall be amended to read as follows:

Lane closures shall be allowed only between the hours indicated below, Monday through Friday, except legal holidays.

Street Direction of Travel Hours
All Streets within Project Boundary All Directions 8:30 am to 4:30 pm C-3
Where construction operations are actively in progress, a minimum of one traffic lane for each direction of travel shall be open for use by public traffic. Such lanes shall not be less than twelve (12) feet in width.

Where construction operations are not actively in progress the number of lanes specified by the table below shall be open for use by public traffic. Such lanes shall not be less than twelve (12) feet in width.

Number of Lanes in Each Direction Required Number of Open Lanes in on Roadbed Prior to Start of Construction Each Direction 1 1
Public traffic may be permitted to use paved shoulders and, if half-width construction methods are used, may also be permitted to use the side of the roadbed opposite to the one under construction. No additional compensation will be allowed for any shaping of shoulders necessary for the accommodation of public traffic thereon during paving operations.

In order to expedite the passage of public traffic through or around the work and where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall, at their own expense, furnish, install and maintain construction area signs, lights, flares, temporary railing (Type K), barricades, and other facilities for the sole convenience and direction of public traffic. Also, where directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish competent flagmen whose sole duties shall consist of directing the movement of public traffic through or around the work. When deemed necessary by the City, the signs "Road Work Ahead", No. W20-1, and "End Road Work", No. G20-2, shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Contractor at locations as directed by the Engineer at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of any construction.

The Contractor shall report all accidents to the Engineer.

PAYMENT. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this article shall be considered as included in the unit prices paid for various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 7-1.05 REMOVE CONCRETE. Removing concrete shall conform to the provisions in Section 15, "Existing Facilities", Section 16, "Clearing and Grubbing", and Section 19-1.03D, “Buried Man-Made Objects”, of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.

Concrete removed shall be disposed of in accordance with the provisions in Section 5-1.20B(4), “ContractorProperty Owner Agreement”, of the Standard Specifications.

PAYMENT. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this article shall be considered as included in the unit prices paid for various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 7-1.06 DUST CONTROL. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prevent a dust nuisance from originating from the site of the work as a result of their operations, or the traveling public, during the effective period of this contract. Preventative measures to be taken by the Contractor shall include but shall not be limited to the following:
a. Water shall be applied to all unpaved areas as required to prevent the surface from becoming dry enough to permit dust formation.
b. Paved surfaces over which vehicular traffic is permitted to travel shall be kept free of dirt. A selfcontained,pick-up type, power broom with water distribution system shall be used on all public roads.

Temporary suspension of the work, either as a result of order by the Engineer, or as a result of conditions beyond the control of the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor from their responsibility for dust control as set forth herein.

If ordered, apply water, dust palliative, or both to control dust caused by public traffic. This work is change order work.

C-4
PAYMENT. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this article shall be considered as included in the unit prices paid for various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 7-1.07 HAZARDOUS WASTE IN EXCAVATION. If the Contractor encounters material in excavation which the Contractor has reason to believe may be hazardous waste, as defined by Section 25117 of the "Health and Safety Code", the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. Excavation in the immediate area of the suspected hazardous material shall be suspended until the Engineer authorizes it to be resumed. If such suspension delays the current controlling operation, the Contractor will be granted an extension of time as provided in Section 8-1.10, “Liquidated Damages” of the Standard Specifications.

If such suspension delays the current controlling operation more than two (2) working days, the delay will be considered a right of way delay and the Contractor will be compensated for such delay as provided in Section 8-

1.07, “Delays”, of the Standard Specifications.

The Department reserves the right to use other forces for exploratory work to identify and determine the extent of such material and for removing hazardous material from such area.

PAYMENT. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this article shall be considered as included in the unit prices paid for various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 7-1.08 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION. Portland Cement concrete curbs, median curbs, sidewalks, access/curb ramps, cross gutters, drive approaches, driveways and miscellaneous construction shall conform to these special provisions and the provisions in Section 73, "Concrete Curbs and Sidewalk", of the Standard Specifications except that the concrete shall contain not less than 505 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. When the City of Bakersfield standard drawings specify a class of concrete, the following shall apply:

Specified “Class A” shall be not less than 590 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard Specified “Class B” shall be not less than 505 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard Concrete curbs, median curbs, curb and gutter may be constructed by the fixed form method or by extrusion or slip forming. However, it is required to use equipment which is controlled automatically for alignment, grade, and cross slope by sensing from preset string lines for construction using the extrusion or slip form methods.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT.

Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this article shall be considered as included in the unit prices paid for various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 7-1.09 COORDINATION OF WORK WITH CITY OF BAKERSFIELD. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall coordinate its work with the City of Bakersfield Technology Services (TS) Department. The coordination of work includes but is not limited to, the location and installation of any and all items of work related to the Communication System Network. The City's TS Department will provide all materials and labor to complete this work. Work shall be completed during the “rough in” stage to allow for items to be installed within walls, ceilings, and any other required locations. The City’s TS staff or its separate subcontractor(s) shall coordinate with the Contractor and or its sub-contractors to establish final locations for terminal connection points including but not limited to electrical and data networking receptacles which may or not be shown on the construction plans.

PAYMENT. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this article shall be considered as included in the unit prices paid for various items of work and no additional time or compensation will be allowed therefor.

END C

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX OF DOCUMENTS

INDEX OF DOCUMENTS
DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 11 00 Summary of Work
01 30 00 Administrative Requirements
01 41 00 Regulatory Requirements
01 42 16 Definitions
01 42 19 Reference Standards
01 45 23 Tests and Inspections
01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls
01 60 00 Product Requirements
01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements
01 74 00 Construction Waste Management and Disposal
01 79 00 Demonstration and Training
DIVISION 02 SITE WORK
Not Used
DIVISION 03 CONCRETE
03 11 00 Concrete Forming
03 21 00 Reinforcing Steel
03 31 00 Structural Concrete Work
03 35 00 Curing, Sealing, and Hardening Concrete Floors DIVISION 04 MASONRY
Not Used
DIVISION 05 METALS
Not Used
DIVISION 06 CARPENTRY
06 10 00 Rough Carpentry
06 20 00 Finish Carpentry
DIVISION 07 MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 21 00 Insulation
07 26 00 Under-Slab Vapor Barrier
07 42 00 Veneer Spandrel Metal Panels
07 54 00 Built Up Roofing with Cap Sheet
07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
07 72 00 Roof Accessories
07 92 00 Joint Sealants
DIVISION 08 DOORS AND WINDOWS
08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
08 12 00 Interior Aluminum Frames
08 14 16 Wood Doors
08 71 00 Door Hardware
08 81 00 Glass and Glazing
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

INDEX OF DOCUMENTS
2 OF 2
DIVISION 09 FINISHES
09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies
09 30 00 Tile
09 51 00 Acoustical Ceilings
09 65 00 Resilient Flooring
09 68 13 Carpet Tiles
09 77 20 Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels
09 91 23 Interior Painting
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
10 14 00 Signage
10 21 13 Metal Toilet Partitions
10 28 00 Toilet and Bath Accessories
10 44 00 Fire Protection Specialties
10 50 00 Metal Lockers
DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT
Not Used
DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS
12 32 16 Laminated Plastic Casework
12 36 61 Solid Surfacing Fabrications
DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
Not Used
DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS
Not Used
DIVISION 22 PLUMBING
22 00 00 Plumbing
DIVISION 23 HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
23 00 00 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning
DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
26 60 00 General Conditions for Electrical Work
26 70 00 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
32 13 13 Site Concrete Paving

END OF INDEX
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

SUMMARY OF WORK
SECTION 01 11 00
01 11 00 - 1 SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1

2. Work by Owner

3. Owner Furnished Products

4. Owner Occupancy

5. Base Bid Scope of Work.

1.02 WORK BY OWNER
A. Items noted “NIC” (Not in Contract) including, but not limited, to moveable cabinets, furnishings, minor equipment, etc. will be furnished and installed by Owner.

1.03 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. Owner’s Responsibilities:

1. Arrange for and deliver Owner-reviewed shop drawings, product data and samples to Contractor.

2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site.

3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor.

4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective or deficient items.

5. Arrange for manufacturer’s warranties, inspections and service.

B. Contractor’s Responsibilities:

1. Review Owner-reviewed shop drawings, product data and samples.

2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with Owner.

3. Handle, store, install and finish products.

4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt.

5. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict with Owner’s rights to occupy substantially completed building(s).

1.04 OWNER OCCUPANCY
A. Partial Occupancy:

1. Owner reserves the right to occupy, place and install equipment as necessary in substantially completed buildings. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and facilitate Owner’s operations.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 11 00 - 2 SUMMARY OF WORK
B. Acceptance of Work:

1. Partial occupancy does not constitute acceptance of work

1.06 BASE BID SCOPE OF WORK
A. The “Project”, of which the “Work” of this contract is a part, is titled “Name of Project”.

B. The “Work” of this contract is defined by the Contract Documents and is defined to include all necessary labor and materials for a tenant improvement per attached drawings.

1. This section describes the scope of work of the BASE BID for this project:
“2265 SF TENANT IMPROVEMENT OF THE FIRST FLOOR OF AN EXISTING 7,166 SF 2 STORY BUILDING”
NO WORK ON THE 2ND FLOOR
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 01 11 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01 30 00
01 30 00 - 1 ADMINISTRATIVE

REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1

2. General administrative requirements

3. Electronic document submittal service

4. Preconstruction meeting

5. Site mobilization meeting

6. Progress meetings

7. Construction progress schedule

8. Contractor's daily reports

9. Coordination drawings

10.Submittals for review, information, and project closeout

11.Number of copies of submittals

12.Requests for Interpretation (RFI) procedures

13.Submittal procedures
B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 60 00: Product Requirements
a. General product requirements.

2. Section 01 70 00: Execution and Closeout Requirements a. Additional coordination requirements.

3. Section 01 78 00: Closeout Submittals
a. Project record documents; operation and maintenance data; warranties and bonds.

1.02 GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVEREQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01 70 00 “Execution and Closeout Requirements” for coordination of execution of administrative tasks with timing of construction activities.

B. Make the following types of submittals to Architect:

1. Requests for Interpretation (RFI)

2. Requests for substitution

3. Shop drawings, product data, andsamples

4. Test and inspection reports

5. Design data

6. Manufacturer's instructions and field reports

7. Applications for payment and change order requests

8. Progress schedules
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 30 00 - 2 ADMINISTRATIVE

REQUIREMENTS

9. Coordination drawings.

10.Correction Punch List and Final Correction Punch List for Notice of Completion.

11.Closeout submittals.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL PROCESS
A. All documents transmitted for purposes of administration of the contract are to be in electronic (PDF, MS Word, or MS Excel) format, as appropriate to the document, and transmitted via an email system.

1. Besides submittals for review, interpretation and closeout, this procedure applies to Requests for Interpretation (RFIs), progress documentation, contract modification documents (e.g. supplementary instructions, change proposals, change orders), applications for payment, field reports and meeting minutes, Contractor's correction punchlist, and any other document any participant wishes to make part of the project record.

2. Contractor and Architect are required to use this process.

3. It is Contractor's responsibility to submit documents in allowable format.

4. Subcontractors, suppliers, and Architect's consultants are to be permitted to use the service at no extra charge.

5. Users of the process need an email address, internet access, and PDF review software that includes ability to mark up and apply electronic stamps (such as Adobe Acrobat, www.adobe.com, or Bluebeam PDF Revu,
www.bluebeam.com), unless such software capability is provided by the service provider.

6. All other specified submittal and document transmission procedures apply, except that electronic document requirements do not apply to samples or color selection charts.

B. Project Closeout: Architect will determine when to terminate the service for the project and is responsible for obtaining archive copies of files for Owner.

3.02 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Attendance Required:

1. Owner

2. Architect

3. Contractor
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 30 00 - 3 ADMINISTRATIVE

REQUIREMENTS
B. Agenda:

1. Execution of Owner-ContractorAgreement.

2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates.

3. Distribution of Contract Documents.

4. Submission of list of subcontractors, list of products, schedule of values, and progress schedule.

5. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract, Contractor and Architect.

6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures.

7. Scheduling.

C. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.

3.03 SITE MOBILIZATION MEETING
A. Architect will schedule meeting at the Project site prior to Contractor occupancy.

B. Attendance Required:

1. Owner

2. Contractor

3. Architect

4. Contractor's superintendent

5. Major subcontractors
C. Agenda:

1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor

2. Owner's requirements and occupancy prior to completion

3. Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner

4. Temporary utilities provided by Owner

5. Survey and building layout

6. Security and housekeepingprocedures

7. Schedules

8. Application for payment procedures

9. Procedures for testing

10.Procedures for maintaining record documents

11.Requirements for start-up of equipment

12.Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 30 00 - 4 ADMINISTRATIVE

REQUIREMENTS
D. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.

3.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the work at maximum bimonthly intervals.

B. Make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants and preside at meetings.

C. Attendance Required:

1. Contractor's Project Manager

2. Owner

3. Architect

4. Contractor's Superintendent.

5. Major subcontractors
D. Agenda:

1. Review minutes of previous meetings

2. Review of work progress

3. Field observations, problems, anddecisions

4. Identification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress

5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals

6. Maintenance of progress schedule

7. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules

8. Planned progress during succeeding work period

9. Maintenance of quality and work standards

10.Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination

11.Other business relating to work
E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.

3.05 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
A. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 10 days.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 30 00 - 5 ADMINISTRATIVE

REQUIREMENTS
B. Within 20 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete schedule for review.

1. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed and accepted proposed schedule.

C. Within 10 days after joint review, submit complete schedule.

D. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment.

3.06 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
A. Include only factual information. Do not include personal remarks or opinions regarding operations and/or personnel.

B. Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site and project progress:

1. Date

2. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions

3. List of subcontractors at Project site

4. List of separate contractors at Project site

5. Material deliveries

6. Safety, environmental or industrial relations incidents

7. Meetings and significant decisions

8. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. Include comparison between scheduled work activities (in Contractor's most recently updated and published schedule) and actual activities. Explain differences, if any. Note days or periods when no work was in progress and explain the reasons why

9. Testing and/or inspections performed

10.List of verbal instruction given by Owner and/or Architect

11.Signature of Contractor's authorized representative

3.07 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. Provide information required by Project Coordinator for preparation of coordination drawings.

B. Update record drawings on a monthly basis as required as a release for progress payments.

C. Review drawings prior to submission to Architect.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 30 00 - 6 ADMINISTRATIVE

REQUIREMENTS

3.08 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI)
A. Definition: A request seeking one of the following:

1. An interpretation, amplification, or clarification of some requirement of Contract Documents arising from inability to determine from them the exact material, process, or system to be installed; or when the elements of construction are required to occupy the same space (interference); or when an item of work is described differently at more than one place in the Contract Documents.

2. A resolution to an issue which has arisen due to field conditions and affects design intent.

B. Preparation: Prepare an RFI immediately upon discovery of a need for interpretation of the Contract Documents. Failure to submit a RFI in a timely manner is not a legitimate cause for claiming additional costs or delays in execution of thework.

1. Prepare a separate RFI for each specific item.
a. Review, coordinate, and comment on requests originating with subcontractors and/or materials suppliers.
b. Do not forward requests which solely require internal coordination between subcontractors.

2. Prepare in a format and with content acceptable to Owner.

3. Prepare using an electronic version of the form appended to this section.

4. Combine RFI and its attachments into a single electronic file. PDF format is preferred.

C. Reason for the RFI: Prior to initiation of an RFI, carefully study all Contract Documents to confirm that information sufficient for their interpretation is definitely not included.

1. Include in each request Contractor's signature attesting to good faith effort to determine from the Contract Documents information requiring interpretation.

2. Unacceptable Uses for RFIs: Do not use RFIs to request the following:
a. Approval of submittals (use procedures specified elsewhere in this section). b. Approval of substitutions (see Section - 01 60 00 - Product Requirements)

3. Improper RFIs: Requests not prepared in conformance to requirements of this section, and/or missing key information required to render an actionable response. They will be returned without a response, with an explanatory notation.

4. Frivolous RFIs: Requests regarding information that is clearly indicated on, or reasonably inferable from, the Contract Documents, with no additional input required to clarify the question. They will be returned without a response, with an explanatory notation.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 30 00 - 7 ADMINISTRATIVE

REQUIREMENTS
D. Content: Include identifiers necessary for tracking the status of each RFI, and information necessary to provide an actionable response.

1. Official Project name and number, and any additional required identifiers established in Contract Documents.

2. Owner's, Architect's, and Contractor's names.

3. Discrete and consecutive RFI number and descriptive subject/title.

4. Issue date, and requested reply date.

5. Reference to particular Contract Document(s) requiring additional information/interpretation. Identify pertinent drawing and detail number and/or specification section number, title, and paragraph(s).

6. Annotations: Field dimensions and/or description of conditions which have engendered the request.

7. Contractor's suggested resolution: A written and/or a graphic solution, to scale, is required in cases where clarification of coordination issues is involved, for example; routing, clearances, and/or specific locations of work shown diagrammatically in Contract Documents. If applicable, state the likely impact of the suggested resolution on Contract Time or the Contract Sum.

E. Attachments: Include sketches, coordination drawings, descriptions, photos, submittals, and other information necessary to substantiate the reason for the request.

F. RFI Log: Prepare and maintain a tabular log of RFIs for the duration of the project.

1. Indicate current status of every RFI. Update log promptly and on a regular basis.

2. Note dates of when each request is made, and when a response is received.

3. Highlight items requiring priority or expedited response.

4. Highlight items for which a timely response has not been received to date.

5. Identify and include improper or frivolous RFIs.

G. Review Time: Architect will respond and return RFIs to Contractor within seven calendar days of receipt. For the purpose of establishing the start of the mandated response period, RFIs received after 3:00 PM will be considered as having been received on the following regular working day.

1. Response period may be shortened or lengthened for specific items, subject to mutual agreement, and recorded in a timely manner in progress meeting minutes.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 30 00 - 8 ADMINISTRATIVE

REQUIREMENTS
H. Responses: Content of answered RFIs will not constitute in any manner a directive or authorization to perform extra work or delay the project. If in Contractor's belief it is likely to lead to a change to Contract Sum or Contract Time, promptly issue a notice to this effect, and follow up with an appropriate Change Order request to Owner.

1. Response may include a request for additional information, in which case the original RFI will be deemed as having been answered, and an amended one is to be issued forthwith. Identify the amended RFI with an R suffix to the original number.

2. Do not extend applicability of a response to specific item to encompass other similar conditions, unless specifically so noted in the response.

3. Upon receipt of a response, promptly review and distribute it to all affected parties, and update the RFI Log.

4. Notify Architect within seven calendar days if an additional or corrected response is required by submitting an amended version of the original RFI, identified as specified above.

3.09 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submit to Architect for review a schedule for submittals in tabular format.

1. Submit at the same time as the preliminary schedule specified in Section - 01 32 16 - Construction ProgressSchedule.

2. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule and schedule of values.

3. Format schedule to allow tracking of status of submittals throughout duration of construction.

4. Arrange information to include scheduled date for initial submittal, specification number and title, submittal category (for review or for information), description of item of work covered, and role and name of subcontractor.

5. Account for time required for preparation, review, manufacturing, fabrication and delivery when establishing submittal delivery and review deadline dates.

3.10 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review:

1. Product data.

2. Shop drawings.

3. Samples for selection.

4. Samples for verification.

B. Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.

C. Samples will be reviewed for aesthetic, color, or finish selection.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 30 00 - 9 ADMINISTRATIVE

REQUIREMENTS
D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals.

3.11 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information:

1. Design data.

2. Certificates.

3. Test reports.

4. Inspection reports.

5. Manufacturer's instructions.

6. Manufacturer's field reports.

7. Other types indicated.

B. Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner.

3.12 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT
A. Submit Correction Punch List.

B. Submit Final Correction Punch List for Notice of Completion/Owner occupancy.

C. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout in conformance to requirements of Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals:

1. Project record documents

2. Operation and maintenance data

3. Warranties

4. Bonds

5. Other types as indicated
D. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion.

3.13 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS
A. Electronic Documents: Submit one electronic copy in PDF format; an electronically-marked up file will be returned. Create PDFs at native size and rightside up; illegible files will be rejected.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 30 00 - 10 ADMINISTRATIVE

REQUIREMENTS
B. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be retained by Architect.

1. After review, produce duplicates.

2. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated.

3.14 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. General Requirements:

1. Use a separate transmittal for each item.

2. Submit separate packages of submittals for review and submittals for information, when included in the same specification section.

3. Transmit using approved form.
a. Use form included at the end of thisSection.

4. Sequentially identify each item. For revised submittals use original number and a sequential numerical suffix.

5. Identify: Project; Contractor; subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number; and specification section number and article/paragraph, as appropriate on each copy.

6. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and Contract Documents.
a. Submittals from sources other than the Contractor, or without Contractor's stamp will not be acknowledged, reviewed, or returned.

7. Deliver each submittal on date noted in submittal schedule, unless an earlier date has been agreed to by all affected parties, and is of the benefit to the project.
a. Upload submittals in electronic form to Electronic Document Submittal process.

8. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items.
a. For each submittal for review, allow 21 calendar days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor.
b. For sequential reviews involving Architect's consultants, Owner, or another affected party, allow an additional 7 days.

9. Identify variations from Contract Documents and product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed work.

10.Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps.

11.When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 30 00 - 11 ADMINISTRATIVE

REQUIREMENTS

12.Distribute reviewed submittals. Instruct parties to promptly report inability to comply with requirements.

13.Incomplete submittals will not be reviewed, unless they are partial submittals for distinct portion(s) of the work, and have received prior approval for their use.

14.Submittals not requested will be recognized, and will be returned "Not Reviewed".

B. Product Data Procedures:

1. Submit only information required by individual specification sections.

2. Collect required information into a single submittal.

3. Submit concurrently with related shop drawing submittal.

4. Do not submit (Material) Safety Data Sheets for materials or products.

C. Shop Drawing Procedures:

1. Prepare accurate, drawn-to-scale, original shop drawing documentation by interpreting the Contract Documents and coordinating related work.

2. Do not reproduce the Contract Documents to create shop drawings.

3. Generic, non-project-specific information submitted as shop drawings do not meet the requirements for shop drawings.

D. Samples Procedures:

1. Transmit related items together as single package.

2. Identify each item to allow review for applicability in relation to shop drawings showing installation locations.

3.15 SUBMITTAL REVIEW
A. Submittals for Review: Architect will review each submittal, and approve, or take other appropriate action.

B. Submittals for Information: Architect will acknowledge receipt and review. See below for actions to be taken.

C. Architect's actions will be reflected by marking each returned submittal using virtual stamp on electronic submittals.

D. Architect's and his consultants' actions on items submitted for review:

1. Authorizing purchasing, fabrication, delivery, and installation:
a. "Reviewed" or language with same legal meaning.
b. “Reviewed and Corrected” resubmission not required, or language with same legal meaning.
1) At Contractor's option, submit corrected item, with review notations acknowledged and incorporated.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 30 00 - 12 ADMINISTRATIVE

REQUIREMENTS

2. Not-Authorizing fabrication, delivery, and installation. a. “Revise and Resubmit”, or language with same legal meaning. b. “Not Acceptable” or language with same legal meaning.

E. Architect's and his consultants' actions on items submitted for information:

1. Items for which no action was taken:
a. "Received" - to notify the Contractor that the submittal has been received for record only.

2. Items for which action was taken:
a. "Reviewed" - no further action is required from Contractor.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 30 00 - 13 ADMINISTRATIVE

REQUIREMENTS

SUBMITTAL FORM
TO: FROM:

ATTN: DATE:

PROJECT: PARK RANGERS OFFICE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS (RE-BID) PROJECT #: 2254
________________________________________________________________ Submittal No.#:

Submittal Title:

Number of Copies:

Reviewed By:
( ) Original Submittal ( ) Resubmittal ( ) Revise & Resubmit ( ) Reviewed & Corrected ( ) Reviewed ( ) Not Acceptable ________________________________________________________________ For Your:
( ) Review & Comment ( ) Use ( ) Records
( ) Information ( )Approval ( ) Other:

Transmitted Via:
( ) U.S. Mail ( ) U.P.S. ( ) Fed Ex.
( ) Hand Delivery ( ) Pickup ( ) Other:
________________________________________________________________ Comments/Concerns/Deviations:
cc: ( ) Contractor ( ) Other: 1 (one) copy
END OF SECTION 01 30 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01 41 00
01 41 00 - 1 REGULATORY

REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 GOVERNING AGENCY
A. The governing agencies having review over this project are as follows:

1. City of Bakersfield:
a. City of Bakersfield Building Department
b. City of Bakersfield Fire Department (site access, temporary fire extinguishing systems, fire hydrant requirements, testing of fire suppression and detection systems).

1.02 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
A. The project shall be constructed under the jurisdiction of all laws of the State of California governing the construction of public buildings including:

1. California Code of Regulations, Title 8.

2. California Code of Regulations, Title 19, Public Safety, State Fire Marshal Regulations.

3. California Code of Regulations, Title 24:
a. 2022 California Building Standards Administrative Code (Part 1); b. 2022 California Building Code Volumes 1 and 2 (Part 2); c. 2022 California Electrical Code (Part 3);
d. 2022 California Mechanical Code (Part 4);
e. 2022 California Plumbing Code (Part 5);
f. 2022 California Energy Code (Part 6);
g. 2022 California Fire Code (Part 9);
h. 2022 Existing Building Code (Part 10);
i. 2022 California Green Building Standards Code (Part 11); j. 2022 California Referenced Standards Code, Title 24 C.C.R. (Part 12)

4. 2022 NFPA 13, Installation of Fire Sprinkler Systems, California amended

5. 2019 NFPA 14, Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems

6. 2024 NFPA 17, Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 41 00 - 2 REGULATORY

REQUIREMENTS

7. 2024 NFPA 17A, Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems

8. 2022 NFPA 20, Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection

9. 2023 NFPA 22, Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection

10.2022 NFPA 24, Installation of Private Fire Service Mains

11.2023 NFPA 25, Inspection, Testing, Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems, California amended

12.2022 NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code, California amended.

See UL Std. 1971 for "Visual Devices."

13.2022 NFPA 80 Fire Door and Other Opening Protectives.

14.2023 NFPA 253 Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems.

15.2022 NFPA 2001 Clean Agent for Fire Extinguishing Systems.

16.Occupational Health and Safety Act.

17.San Joaquin Valley Air Quality Management District
B. Nothing in the plans or specifications is to be construed to permit work not in conformance with any applicable code or regulation.

C. Other Regulatory Requirements and General Conditions:

1. T-24, Parts 1-5 must be kept on site during construction.

2. If any conflicts or inconsistencies exist between the specifications and the drawings (including the General Notes), the drawings and General Notes shall take precedence.

3. All Addenda must be signed by the Architect.

4. The Construction Change Documents must be signed by the owner and approved by the following:
a. Architect/Engineer of Record
b. Structural Engineer (when applicable)
c. Delegated professional engineer (when applicable)

5. The testing lab must be employed by the owner and approved by the following:
a. Architect/Engineer of Record
b. Structural Engineer (when applicable)
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION 01 41 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

DEFINITIONS
SECTION 01 42 16
01 42 16 - 1 DEFINITIONS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. This section supplements the definitions contained in the General Conditions.

2. Other definitions are included in individual specification sections.

1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Furnish: To supply, deliver, unload, and inspect for damage.

B. Install: To unpack, assemble, erect, apply, place, finish, cure, protect, clean, start up, and make ready for use.

C. Product: Material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the work result. Not materials or equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying, or erection and not incorporated into the work result.

Products may be new, never used, or re-used materials or equipment.

D. Project Manual: The book-sized volume that includes the procurement requirements (if any), the contracting requirements, and the specifications.

E. Provide: To furnish and install.

F. Supply: Same as Furnish.

PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED
END OF SECTION 01 42 16
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

REFERENCE STANDARDS
SECTION 01 42 19
01 42 19 - 1 REFERENCE

STANDARDS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Requirements relating to referenced standards.

2. Reference standards full title and edition date.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For products or workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in the Project Manual, also referred to as reference standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.

B. Conform to reference standard of date of issue specified in this section, except where a specific date is established by applicable code.

C. Obtain copies of standards when required by the Contract Documents.

D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work, until Date of Notice of Completion.

E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, the Contractor shall request clarification from the Architect before proceeding.

F. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of the Architect shall be altered by the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document.

1.03 CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY ORGANIZATION DOCUMENTS
A. AAMA -- AMERICAN ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION

1. AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 - North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights; 2011.

2. AAMA 611 - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; 2014 (2015 Errata).

3. AAMA 1503 - Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections; 2009.

4. AAMA 2605 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels (with Coil Coating Appendix); 2013.

5. AAMA CW-10 - Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum from Shop to Site; 2015.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 42 19 - 2 REFERENCE

STANDARDS
B. ACI -- AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE INTERNATIONAL

1. ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; 2010 (Reapproved 2015).

2. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; 1991 (Reapproved 2009).

3. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete; 2016.

4. ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; 2004 (Errata 2007).

5. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; 2000 (Reapproved 2009).

6. ACI 305R - Guide to Hot Weather Concreting; 2010.

7. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting; 2010.

8. ACI 308R - Guide to Curing Concrete; 2001 (Reapproved 2008).

9. ACI 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete;2014.

C. AISC -- AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION, INC.

1. AISC S303 - Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges; 2016.

D. ANSI -- AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE

1. ANSI A108/A118/A136.1 - American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile (Compendium); 2017.

2. ANSI A135.4 - American National Standard for Basic Hardboard; 2012.

3. ANSI A137.1 - American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile; 2013.1.

4. ANSI A208.1 - American National Standard for Particleboard; 2009.

5. ANSI Z97.1 - American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test; 2015.

E. ASTM INTERNATIONAL

1. ASTM A1 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Tee Rails; 2000 (Reapproved 2010).

2. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014.

3. ASTM A48/A48M - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings; 2003

4. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and HotDipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2012.

5. ASTM A108 - Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold Finished; 2013.

6. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2015.

7. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a.

8. ASTM A242/A242M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel; 2013.

9. ASTM A283/A283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates; 2013.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 42 19 - 3 REFERENCE

STANDARDS

10.ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and Threaded Rod 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2014.

11.ASTM A424/A424M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, for Porcelain Enameling; 2009a (Reapproved 2016).

12.ASTM A449 - Standard Specification for Hex Cap Screws, Bolts and Studs, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105/90 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, General Use; 2014.

13.ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2013.

14.ASTM A501/A501M - Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing; 2014.

15.ASTM A514/A514M - Standard Specification for High-Yield-Strength, Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding; 2014.

16.ASTM A529/A529M - Standard Specification for High-Strength CarbonManganese Steel of Structural Quality; 2014.

17.ASTM A563 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts; 2015.

18.ASTM A563M - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts (Metric); 2007 (Reapproved 2013).

19.ASTM A572/A572M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel; 2015.

20.ASTM A588/A588M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel, up to 50 ksi (345 MPa) Minimum Yield Point, with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance; 2015.

21.ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain CarbonSteel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2016.

22.ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2015.

23.ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015.

24.ASTM A759 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Crane Rails; 2010 (Reapproved 2016).

25.ASTM A884/A884M - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement; 2014.

26.ASTM A992/A992M - Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes; 2011 (Reapproved 2015).

27.ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2016.

28.ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, HotRolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength; 2015.

29.ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete; 2017.

30.ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal; 2008 (Reapproved Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 42 19 - 4 REFERENCE

STANDARDS
2014).

31.ASTM B117 - Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus; 2016.

32.ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2014.

33.ASTM B221M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric); 2013.

34.ASTM B633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel; 2015.

35.ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2016.

36.ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2016b.

37.ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2016a.

38.ASTM C109/C109M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or (50-mm) Cube Specimens); 2016a.

39.ASTM C143/C143M - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete; 2015a.

40.ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2016.

41.ASTM C173/C173M - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method; 2016.

42.ASTM C260/C260M - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete; 2010a (Reapproved 2016).

43.ASTM C373 - Standard Test Methods for Determination of Water Absorption and Associated Properties by Vacuum Method for Pressed Ceramic Tiles and Glass Tiles and Boil Method for Extruded Ceramic Tiles and Non-tile Fired Ceramic Whiteware Products; 2016e1.

44.ASTM C475/C475M - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2015.

45.ASTM C494/C494M - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete; 2016.

46.ASTM C501 - Standard Test Method for Relative Resistance to Wear of Unglazed Ceramic Tile by the Taber Abraser; 1984 (Reapproved 2015).

47.ASTM C514 - Standard Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board; 2004 (Reapproved 2014).

48.ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2015.

49.ASTM C635/C635M - Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings; 2013a.

50.ASTM C636/C636M - Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels; 2013.

51.ASTM C685/C685M - Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing; 2014.

52.ASTM C794 - Standard Test Method for Adhesion-In-Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2015a.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 42 19 - 5 REFERENCE

STANDARDS

53.ASTM C827/C827M - Standard Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens of Cementitious Mixtures; 2016.

54.ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2014.

55.ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2017.

56.ASTM C864 - Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers; 2005 (Reapproved 2015).

57.ASTM C903 - Standard Practice for Preparing Refractory Specimens by Cold Gunning; 2015.

58.ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014a.

59.ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2016.

60.ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2016.

61.ASTM C1048 - Standard Specification for Heat-Strengthened and Fully Tempered Flat Glass; 2012.

62.ASTM C1059/C1059M - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete; 2013.

63.ASTM C1087 - Standard Test Method for Determining Compatibility of LiquidApplied Sealants with Accessories Used in Structural Glazing Systems; 2016.

64.ASTM C1107/C1107M - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, HydraulicCement Grout (Nonshrink); 2014a.

65.ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2016.

66.ASTM C1248 - Standard Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants; 2008 (Reapproved 2012).

67.ASTM C1280 - Standard Specification for Application of Exterior Gypsum Panel Products for Use as Sheathing; 2013a.

68.ASTM C1311 - Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants; 2014.

69.ASTM C1363 - Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Materials and Envelope Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus; 2011.

70.ASTM C1376 - Standard Specification for Pyrolytic and Vacuum Deposition Coatings on Flat Glass; 2015.

71.ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2014a.

72.ASTM C1658/C1658M - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Panels; 2013.

73.ASTM D16 - Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2016.

74.ASTM D226/D226M - Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing; 2009.

75.ASTM D523 - Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss; 2014.

76.ASTM D543 - Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents; 2014.

77.ASTM D570 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics; 1998 (Reapproved 2010).

78.ASTM D638 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics; 2014.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 42 19 - 6 REFERENCE

STANDARDS

79.ASTM D695 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics; 2015.

80.ASTM D714 - Standard Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Blistering of Paints; 2002 (Reapproved 2009).

81.ASTM D790 - Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials; 2016.

82.ASTM D822/D822M - Standard Practice for Filtered Open-Flame Carbon-Arc Exposures of Paint and Related Coatings;2013.

83.ASTM D994/D994M - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type); 2011 (Reapproved 2016).

84.ASTM D1654 - Test Method for Evaluation of Painted or Coated Specimens Subjected to Corrosive Environments; 2008.

85.ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types); 2004 (Reapproved 2013).

86.ASTM D1752 - Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber Cork and Recycled PVC Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction; 2004a (Reapproved 2013).

87.ASTM D2047 - Standard Test Method for Static Coefficient of Friction of Polish-Coated Flooring Surfaces as Measured by the James Machine; 2011.

88.ASTM D2103 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Film and Sheeting; 2015.

89.ASTM D2178/D2178M - Standard Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing; 2015a.

90.ASTM D2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property--Durometer Hardness; 2015.

91.ASTM D2244 - Standard Practice for Calculation of Color Tolerances and Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates; 2016.

92.ASTM D2794 - Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact) ; 1993 (Reapproved 2010).

93.ASTM D2859 - Standard Test Method for Ignition Characteristics of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials; 2016.

94.ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber; 2016.

95.ASTM D3359 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test; 2009.

96.ASTM D4442 - Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood-Based Materials; 2015.

97.ASTM D4586/D4586M - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos-Free; 2007 (Reapproved 2012).

98.ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2016.

99.ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements; 2009 (Reapproved 2016).

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 42 19 - 7 REFERENCE

STANDARDS
100. ASTM E94 - Standard Guide for Radiographic Examination; 2004 (Reapproved 2010).
101. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2016.
102. ASTM E108 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings; 2011.
103. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; 2016a.
104. ASTM E154/E154M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover; 2008a (Reapproved 2013).
105. ASTM E164 - Standard Practice for Contact Ultrasonic Testing of Weldments; 2013.
106. ASTM E165/E165M - Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination for General Industry; 2012.
107. ASTM E283 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen; 2004 (Reapproved 2012).
108. ASTM E331 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2000 (Reapproved 2016).
109. ASTM E413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation; 2016. 110. ASTM E580/E580M - Standard Practice for Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Subject to Earthquake Ground Motions; 2016.
111. ASTM E648 - Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of FloorCovering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; 2015. 112. ASTM E709 - Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing; 2015. 113. ASTM E1105 - Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference; 2015. 114. ASTM E1155 - Standard Test Method for Determining F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness Numbers; 2014.
115. ASTM E1264 - Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products; 2014.
116. ASTM E1300 - Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings; 2016.
117. ASTM E1592 - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2005 (Reapproved 2012).
118. ASTM E1643 - Standard Practice for Selection, Design, Installation and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs; 2011.
119. ASTM E1646 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 42 19 - 8 REFERENCE

STANDARDS
Metal Roof Panel Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 1995 (Reapproved 2011).
120. ASTM E1680 - Standard Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Metal Roof Panel Systems; 2011.
121. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 2011. 122. ASTM E1996 - Standard Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors, and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes; 2014a.
123. ASTM E2190 - Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation; 2010.
124. ASTM F436/F436M - Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers Inch and Metric Dimensions; 2016.
125. ASTM F710 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring; 2011.
126. ASTM F959 - Standard Specification for Compressible-Washer-Type Direct Tension Indicators for Use with Structural Fasteners; 2013. 127. ASTM F1066 - Standard Specification for Vinyl Composition Floor Tile; 2004 (Reapproved 2014).
128. ASTM F1554 - Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength; 2015.
129. ASTM F1861 - Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base; 2008 (Reapproved 2012).
130. ASTM F2408 - Standard Specification for Ornamental Fences Employing Galvanized Steel Tubular Pickets; 2016.
131. ASTM F3125/F3125M - Standard Specification for High Strength Structural Bolts, Steel and Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 120 ksi (830 MPa) and 150 ksi (1040 MPa) Minimum Tensile Strength, Inch and Metric Dimensions; 2015a. 132. ASTM G155 - Standard Practice for Operating Xenon Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials; 2013.

F. AWS -- AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY

1. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2012.

2. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; 2015 (with March 2016 Errata).

3. AWS D1.2/D1.2M - Structural Welding Code - Aluminum; 2008.

G. BHMA -- BUILDERS HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION

1. BHMA A156.9 - American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware; 2015.

H. CDA -- COPPER DEVELOPMENT ASSOCIATION, INC.

1. CDA A4050 - Copper in Architecture - Handbook; current edition.

I. CRI -- CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 42 19 - 9 REFERENCE

STANDARDS

1. CRI 104 - Standard for Installation of Commercial Carpet; 2015.

2. CRI (GLP) - Green Label Plus Testing Program - Certified Products; www.carpet-rug.org; current edition.

J. FM -- FACTORY MUTUAL GLOBAL

1. FM (AG) - FM Approval Guide; current edition.

K. GA -- GYPSUM ASSOCIATION

1. GA-216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2016.

L. GANA -- GLASS ASSOCIATION OF NORTH AMERICA

1. GANA (GM) - GANA Glazing Manual; 2009.

2. GANA (SM) - GANA Sealant Manual; 2008.

M. IAS -- INTERNATIONAL ACCREDITATION SERVICE

1. IAS AC172 - Accreditation Criteria for Fabricator Inspection Programs for Structural Steel; International Accreditation Service, Inc; 2017.

N. IGMA -- INSULATING GLASS MANUFACTURERSALLIANCE

1. IGMA TM-3000 - North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial & Residential Use; 1990 (2004).

O. ITS -- INTERTEK TESTING SERVICES NA, INC.

1. ITS (DIR) - Directory of Listed Products; current edition.

P. MPI -- MASTER PAINTERS INSTITUTE (MASTER PAINTERS AND

DECORATORS ASSOCIATION)

1. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual; Current Edition, www.paintinfo.com.

Q. NEMA -- NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION

1. NEMA LD 3 - High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; 2005.

R. NFPA -- NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTIONASSOCIATION

1. NFPA 10 - Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers; 2013.

2. NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; 2012.

3. NFPA 253 - Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; 2015.

4. NFPA 286 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth;2015.

S. NFRC -- NATIONAL FENESTRATION RATING COUNCIL, INC.

1. NFRC 100 - Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors; 2014.

2. NFRC 200 - Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence; 2014.

3. NFRC 300 - Test Method for Determining the Solar Optical Properties of Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 42 19 - 10 REFERENCE

STANDARDS
Glazing Materials and Systems; 2014.

T. RCSC -- RESEARCH COUNCIL ON STRUCTURAL CONNECTIONS

1. RCSC (HSBOLT) - Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts; Research Council on Structural Connections; 2014, with April 2015 Errata.

U. SMACNA -- SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, INC.

1. SMACNA (ASMM) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; 2012.

V. SSPC -- SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINGS

1. SSPC-Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer; 1999 (Ed. 2004).

2. SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic");
2002 (Ed. 2004).

3. SSPC-SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning; 2015.

4. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning; 1982 (Ed. 2004).

5. SSPC-SP 3 - Power Tool Cleaning; 1982 (Ed. 2004).

6. SSPC-SP 5 - White Metal Blast Cleaning; 2007.

7. SSPC-SP 6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning; 2007.

8. SSPC-SP 7 - Brush-Off Blast Cleaning; 2007.

9. SSPC-SP 10 - Near-White Blast Cleaning; 2007.

10.SSPC-SP 11 - Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal; 2012 (Ed. 2013).

11.SSPC-SP 13 - Surface Preparation of Concrete; (Reaffirmed 2015); 2003.

W. SWRI -- SEALANT, WATERPROOFING AND RESTORATION INSTITUTE

1. SWRI (VAL) - SWR Institute Validated Products Directory; Current Listings at www.swrionline.org.

X. TCNA -- TILE COUNCIL OF NORTH AMERICA, INC.

1. TCNA (HB) - Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation; 2016.

Y. UL -- UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIESINC.

1. UL (DIR) - Online Certifications Directory; current listings at database.ul.com.

2. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; current edition.

3. UL 10B - Standard for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

4. UL 10C - Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

5. UL 263 - Standard for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

Z. WI -- WOODWORK INSTITUTE

1. WI (CCP) - Certified Compliance Program (CCP); current edition at Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 42 19 - 11 REFERENCE

STANDARDS
www.woodworkinstitute.com.

2. WI (MAN) - Manual of Millwork;2016.

1.04 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT AND RELATED AGENCIES DOCUMENTS A. UNITED STATES CODE

1. Title 7, United States Code, 136 through 136y - Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act; 1947 (Revised 2001).

B. CFR -- CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS

1. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010.

2. CFR 1191 - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines; current edition.

3. CFR 37 - Transportation Services for Individuals with Disabilities (ADA); current edition.

C. ATBCB -- US ARCHITECTURAL AND TRANSPORTATION BARRIERS

COMPLIANCE BOARD (THE ACCESS BOARD)

1. ATBCB PROWAG - Proposed Accessibility Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities in the Public Right-of-Way; 2011.

D. PS -- PRODUCT STANDARDS

1. PS 1 - Structural Plywood; 2009.

2. PS 2 - Performance Standard for Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels; 2010.

3. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard; 2015.

PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED
END OF SECTION 01 42 19
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
SECTION 01 45 23

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
01 45 23 - 1
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1;

2. Tests and inspections of materials;
a. Earthwork:
1) Inspection of sub-grade improvement operations, compacted fill, and field density tests.
b. Concrete Work:
1) Testing and certification of concrete ingredients, compression cylinders, reinforcing steel, and placement inspections. c. Concrete Unit Masonry:
1) Testing and certification of concrete block units, mortar and grout ingredients, compression cylinders, reinforcing steel, and continuous placement inspections.
d. Structural Steel:
1) Sampling and testing of required specimens, inspection of structural fabrication, shop welding, and field welding as required. e. Wood:
1) Lumber and Plywood:
a) Materials shall be per 2016 California Building Code, Section 2303. 2) Glue-Laminated Members:
a) Special inspection per 2016 California Building Code, Section 1705A.5.4.
3) Manufactured Open Web Trusses
a) Special inspection per 2016 California Building Code, Section 1705A.5.5.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Compliance:

1. Conform to uniform building construction codes, conservation standards, regulations, and ordinances per the City of Bakersfield.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
01 45 23 - 2

1.03 SPECIAL PROVISIONS
A. Laboratory shall be approved by Owner, Architect, and Structural Engineer.

B. Laboratory shall be in the employ of the Owner.

C. Duties of Testing Laboratory:

1. Inspect stock, mark identified stock, select and mark test specimens, perform required tests, inspections as specified, furnish required reports and certificates.

D. Reports:

1. Reports are to be executed immediately upon conclusion of each procedure and forwarded to:
a. Architect;
b. Structural Engineer;
c. Construction Manager;
d. Contractor;
e. Owner;
f. Subcontractor;

2. The City of Bakersfield Building Department is the Governing Agency for this project. One copy of all test reports shall be forwarded to that office by the testing agency.
a. Such reports shall include all tests made, regardless of whether such tests indicate that the material is satisfactory or unsatisfactory. b. Samples taken, but not tested, shall also be reported. c. Records of special sampling operations as required shall also be reported. d. The reports shall show that the material or materials were sampled and tested in accordance with the requirements of Title 24 and with the approved specifications.
e. Test reports shall show the specified design strength. f. They shall also state definitely whether or not the material, or materials, tested comply with requirements.

3. Verification of Test Reports:
a. Each testing agency shall submit to the City of Bakersfield Building Department a verified report in duplicate covering all of the tests which are required to be made by that agency during the progress of the project. b. Such report shall be furnished each time that work on the project is suspended, covering the tests up to that time, and at the completion of the project, covering all tests.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
01 45 23 - 3

4. Payment:
a. The Owner shall pay for all tests, except costs of concrete mix design. b. When in the opinion of the Architect, additional tests are required, then such tests and inspection shall be paid for by the Owner, but the amount paid shall be deducted from the Contract Price.
c. Examples of such additional tests are:
1) Tests of material substituted for previously accepted materials, unidentified materials, re-tests made necessary by the failure of materials to comply with the requirements of the specifications, and load tests necessary because certain portions of the structure have not fully met specification or plan requirements.

5. Selection of Samples:
a. All samples and specimens for testing shall be selected by the inspector or by the testing laboratory, but not by the Contractor. b. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish, package, mark, and deliver all samples to be tested, when so directed by the inspector, testing laboratory, or as required by the specifications.
c. Delivery of samples to the testing laboratory shall be made in ample time to allow tests to be made without delaying construction. d. No extra time will be allowed for the completion of the work by reason of delay in testing samples.
e. The Contractor shall allow free access at all times to the representatives of the testing laboratory to the sources from which samples are taken.

6. Preparation of Specimens:
a. Taken by, and at expense of fabricator, under direction of testing laboratory and machined or prepared to conform to appropriate ASTM specification.
b. Cost of machining specimens is considered part of the testing.

7. Architect and Structural Engineer reserve the right to demand for test and special examination of any materials, or part thereof, to insure compliance with specifications, and may reject for satisfactory replacement, any material, or part judged defective, as a result thereof.
a. This also applies to materials or sources of same substituted for those previously approved.
b. Such tests or examinations, even though not specified, shall be performed as and when required.
c. Costs paid for by Owner, but the amount paid shall be deducted from the Contract;

8. Owner's Right to Waive Tests and Inspections:
a. The Owner reserves the right to waive any part, or all of the tests and inspections, subject to the approval of the Architect and Structural Engineer.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
01 45 23 - 4
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate work with that of other trades in time to avoid delays to the overall work progress.

B. Laboratory shall cooperate with all trades whose work affects or is affected by the tests and inspections.

C. Contractor to cooperate with and provide testing laboratory opportunity and assistance in taking samples, making field tests, and making inspections.

3.02 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. All special inspections shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 17A of Title 24, Part 2, California Building Code (CBC) 2016.

3.03 EARTHWORK
A. Excavations and Foundations:

1. Chapter 17A:
a. Inspections:
1) Earth fill compactions: 1705A.6 and Table 1705A.6

2. Testing Agency:
a. Any required foundation consultation, examination, or testing shall be done by an approved Foundation Engineer.
b. Costs paid by Owner.

B. Consultation or Procedures for this part of the work shall be only as requested by the Architect and Structural Engineer at the time work on the site is commenced and may consist of the following:

1. Examination of building sub-grade resulting from the cutting operation, including field density tests if considered necessary.

2. Verify completed foundation excavations.

3. Periodic inspection of any required filling and backfilling, including field density tests if considered necessary.

4. Imported or Native Fill Material: Approved material, perform suitability tests for compaction, qualities, and optimum moisture if required.

5. Provide Continuous Inspection Supervision during removal and recompaction of existing soil and placement of fill.

6. Inspect and approve completed footing excavations.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
01 45 23 - 5

7. Field Density Tests shall be made on samples from material in place as required to verify proper compaction densities of fills and backfills.

C. Densities and Method:

1. Densities specified relate to ASTM Designation D1557 Procedure A.

3.04 CONCRETE WORK (Refer to Section 03 31 00)
A. Inspections:

1. Inspections:

2. Batch Plant or Weighmaster Inspection: 1705A.3.3.

3. Reinforcing Bar Welding Inspection: 1705A.3.1 and 1705A.2.5.

4. Notification:
a. The Contractor shall notify the following people, giving advance notice prior to commencing the designated work:
1) Person Notified: Architect and Construction Manager
a) Advance Notice: Two Business Days
b) Prior to Commencing: Form Work
c) For Inspection: Excavation
2) Person Notified: Architect, Construction Manager, and Inspector a) Advance Notice: Two Business Days
b) Prior to Commencing: Pouring Concrete
c) For Inspection: Forms and Steel
3) Person Notified: Governing Agency
a) Advance Notice: Three Business Days
b) Advance Notice: Three Business Days
c) For Inspection: Forms and Steel

5. Bonded Weighmaster Certificates
a. Non-structural concrete such as floor slabs on grade, walks, curb & gutter, etc., shall not require continuous batch plant inspection, but instead, a bonded weighmaster shall furnish notarized affidavits certifying that quantities and quality of all materials used in the concrete instead, a bonded weighmaster shall furnish notarized affidavits certifying that quantities and quality of all materials used in the concrete are in accordance with these specifications and the approved mix design.

6. Batch Plant Inspections: When transit mixed concrete is used, continuous inspection shall be maintained at the plant by a qualified concrete technician who shall issue tickets certifying that quantities and quality of all materials used in the concrete are in accordance with these specifications and the approved design mix.
a. The Owner will pay the costs of this inspection.
b. This inspection will not be required for non-structural concrete as indicated in C.B.C. Section 1705A.3.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
01 45 23 - 6

7. No concrete shall be poured except in the presence of the Owner's Inspector and only after the forms and reinforcing steel have been approved by the Architect or his representative.

B. Tests:

1. All concrete materials to be tested and reported prior to any use of same.

2. Cementitious materials shall conform to the requirements of ACI 318, CBC Section 1903A, and ASTM C150.
a. One sample shall be taken for each 100 tons of cement, except that when used in bulk loading ready mix plants where separate bins for pre-tested cement are not available, grab samples shall be taken for each shipment of cement placed in the bin with not less than one sample being taken for each day's pour and such samples shall be subsequently tested if required by the Architect, Structural Engineer, or the Division of the State Architect.

3. Aggregate shall be in conformance with ACI 318, as modified by CBC Section 1905A.

4. Reinforcing Steel is to be tested prior to use for compliance with CBC Section 1910A.2 and ASTM A615 requirements.
a. Samples: To be selected by representative of testing laboratory from material at the building site or place of distribution, to consist of two (2) pieces, each 18 inches (18") long of each size, furnished, cut, and prepared for testing by Contractor, marked and delivered by representative of testing laboratory.
b. Tests: One (1) tension and one (1) bend test shall be made of each size of reinforcing steel, including wire fabric. One (1) series of tests shall be made for each ten (10) tons, or fraction thereof, of each size of reinforcing steel if the bundles, as delivered, can be identified as to heat number and the mill analysis accompanies the report. If they cannot be identified as to heat number, then one (1) series of tests shall be made from each two and one-half (2-1/2) tons or fraction thereof.

5. Cylinder Tests shall comply with CBC Section 1905A.1.16. a. Three (3) cylinders of concrete shall be made for each fifty (50) cubic yards of each grade of concrete, or fraction thereof, being placed each day. Each cylinder shall be dated, given a number, the point in the structure from which the sample was taken noted thereon, and the slump noted thereon.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
01 45 23 - 7
b. Test cylinders shall be made at the job and stored in the testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM C31. At the end of twenty-four (24) hours after making, the cylinders shall be stored under moist curing conditions at approximately 70 degrees F. and maintained therein until tested. The cylinders shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C39. The cylinders shall develop the following minimum ultimate compressive strengths:
1) Design Strength: 3000 psi
a) 7 Day Test: 1800 psi
b) 28 Day Test: 3000 psi
2) Design Strength: 4000 psi
a) 7 Day Test: 2300 psi
b) 28 Day Test: 4000 psi
c. If the strengths of the first two cylinder tests are satisfactory, the third cylinder shall not be tested, but destroyed. The third cylinder shall be tested if the strengths of the first two cylinders are not satisfactory. d. If the strength of the cylinders does not meet the minimum as mentioned above, core tests of the hardened concrete shall be made as per CBC Section ACI 318, Section 5.5.5.2 and ASTM C42. If the core tests show the concrete strength to be deficient, the concrete shall be deemed defective and removed. The Contractor shall pay all costs of these core tests.

C. Laboratory Designed Mixes: See Proportioning of Concrete Mixes, Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete.

3.05 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY (Refer to Section 04 22 00)
A. Inspections:

1. Masonry Inspection: (CBC Section 1705A.4).
a. All structural masonry work shall be continuously inspected during laying and grouting by an Inspector specially approved for that purpose by the DSA. The Inspector shall assist the testing agency in making test samples, and perform such tests as are required, and shall check the materials, details of construction, and construction procedures. 1) The special masonry Inspector shall furnish a verified report that, of his own personal knowledge, the work covered by the report has been performed and materials used and installed in every material respect in compliance with the duly approved plans and specifications.

2. Reinforcing Bar Welding Inspection: CBC 1705A.3.1 and 1705A.2.5, AWS D1.4.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
01 45 23 - 8

3. Notification: The Contractor shall notify the following people, giving advance notice prior to commencing the designated work:
a. Person Notified: Architect, Construction Manager, and Inspector 1) Advance Notice: Two Business Days
2) Prior to Commencing: Grouting Wall (each lift), Laying of Concrete Block
3) For Inspection: Block Work and Steel
b. Person Notified: Architect, Construction Manager, Inspector, and DSA 1) Advance Notice: Three Business Days
2) Prior to Commencing: Masonry and Footing
3) For Inspection: Masonry and Footing

4. Grout Placement:
a. No grout shall be placed, except in the presence of the Owner's Inspector (if one is employed on the job) and only after the block work and reinforcing steel have been approved by the Architect or his representative.

5. All masonry shall be continuously inspected during laying and grouting by an inspector specially approved for that purpose by DSA.
a. Special inspection is required during all High-Lift Grouting of concrete block, as required per DSA IR 21-2.13.

B. Tests:

1. Concrete block shall be tested using the methods and procedures ASTM C140. It shall be tested and approved before any concrete block is laid.

Linear shrinkage tests shall conform to ASTM C426.

2. Mortar and Grout (Comply with CBC Section 2105A.3):
a. Test Samples:
1) At the beginning of all masonry work, field sampling shall be done in accordance with the ASTM C1586 and C1019; one (1) set of the mortar and grout shall be taken on three (3) successive working days and at least at one-week intervals thereafter. The samples shall be continuously stored in moist air until tested, for each test given in Table 1 below. All samples shall meet the minimum strengths given therein.
a) Additional samples shall be taken whenever any change in materials or job conditions occur, or change in materials or job conditions occur, or whenever in the judgment of the Architect, the Owner's Inspector, or DSA, such tests are necessary to determine the quality of the material.
2) Mortar test specimens shall be taken from the unit soon after spreading. After molding, the molds shall be carefully protected by a covering which shall be kept damp for at least twenty-four (24) hours, after which the specimens shall be stored and tested as required for concrete cylinders.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
01 45 23 - 9
3) In making grout test specimens, the masonry unit molds shall be broken away after the grout has taken its set, but before it has hardened. If an absorbent paper liner is used, the mold may be left in place until the specimen has hardened. The prisms shall be stored as required for concrete cylinders. They shall be tested in the vertical position.
b. Masonry Core Tests (2016 CBC Section 2105A.4):
1) Not less than two (2) cores having a diameter of six (6) inches shall be taken from each project. Two (2) cores shall be taken from each building for each 5,000 square feet of the greater of the wall area, or the floor area or fraction thereof. The Architect or Structural Engineer in responsible charge of the project or the Inspector shall select the areas for sampling. One half of the number of cores taken shall be tested in shear. The shear wall loadings shall test both joints between the grout core and the outside wythes of the masonry. Core samples shall not be soaked before testing. Materials and workmanship shall be such that for all masonry, when tested in compression, cores shall show an ultimate strength at least equal to 1,500 psi. When tested in shear, the unit shear on the cross section of the core shall be not less than 97 psi.
2) Shear testing apparatus shall be of a design approved by DSA. Visual examination of all cores shall be made to ascertain if the joints are filled.
3) The testing agency shall inspect the coring of the masonry walls and shall prepare a report of coring operations for the testing laboratory files and mail one copy to DSA, plus provide copies to the Contractor, Inspector, Construction Manager, and Architect. Such reports shall include the total number of cores cut, the location, and the condition of all cores cut on each project, regardless of whether or not the core specimens failed during cutting operation. All cores shall be submitted to the laboratory for examination.
4) Note:
a) Contractor shall restore walls from which cores are taken with whole face shells or complete units, as approved by Architect. c. Cement: Refer to Concrete Work of this Section.
d. Aggregates: Test samples of the aggregates to be used in the grout and mortar shall be taken and tested in accordance with ASTM C404. e. Reinforcing Steel: Refer to Concrete Work of this Section.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
01 45 23 - 10
TABLE 1

MINIMUM MORTAR AND GROUT STRENGTHS COMPRESSION TESTS

1. Specimen: Mortar on 2 inch x 4 inch cylinders
a. At 7 Days: 1100 psi
b. At 28 Days: 1800 psi

2. Specimen: Grout in typical prism
a. At 7 Days: 1200 psi
b. At 28 Days: 2000 psi

3.06 STRUCTURAL STEEL
A. Inspections: All structural welding, both shop and field welding, shall be done under the supervision of a qualified welding inspector, qualified in accordance with CBC Section 1705A.2.1, the American Welding Society, CWI, or CAWI, approved by the Architect, Structural Engineer, and the Division of the State Architect.

B. The inspector shall furnish the Architect, Structural Engineer, and Division of the State Architect with a report on forms supplied that the welding which is required to be inspected is proper and has been done in conformity with the plans and specifications.

C. He shall check the material, equipment, and procedure, as well as the welds, and the ability of the welding.

D. The welding inspector shall be employed by the testing laboratory. Inspection of welding shall be according to 2016 California Building Code, Section 1704A.2.1.

E. Inspection of shop fabrication shall be according to CBC Section 1705A.2.5, AWS D1.1, D1.8 and the approved drawings.

F. Tests:

1. All structural steel that is to be tested shall be identified per CBC Section 2203A.1 on the "Order for Tests and Inspections" sheet, which is issued at the start of the job. It shall be tested and approved by the testing laboratory prior to fabrication or delivery.

2. If the steel can be identified in accordance with ASTM A6 and is accompanied by mill analysis and test reports for each heat, it may be used without testing.

Identification of the steel at the fabricator's plant shall be made by a representative of the testing laboratory.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
01 45 23 - 11

3. Unidentified structural steel shall be tested to determine conformity to the applicable ASTM standard. It shall be tested and approved by the testing laboratory prior to fabrication or delivery. If the steel can be identified in accordance with ASTM A6 and is accompanied by mill analysis and test reports for each heat, it may be used without testing. Identification of the steel at the fabricator's plant shall be made by a representative of the testing laboratory.

4. When the steel cannot be identified or its source is questionable, it shall be tested to confirm that it meets minimum chemical and mechanical requirements. One set of tension and bend tests shall be made for each 5 tons, or fractional part thereof, for each size to be used.

5. Automatic End Welded Studs: In accordance with CBC Section 2213A.2.

3.07 WOOD
A. Lumber and Plywood (Refer to Section 06 10 00):

1. Installation of Timber Connectors shall be continuously inspected per 2016 California Building Code, Section 1705A.5.6.

B. Manufactured Wood Chord Joists (Refer to Section 06 17 00):

1. Continuous inspection during fabrication shall be provided per 2016 California Building Code, Section 1705A.5.5.

C. Glue-Laminated Members (Refer to Section 06 18 00):

1. Continuous inspection during fabrication shall be provided per 2016 California Building Code, Section 1705A.5.4.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
01 45 23 - 12

QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE FOR TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
(AS APPLICABLE)
TITLE 24, PART 2 (2016 CBC) VOLUME 2

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIREMENTS
A. SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS (CHAPTER 18A):

1. Inspection:
a. PILES 1810A.3.1.4

2. Quality:
a. Compaction Control Testing of Earth Fill 3301.1, 1704A.7, 1803A b. Soils 1705A.6
B. CONCRETE (CHAPTER 19A):

1. Materials:
a. Portland Cement 1705A.3.2, 1903A.1
b. Concrete Aggregates 1705A.3.1, 1903A.5
c. Shotcrete Aggregates 1908A.3
d. Reinforcing Bars 1705A.3.2, 1910A.2
e. Pre-stressing Steel and Anchorage 1705A.3.4, 1910A.3

2. Quality:
a. Proportions of Concrete ACI 318, 1905A
b. Strength Tests of Concrete 1913A.4
c. Splitting Tensile Tests
d. Shotcrete Proportions 1908A.2
e. Shotcrete Cores 1908A.10
f. Composite Construction Cores 1910A.4

3. Inspection:
a. Jobsite 1905A
b. Batch Plant 1705A.3.3
c. Waiver of Batch Plant 1705A.3.3.1
d. Pre-stressed Concrete 1704A.4.4
e. Reinforcing Bar Welding 1705A.3.1, AWS D1.4
f. Reinforcing Bar Placement 1705A.3.5
g. Post-Install Anchors in Concrete 1910A.5
h. Shotcrete 1908A.1
i. Concrete Preplacement 1705A.3.5
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
01 45 23 - 13
C. ALUMINUM (CHAPTER 20):

1. Materials:
a. Alloys 2002.1
b. Identification 2002.1

2. Inspection:
a. Welding 2003.1
D. MASONRY (CHAPTER 21A)

1. Materials:
a. Concrete Masonry Units 2103.A.1, 1705A.4
b. Portland Cement, Lime 2103A
c. Mortar and Grout Aggregates 2103A.2.1
d. Reinforcing Bars 2103A.13.3
e. Clay Masonry Units 2103A.2

2. Quality:
a. Portland Cement Tests 1903A.1
b. Mortar and Grout Tests 2015A.3
c. Masonry Prism Tests 2015A.3
d. Masonry Core Tests 2015A.4
e. Masonry Unit Tests 2015A.2.2.2.1
f. Reinforcing Bar Tests 1910A.2

3. Inspection:
a. Reinforcing Masonry 1705A.4
b. Reinforcing Bar Welding 1705A.3.1, AWS D1.4
E. STEEL (CHAPTER 22A)

1. Materials:
a. Structural Steel 2205A.1
b. Cold Formed Steel 2210A.1
c. Identification 2203A.1

2. Quality:
a. Tests of Structural and Cold Formed Steel 1705A.2.1, Table 1705A.2.1 b. Tests of High Strength Bolts, Nuts, Washers 2213A.1, Table 1705A.2.1 c. Tests of End Welded Studs 2213A.2
d. Steel Joists 2207A.1, 1705A.2.3
e. Non-Destructive Weld Tests 1704A.2

3. Inspections:

1. Shop Fabrication 1704A.2.5
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
01 45 23 - 14

2. Welding 1704A.2.5

3. High Strength Bolt Installation Table 1705.A.2.1
F. WOOD (CHAPTER 23)

1. Materials:
a. Lumber and Plywood 2303.1
b. Glued Laminated Members 2303.1.3

2. Inspection:
a. Wood Structural Elements and Assemblies 1705A.5.3
b. Glued Laminated Fabrication 1705A.5.4, 2303.1.3
c. Timber Connectors 1705A.5.6
d. Manufactured Trusses 1704A.4.5.5, 2303.4
G. ROOF AND ROOF STRUCTURES (CHAPTER 15)

1. Materials:
a. Thermoplastic Single-Ply Roofing 1507.13
H. SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION (CHAPTER 33)
END OF SECTION 01 45 23
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
SECTION 01 50 00
01 50 00 - 1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

AND CONTROLS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Temporary sanitary facilities.

2. Security requirements.

3. Waste removal facilities and services.

4. Project identification sign.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2016.

B. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements; 2009 (Reapproved 2016).

1.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. Owner will provide the following:

1. Electrical power and metering, consisting of connection to existing facilities.

2. Water supply, consisting of connection to existing facilities.

1.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project mobilization.

B. Use of existing facilities is not permitted.

C. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition.

D. Use of existing facilities is not permitted.

1.05 BARRIERS
A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public, to allow for owner's use of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 50 00 - 2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

AND CONTROLS
B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for public access to existing building.

C. Provide protection for plants designated to remain. Replace damaged plants.

D. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage.

1.06 FENCING
A. Provide 6-foot-high fence around construction site; equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks.

1.07 SECURITY
A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft.

1.08 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING
A. Comply with regulations relating to use of streets and sidewalks, access to emergency facilities, and access for emergency vehicles.

B. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and Owner.

C. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions.

D. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets.

E. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking.

1.09 WASTE REMOVAL
A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly condition.

B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically.

C. If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable non-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 50 00 - 3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

AND CONTROLS

1.10 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION
A. Provide project identification sign of design and construction indicated on Drawings.

B. Erect on site at location established by Architect.

C. No other signs are allowed without Owner permission except those required by law.

1.11 FIELD OFFICES
A. Office: Weathertight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling equipment, and equipped with sturdy furniture, drawing rack, and drawing display table.

B. Provide space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate six (6) persons.

C. Provide separate private office similarly equipped and furnished, for use by Owner Project Inspector.

D. Locate offices a minimum distance of 30 feet from existing and newstructures.

1.12 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, ANDCONTROLS
A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities and materials prior to Final Application for Payment inspection.

B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet. Contractor shall grade site as indicated.

C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work.

D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition.

E. Restore new permanent facilities used during construction to a specified condition.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION 01 50 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01 60 00
01 60 00 - 1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1;

2. General product requirements.

3. Transportation, handling, storage and protection.

4. Product option requirements.

5. Substitution limitations.

6. Maintenance materials, including extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
a. Product quality monitoring.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 16 CFR 260.13 - Guides for the Use of Environmental Marketing Claims; Federal Trade Commission; Recycled Content; Current Edition.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Proposed Products List: Submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product.

B. Submit within 35 days after date of Notice of Contract Award.

C. For products specified only by reference standards, list applicable reference standards.

D. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data.

Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project.

E. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 60 00 - 2 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
F. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work.

1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Inventory of Product Content: Publicly available inventory of all ingredients identified by name and Chemical Abstract Service Registration Number (CAS RN).

B. For ingredients considered a trade secret or intellectual property, the name and CAS RN may be omitted, provided the ingredient's role, amount, and GreenScreen Benchmark are given.

C. Recycled Content: Determine percentage of post-consumer and pre-consumer (post-industrial) content separately, using the guidelines contained in 16 CFR 260.13.

D. Previously used, reused, refurbished, and salvaged products are not considered recycled.

E. Wood fabricated from timber abandoned in transit to original mill is considered reused, not recycled.

F. Determine percentage of recycled content of any item by dividing the weight of recycled content in the item by the total weight of all material in the item.

G. Determine value of recycled content of each item separately, by multiplying the content percentage by the value of the item.

H. Acceptable Evidence:

1. For percentage of recycled content, information from manufacturer.

2. For cost, Contractor's cost data.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 NEW PRODUCTS
A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents.

B. DO NOT USE products having any of the following characteristics:

1. Made using or containing CFC's orHCFC's.

2. Containing lead, cadmium, asbestos.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 60 00 - 3 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

2.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description.

B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.

C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named.

2.03 MAINTENANCEMATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections.

B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 TRANSPORTATION ANDHANDLING
A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoid loss of factory calibration.

B. If special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of packaging.

C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials.

D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas.

F. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.

G. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage, and to minimize handling.

H. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 60 00 - 4 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

3.02 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication.

B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.

C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible.

D. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product.

E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground.

F. Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations, weather, precipitation, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and other contaminants.

G. Comply with manufacturer's warranty conditions, if any.

H. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products.

I. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining.

J. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

K. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.

END OF SECTION 01 60 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01 70 00
01 70 00 - 1 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Inclusions:

1. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures.

2. Pre-installation meetings.

3. Cutting and patching.

4. Surveying for laying out the work.

5. Cleaning and protection.

6. Demonstration and instruction of Owner personnel.

7. Closeout procedures, including Contractor's Correction Punch List, except payment procedures.

8. General requirements for maintenance service.

B. Related Requirements

1. Section 01 11 00: Summary:
a. Limitations on working in existing building; continued occupancy; work sequence; identification of salvaged and relocated materials.

2. Section 01 31 00: Project Management and Coordination a. Submittals procedures, Electronic document submittal service.

3. Section 01 42 19: Reference Standards

4. Section 01 45 23: Tests and Inspections
a. Testing and inspection procedures.

5. Section 01 50 00: Temporary Facilities and Controls
a. Temporary exterior enclosures and interior partitions.

6. Individual Product Specification Sections:
a. Advance notification to other sections of openings required in work of those sections.
b. Limitations on cutting structural members.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NFPA 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations; 2013.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination for submittal procedures.

B. Survey work: Submit name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work.

1. On request, submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 70 00 - 2 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS

2. Submit a copy of site drawing signed by the Land Surveyor, that the elevations and locations of the work are in conformance with Contract Documents.

3. Submit surveys and survey logs for the project record.

C. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration that affects:
a. Structural integrity of any element of Project.
b. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. c. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. d. Visual qualities of sight exposedelements.
e. Work of Owner or separate Contractor.

D. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities.

1.04 QUALIFICATIONS
A. For survey work, employ a land surveyor registered in the State in which the Project is located and acceptable to Architect. Submit evidence of Surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate.

B. For field engineering, employ a professional engineer of the discipline required for specific service on Project, licensed in the State in which the Project is located.

1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Use of explosives is not permitted.

B. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment.

C. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion.

D. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.

E. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent property.

1. Provide dust-proof enclosures to prevent entry of dust generated outdoors.

2. Provide dust-proof barriers between construction areas and areas continuing to be occupied by Owner.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 70 00 - 3 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS
F. Erosion and Sediment Control: Plan and execute work by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and waste disposal areas.

Prevent erosion and sedimentation.

1. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time.

2. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and drains, to prevent water flow.

3. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly apply corrective measures.

G. Noise Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by construction operations.

H. Pest and Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent pests and insects from damaging the work.

I. Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent rodents from accessing or invading premises.

J. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations.

1.06 COORDINATION
A. See Section 01 11 00 “Summary of Work” for occupancy-related requirements.

B. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later.

C. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements.

D. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.

E. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on drawings. Follow routing indicated for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.

F. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 70 00 - 4 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS
within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements.

G. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections.

H. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS
A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work.

B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary, referring to existing work as a standard.

C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions.

B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached.

C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections.

D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over-ordering or mis-fabrication.

E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations.

F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work.

Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 70 00 - 5 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS

3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.

B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.

C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond.

3.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section.

B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section.

C. NotifyArchitect four days in advance of meeting date.

D. Prepare agenda and preside atmeeting:

1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures.

2. Review coordination with related work.

E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.

3.04 LAYING OUT THE WORK
A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work.

B. Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered.

C. Owner will locate and protect survey control and reference points.

D. Control datum for survey is that indicated on drawings.

E. Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction.

F. Promptly report to Architect the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or otherreasons.

G. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Architect.

H. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 70 00 - 6 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS
I. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means:

1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes and invert elevations.

2. Grid or axis for structures.

3. Building foundation, column locations and ground floor elevations.

J. Periodically verify layouts by same means.

K. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses.

L. On completion of foundation walls and major site improvements, prepare a certified survey illustrating dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and site work.

3.05 GENERAL INSTALLATIONREQUIREMENTS
A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement.

B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance.

3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching.

B. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to:

1. Complete the work.

2. Fit products together to integrate with other work.

3. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services.

4. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work.

5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition.

6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work.

7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested.

8. Remove and replace defective and non-conformingwork.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 70 00 - 7 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS
C. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition.

D. Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces.

E. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval.

F. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.

G. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.

H. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with Section 07 84 00, to full thickness of the penetrated element.

I. Patching:

1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.

2. Match color, texture, and appearance.

3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate, repair substrate prior to repairing finish.

3.07 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition.

B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.

C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing and continue cleaning to eliminate dust.

D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 70 00 - 8 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS

3.08 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK
A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations.

B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections.

C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage.

D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings.

E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials.

F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer.

G. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle coverings if possible.

3.09 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION
A. See Section 01 79 00 “Demonstration and Training”.

3.10 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.

3.11 FINAL CLEANING
A. Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment.

1. Clean areas to be occupied by Owner prior to final completion before Owner occupancy.

B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous.

C. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces.

D. Remove all labels that are not permanent. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire test labels or nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 70 00 - 9 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS
E. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned.

F. Clean filters of operating equipment.

G. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems.

H. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.

I. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury.

3.12 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities.

1. Provide copies to Architect andOwner.

B. Accompany Architect and Project Inspector on preliminary inspection to determine items to be listed for completion or correction in the Contractor's Correction Punch List for Contractor's comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected.

C. Notify Architect when work is considered ready for Architect's Final Construction Compliance Inspection.

D. Submit written certification containing Contractor's Correction Punch List, that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect's Notice of Completion inspection.

E. Owner will occupy portions of the building as specified in Section 01 11 00 “Summary of Work”.

F. Conduct Substantial Completion inspection and create Final Correction Punch List containing Architect's and Contractor's comprehensive list of items identified to be completed or corrected and submit to Architect.

G. Correct items of work listed in Final Correction Punch List and comply with requirements for access to Owner-occupied areas.

H. Notify Architect when work is considered finally complete and ready for Architect's Construction Compliance final inspection.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 70 00 - 10 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS

3.13 MAINTENANCE
A. Provide service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections.

B. Maintenance Period: As indicated in specification sections or, if not indicated, not less than one year from the Date of Notice of Completion or the length of the specified warranty, whichever is longer.

C. Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation.

Clean, adjust, and lubricate as required.

D. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replace parts whenever required. Use parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component.

E. Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or subcontractor without prior written consent of the Owner.

END OF SECTION 01 70 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
SECTION 01 74 00
01 74 00 - 1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE

MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
A. Waste Management Requirements:

1. California Green Building Standards Code (Title 24, Part 11), Section 5.408.1 requires this project recycle and/or salvage for reuse a minimum of 65% of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste and demolition waste.

2. Employ processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination or other factors.

3. Required Recycling, Salvage and Reuse: The following may not disposed of in landfills or by incineration:
a. Aluminum and plastic beverage containers.
b. Corrugated cardboard.
c. Wood pallets.
d. Clean dimensional wood: May be used as blocking or furring. e. Land clearing debris, including brush, branches, logs and stumps. f. Concrete: May be crushed and used as riprap, aggregate, sub-base material or fill if acceptable to the Soils Engineer.
g. Bricks: May be used on project if whole, or crushed and used as landscape cover, sub-base material or fill.
h. Concrete masonry units: May be used for erosion control or landscape features.
i. Precast concrete panels: May be used for erosion control or landscape features.
j. Asphalt paving: May be recycled into paving for project. k. Metals, including packaging banding, metal studs, sheet metal, structural steel, piping, reinforcing bars, door frames, and other items made of steel, iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel, aluminum, copper, zinc, lead, brass, and bronze.
l. Glass.
m. Gypsum drywall and plaster.
n. Plastic buckets.
o. Carpet, carpet cushion, carpet tile, and carpet remnants, both new and removed: DuPont (http://flooring.dupont.com) and Interface (www.interfaceinc.com) conduct reclamation programs.
p. Asphalt roofing shingles.
q. Paint.
r. Plastic sheeting.
s. Rigid foam insulation.
t. Windows, doors, and door hardware.
u. Plumbing fixtures.
v. Mechanical and electrical equipment.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 74 00 - 2 CONSTRUCTION WASTE

MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
w. Fluorescent lamps (light bulbs).
x. Acoustical ceiling tile and panels.

4. Certification for this project is dependent on diversion of 65 %, by weight, of potential landfill trash/waste by recycling and/or salvage.

5. The following recycling incentive programs are mandatory for this project:

Contractor is responsible for implementation:
a. ____________: Revenue or savings accrue to Contractor. b. ____________: Rebates and credits must be applied for by Owner and shall accrue to Owner.

6. Owner has made arrangements for salvage of the following materials by others:
a. ____________: Recipient will provide containers and pick up. b. ____________: Contractor shall deliver to recipient’s location at ____________ weekly.

7. Contractor shall develop and follow a Waste Management Plan designed to implement these requirements.

8. The following sources may be useful in developing the Waste Management Plan:
a. State Recycling Department, at _________________.
b. Recycling Haulers and Markets: The attached list contains local haulers and markets for recyclable materials. This list is provided for information only and is not necessarily comprehensive; other haulers and markets are acceptable.
c. Recycling Economics Information: The attached list contains information that may be useful in estimating the costs or savings or recycling options.

9. Methods of trash/waste disposal that are not acceptable are:
a. Burning on the project site.
b. Burying on the project site.
c. Dumping or burying on other property, public or private. d. Other illegal dumping or burying.
e. Incineration, either on- or off-site.

10.Regulatory Requirements: Contractor is responsible for knowing and complying with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, state and local requirements, pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 11 00 - Summary: List of items to be salvaged from the existing building for relocation in project or for Owner.

B. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Additional requirements for project meetings, reports, submittal procedures, and project documentation.

C. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Additional requirements Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 74 00 - 3 CONSTRUCTION WASTE

MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
related to trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services.

D. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Waste prevention requirements related to delivery, storage, and handling.

E. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Trash/waste prevention procedures related to demolition, cutting and patching, installation, protection, and cleaning.

F. Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing: Handling and disposal of land clearing debris.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Clean: Untreated and unpainted; not contaminated with oils, solvents, caulk, or the like.

B. Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid wastes typically including building materials, packaging, trash, debris and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair and demolition operations.

C. Hazardous: Exhibiting the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity or reactivity.

D. Nonhazardous: Exhibiting none of the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity, or reactivity.

E. Nontoxic: Neither immediately poisonous to humans nor poisonous after a long period of exposure.

F. Recyclable: The ability of a product or material to be recovered at the end of its life cycle and remanufactured into a new product for reuse by others.

G. Recycle: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for remanufacture into a new product for reuse by others.

H. Recycling: The process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting solid waste and other discarded materials for the purpose of using the altered form.

Recycling does not include burning, incinerating, or thermally destroying waste.

I. Return: To give back reusable items or unused products to vendors for credit.

J. Reuse: To reuse construction waste material in some manner on the project site.

K. Salvage: To remove waste material from the project site to another site for resale or reuse by others.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 74 00 - 4 CONSTRUCTION WASTE

MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
L. Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by storm or well production run-off water.

M. Source Separation: The act of keeping different types of waste materials separate beginning from the first time they become waste.

N. Toxic: Poisonous to humans either immediately or after a long period of exposure.

O. Trash: Any product or material unable to be reused, returned, recycled, or salvaged.

P. Waste: Extra material or material that has reached the end of its useful life in its intended use. Waste includes salvageable, returnable, recyclable, and reusable material.

1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.

B. Waste Management Plan: Include the following information:

1. Analysis of the trash and waste projected to be generated during the entire project construction cycle, including types and quantities.

2. Landfill Options: The name, address, and telephone number of the landfill(s) where trash/waste will be disposed of, the applicable landfill tipping fee(s).

3. Landfill Alternatives: List all waste materials that will be diverted from landfills by reuse, salvage, or recycling.

4. Meetings: Describe regular meetings to be held to address waste prevention, reduction, recycling, salvage, reuse, and disposal.

5. Materials Handling Procedures: Describe the means by which materials to be diverted from landfills will be protected from contamination and prepared for acceptance by designated facilities; include separation procedures for recyclables, storage, and packaging.

6. Transportation: Identify the destination and means of transportation of materials to be recycled; i.e. whether materials will be site-separated and selfhauled to designated centers, or whether mixed materials will be collected by a waste hauler.

7. Recycling Incentives: Describe procedures required to obtain credits, rebates, or similar incentives.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 74 00 - 5 CONSTRUCTION WASTE

MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

8. Recycling Incentive Programs:
a. Where revenue accrues to Contractor, submit copies of documentation required to qualify for incentive.
b. Where revenue accrues to Owner, submit any additional documentation required by Owner in addition to information provided in periodic Waste Disposal Report.

END OF SECTION 01 74 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
SECTION 01 79 00
01 79 00 - 1 DEMONSTRATION

AND TRAINING
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Demonstration of products and systems to be commissioned and where indicated in specific specification sections.

B. Training of Owner personnel in operation and maintenance is required for:

1. All software-operated systems.

2. HVAC systems and equipment.

3. Plumbing equipment.

4. Electrical systems and equipment.

5. Items specified in individual product Sections.

C. Training of Owner personnel in care, cleaning, maintenance, and repair is required for:

1. Roofing and other weather-exposed or moisture protection products.

2. Finishes, including flooring, wall finishes, ceiling finishes.

3. Fixtures and fittings.

4. Items specified in individual product Sections.

D. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 70 00: Execution and Closeout Requirements

2. Other Specification Sections: Additional requirements for demonstration and training.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 “Administrative Requirements”, for submittal procedures; except:

1. Make all submittals specified in this section, and elsewhere where indicated for commissioning purposes, directly to the Commissioning Authority.

2. Submit one copy to the Commissioning Authority, not to be returned.

3. Make commissioning submittals on time schedule specified by Commissioning Authority.

4. Submittals indicated as "Draft" are intended for the use of the Commissioning Authority in preparation of overall Training Plan; submit in editable electronic format, Microsoft Word 2010 preferred.

B. Draft Training Plans: Owner will designate personnel to be trained; tailor training to needs and skill-level of attendees.

1. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner.

2. Submit to Commissioning Authority for review and inclusion in overall training plan.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 79 00 - 2 DEMONSTRATION

AND TRAINING

3. Submit not less than four weeks prior to start of training.

4. Revise and resubmit until acceptable.

5. Provide an overall schedule showing all training sessions.

6. Include at least the following for each training session:
a. Identification, date, time, and duration.
b. Description of products and/or systems to be covered. c. Name of firm and person conducting training; include qualifications. d. Intended audience, such as jobdescription.
e. Objectives of training and suggested methods of ensuring adequate training. f. Methods to be used, such as classroom lecture, live demonstrations, handson, etc. g. Media to be used, such a slides, hand-outs, etc.
h. Training equipment required, such as projector, projection screen, etc., to be provided by Contractor.

C. Training Manuals: Provide training manual for each attendee; allow for minimum of two attendees per training session.

1. Include applicable portion of O&M manuals.

2. Include copies of all hand-outs, slides, overheads, video presentations, etc., that are not included in O&M manuals.

3. Provide one extra copy of each training manual to be included with operation and maintenance data.

D. Training Reports:

1. Identification of each training session, date, time, and duration.

2. Sign-in sheet showing names and job titles of attendees.

3. List of attendee questions and written answers given, including copies of and references to supporting documentation required for clarification; include answers to questions that could not be answered in original training session.

4. Include Commissioning Authority's formal acceptance of training session.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Instructor Qualifications: Familiar with design, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the relevant products and systems.

1. Provide as instructors the most qualified trainer of those contractors and/or installers who actually supplied and installed the systems and equipment.

2. Where a single person is not familiar with all aspects, provide specialists with necessary qualifications.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 79 00 - 3 DEMONSTRATION

AND TRAINING
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 DEMONSTRATION – GENERAL
A. Demonstrations conducted during system start-up do not qualify as demonstrations for the purposes of this section, unless approved in advance by Owner.

B. Demonstrations conducted during Functional Testing need not be repeated unless an Owner personnel training is specified.

C. Demonstration may be combined with Owner personnel training if applicable.

D. Operating Equipment and Systems: Demonstrate operation in all modes, including start-up, shut-down, seasonal changeover, emergency conditions, and troubleshooting, and maintenance procedures, including scheduled and preventive maintenance.

1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Notice of Completion.

2. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months.

E. Non-Operating Products: Demonstrate cleaning, scheduled and preventive maintenance, and repair procedures.

1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Notice of Completion.

3.02 TRAINING – GENERAL
A. Commissioning Authority will prepare the Training Plan based on draft plans submitted.

B. Conduct training on-site unless otherwise indicated.

C. Owner will provide classroom and seating at no cost to Contractor.

D. Do not start training until Functional Testing is complete, unless otherwise specified or approved by the CommissioningAuthority.

E. Provide training in minimum two-hour segments.

F. The Commissioning Authority is responsible for determining that the training was satisfactorily completed and will provide approval forms.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
01 79 00 - 4 DEMONSTRATION

AND TRAINING
G. Training schedule will be subject to availability of Owner's personnel to be trained; re-schedule training sessions as required by Owner; once schedule has been approved by Owner failure to conduct sessions according to schedule will be cause for Owner to charge Contractor for personnel "show-up"time. Review of Facility Policy on Operation and Maintenance Data: During training discuss:

1. The location of the O&M manuals and procedures for use and preservation; backup copies.

2. Typical contents and organization of all manuals, including explanatory information, system narratives, and product specific information.

3. Typical uses of the O&M manuals.

H. Product- and System-SpecificTraining:

1. Review the applicable O&Mmanuals.

2. For systems, provide an overview of system operation, design parameters and constraints, and operational strategies.

3. Review instructions for proper operation in all modes, including start-up, shutdown, seasonal changeover and emergency procedures, and for maintenance, including preventative maintenance.

4. Provide hands-on training on all operational modes possible and preventive maintenance.

5. Emphasize safe and proper operating requirements; discuss relevant health and safety issues and emergency procedures.

6. Discuss common troubleshooting problems and solutions.

7. Discuss any peculiarities of equipment installation or operation.

8. Discuss warranties and guarantees, including procedures necessary to avoid voiding coverage.

9. Review recommended tools and spare parts inventory suggestions of manufacturers.

10.Review spare parts and tools required to be furnished by Contractor.

11.Review spare parts suppliers and sources and procurement procedures.

I. Be prepared to answer questions raised by training attendees; if unable to answer during training session, provide written response within three days.

END OF SECTION 01 79 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

CONCRETE FORMING
SECTION 03 11 00
03 11 00 - 1 CONCRETE FORMING
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1

2. Formwork for cast-in place concrete, including shoring, bracing and anchorage

3. Openings for other work

4. Form accessories

5. Form stripping
B. Related Sections:

1. Section 03 21 00: Reinforcing Steel

2. Section 03 31 00: Structural Concrete Work

1.02 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International.

B. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete and Commentary; American Concrete Institute International.

C. ACI 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete; American Concrete Institute International.

D. PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood; National Institute of Standards and Technology (Department of Commerce).

1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. The contractor is responsible for the design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring, reshoring, and bracing to conform to design and code requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, line and dimension.

Engineering design work to be completed by a professional engineer licensed in the state in which the project is located.

B. Design and fabricate forms to support all applied loads until concrete is cured, and for easy removal without damage to concrete. Design work to be completed by a professional engineer licensed in the state in which the project is located.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 11 00 - 2 CONCRETE FORMING

1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Provide data on void form materials and installation requirements.

C. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, bracing, and arrangement of joints and ties. Shop drawings to be reviewed by the professional engineer responsible for the design of the formwork and submitted to the contractor for record.

D. Openings and Blockouts: Shop drawings shall indicate the exact size and locations of only the slab edges of all openings, blockouts, sleeves and penetrations in structural elements only for review.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 347R, ACI 301, and ACI 318.

B. Design formwork under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of concrete formwork and licensed in the state in which the project is located.

1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable code for design, fabrication, erection and removal of formwork.

1.07 AIR QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with the requirements of Section 01 41 00 “Regulatory Requirements” as they are applicable to the work of this section, and as though they are repeated verbatim herein.

1.08 MOCK-UP
A. Construct a mock-up of formwork, 4 feet long by 4 feet wide.

1. Include reinforcement, ties, and accessories specified in Section 03 21 00 Reinforcing Steel.

2. Provide concrete in accordance with provisions of Section 03 31 00 Structural Concrete Work.

3. Cure concrete in accordance with provisions of Section 03 31 00 Structural Concrete Work.

B. Locate mock-up where directed.

C. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 11 00 - 3 CONCRETE FORMING

1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Deliver form materials and installation instructions in manufacturer's packaging.

B. Store forms off ground in ventilated and protected manner to prevent deterioration from moisture or damage.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 WOOD FORM MATERIALS
A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor to achieve design requirements and specified finishes.

B. Softwood Plywood: PS 1, B-B High Density Concrete Form Overlay, Class I.

C. Plywood: Douglas Fir species; solid one side grade; sound undamaged sheets with clean, true edges.

D. Lumber: Douglas Fir species; structural grade; with grade stamp clearly visible.

2.02 PREFABRICATED FORMS
A. Preformed Steel Forms: Minimum 16 gage well matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to structural tolerances and appearance of finished surfaces.

B. Glass Fiber Fabric Reinforced Plastic Forms: Matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to structural tolerances and appearance of finished concrete surfaces.

C. Pan Type: Steel, glass fiber, removable of size and profile required.

D. Tubular Column Type: Round, spirally wound laminated fiber wood, or glass fiber material, surface treated with release agent, of sizes required.

E. Void Forms: Moisture resistant treated paper faces, biodegradable, structurally sufficient to support weight of wet concrete mix until initial set.

2.03 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES
A. Form Ties: Removable or snap-off type, galvanized metal, fixed or adjustable length, cone type, with waterproofing washer, 1 inch back break dimension, free of defects that could leave holes larger than 1 inch in concrete surface.

B. Form Release Agent: Colorless material that will not stain concrete, absorb moisture, impair natural bonding of concrete finish coatings, or affect color characteristics of concrete finish coatings.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 11 00 - 4 CONCRETE FORMING
C. Corners: Chamfered, wood strip type; maximum possible lengths.

D. Dovetail Anchor Slot: Galvanized steel, minimum 14 gage thick, foam filled, release tape sealed slots, anchors for securing to concrete formwork.

E. Flashing Reglets: Galvanized steel, 16 gage thick, longest possible lengths, with alignment splines for joints, foam filled, release tape sealed slots, anchors for securing to concrete formwork.

F. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete.

G. Waterstops: Rubber, minimum 1,750 psi tensile strength, minimum 50 degrees F to plus 175 degrees F working temperature range.

H. Waterstops: Preformed mineral colloid strips, 3/8 inch thick, moisture expanding.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Contractor shall verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork.

Ensure that dimensions agree with drawings.

3.02 EARTH FORMS
A. Earth forms may be permitted only where specifically allowed in the Geotechnical report.

B. Hand trim sides and bottom of earth forms. Remove loose soil prior to placing concrete.

C. Where earth forms are used, increase sizes of structural elements shown in the drawings by a minimum of three inches.

3.03 ERECTION – FORMWORK
A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACI 301.

B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads.

C. Coordinate placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 11 00 - 5 CONCRETE FORMING
D. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping.

E. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum.

F. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members that are not indicated on drawings.

G. Provide filler and chamfer strips on external corners of beams, joists, columns, and walls where shown on architectural drawings.

H. Install void forms in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Protect forms from moisture or crushing.

I. Coordinate this section with other sections of work that require attachment of components to formwork.

3.04 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT
A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items.

C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings that are affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete.

3.05 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS
A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or passing through concrete work.

B. Locate and set in place items that will be cast directly into concrete.

C. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other work.

D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, so they are straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement.

E. Install waterstops in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, so they are continuous without displacing reinforcement. Heat seal joints so they are watertight.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 11 00 - 6 CONCRETE FORMING
F. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain.

G. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces.

3.06 FORM CLEANING
A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms.

B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete.

1. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter.

Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports.

2. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use deicing salts. Do not use water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within heated enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter.

3.07 FORMWORK TOLERANCES
A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301.

B. Construct and align formwork for elevator hoistway in accordance with ASME A17.1.

C. Camber slabs and beams in accordance with structural drawings requirements.

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 45 23 Tests and Inspections.

B. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and to verify that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure.

3.09 FORM REMOVAL
A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads as determined by the engineer responsible for the formwork design.

B. Remove formwork and reshore structural members as directed by the engineer responsible for the formwork design to permit successive construction.

C. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 11 00 - 7 CONCRETE FORMING
D. Store removed forms to prevent damage to form materials or to fresh concrete.

Discard damaged forms.

E. Remove formwork in such a sequence as to achieve similar concrete surface coloration.

END OF SECTION 03 11 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

REINFORCING STEEL
SECTION 03 21 00
03 21 00 - 1 REINFORCING STEEL
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Reinforcing steel for cast-in-place concrete and concrete masonry units.

2. Supports and accessories for steel reinforcement.

B. Related Sections

1. Section 03 11 00: Concrete Forms and Accessories.

2. Section 03 31 00: Cast-in-Place Concrete.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International.

B. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete and Commentary; American Concrete Institute International.

C. ACI SP-66 - ACI Detailing Manual; American Concrete Institute International.

D. ASTM A 82 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement.

E. ASTM A 184/A 184M - Standard Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement.

F. ASTM A 185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete.

G. ASTM A 497/A 497M - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete.

H. ASTM A 615/A 615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.

I. ASTM A 704/A 704M - Standard Specification for Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement.

J. ASTM A 706/A 706M - Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 21 00 - 2 REINFORCING STEEL
K. ASTM A 996/A 996M - Standard Specification for Rail-Steel and Axle-Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.

L. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel; American Welding Society.

M. CRSI (DA4) - Manual of Standard Practice; Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.

N. CRSI (P1) - Placing Reinforcing Bars; Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Only when deviations are made from the contract documents, submit shop drawings under provision of Section 01 31 00 “Project Management and Coordination” with deviations clearly identified.

1. Indicate sizes, spacings, locations and quantities of reinforcing steel, wire fabric, bending and cutting schedules, splicing, stirrup spacing, supporting and spacing devices.

B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that reinforcing steel and accessories supplied for this project meet or exceed specified requirements.

C. Reports: Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials analysis, indicate physical and chemical analysis.

D. Welders Certificates: Submit certifications for welders employed on the project, verifying AWS qualifications with the previous 12 months.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work of this section in accordance with CRSI (DA4), CRSI (P1), ACI 301, and ACI SP-66.

1.05 AIR QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with the requirements of Section 01 41 00 “Regularity Requirements” as they are applicable to the work of this section, and as though they are repeated verbatim herein.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 21 00 - 3 REINFORCING STEEL
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 615/A 615M Grade 60.

1. Deformed billet-steel bars.

2. Unfinished.

B. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 706/A 706M, deformed low-alloy steel bars.

1. Deformed billet-steel bars.

2. Unfinished.

C. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A185/A 185M, plain type.

1. Welded Wire Mat Reinforcing: mesh size and gage as indicated on drawings.

D. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497, deformed type.

1. Flat Sheets.

2. Mesh Size and Wire Gage: As indicated on drawings.

E. Reinforcement Accessories:

1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gage acceptable patented system.

2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement, including load bearing pad on bottom to prevent vapor barrier puncture.

3. Provide stainless steel, plastic, or plastic coated steel components for placement within 1½” of weathering surfaces.

2.02 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI (DA4) - Manual of Standard Practice.

B. Welding of reinforcement is permitted only with the specific approval of Structural Engineer. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.4.

C. Obtain approval from the architect for additional reinforcing splices not indicated on drawings.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PLACEMENT
A. Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete coverage required for protection.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 21 00 - 4 REINFORCING STEEL
B. Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both directions. Splice laps with tie wire.

1. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not interfere with concrete placement.

2. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier.

3. Accommodate placement of formed openings.

4. Bond and ground all reinforcement to requirements of Section 26 05 26 “Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems”.

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. An independent testing agency, as specified in Section 01 45 23 “Tests and Inspections”, will inspect installed reinforcement for conformance to contract documents before concrete placement.

END OF SECTION 03 21 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

STRUCTURAL CONCRETE WORK
SECTION 03 31 00
03 31 00 - 1 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY:

A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and1

2. Structural concrete and slabs for buildings and structures

3. Under slab membrane vapor barrier, crusher run fines and crushed rock fill

4. Under slab drainage and gravel beds

5. Under slab perforated vent piping

6. Under slab geotextile fabric where detailed

7. Placing of bolts, anchors, frames, inserts, etc.

8. Protection and patching of concrete

9. Submittal preparation and concrete mix designs

10.Superplasticizers and admixtures

11.Control and expansion joints

12.Clean-up.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 03 11 00: Concrete Forming

2. Section 03 21 00: Steel Reinforcing.

3. Section 03 35 00: Concrete Finishing.

4. Section 07 92 00: Joint Sealants.

5. Section 32 13 13: Site Concrete.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; American Concrete Institute International.

B. ACI 211.2 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete; American Concrete Institute International
C. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International.

D. ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; American Concrete Institute International.

E. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International.

F. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International.

G. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 2 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
H. ACI 308R - Guide to Curing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International.

I. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; American Concrete Institute International.

J. ASTM C 33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.

K. ASTM C 39/C 39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.

L. ASTM C 94/C 94M - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.

M. ASTM C 143/C 143M - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete.

N. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.

O. ASTM C 173/C 173M - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method.

P. ASTM C 260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.

Q. ASTM C 309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete.

R. ASTM C 330 – Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete.

S. ASTM C 494/C 494M - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.

T. ASTM C 618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete.

U. ASTM C 685/C 685M – Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing.

V. ASTM C 881/C 881M - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete.

W. ASTM C 1059 - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete.

X. ASTM C 1107/C 1107M - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, HydraulicCement Grout (Nonshrink).

Y. ASTM E 1155 - Standard Test Method for Determining F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness Numbers.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 3 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
Z. ASTM E 1155M - Standard Test Method for Determining F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness Numbers [Metric].

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Severe Exposure: Concrete which is in contact with moisture or deicing salts, such as pavements, sidewalks, parking garage floors, etc.

B. Moderate Exposure: Concrete which is occasionally exposed to moisture, such as exterior walls, beams, girders, and slabs not in contact with soil, etc.

1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit in accordance with Section 01 31 00 “Project Management and Coordination”.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit drawings locating slab-on-grade construction joints, control joints, and isolation joints.

C. Product Data: Submit product data for proprietary products.

D. Samples:

1. Provide 12 inch by 18 inch concrete sample of smooth rubbed [grout cleaned] [cork float] finishes showing final texture to be expected.

E. Mix Designs:

1. Submit proposed concrete mix designs for each class or use at least 30 days prior to required delivery.

2. Mixes shall be prepared by a professional engineer licensed in the state in which the project is located.

3. Specifically indicate where each class of concrete is to be used.

4. Indicate individual and combined aggregate gradations and aggregate source and characteristics.

F. Test Reports: Submit aggregate and concrete mix test reports from independent testing laboratory as required by Section 01 45 23 “Tests and Inspections”.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Certifications:

1. Submit material certification for admixtures and aggregates, certifying their compliance with specifications.

2. Submit certified mill test reports for each lot of cement.

B. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318.

C. Acquire cement from same source and aggregate from same source for entire project.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 4 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
D. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R for concreting during hot weather.

E. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R for concreting during cold weather.

1.06 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Conduct pre-installation conference in accordance with Section 01 31 00 “Project Management and Coordination”.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. General: Comply with requirements of Section 01 60 00 “Product Requirements”.

B. Deliver packaged products to site in manufacturer's sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify compliance with specified requirements.

C. Label containers to indicate manufacturer's name, product name, date of manufacture, and instructions for use.

D. Store liquid materials in tightly covered containers in well ventilated area at ambient temperatures recommended by manufacturer. Store dry materials on raised platforms and cover to prevent moisture damage. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue with labels in legible condition.

E. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion.

1.08 AIR QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with the requirements of Section 01 41 00 “Regulatory Requirements” as they are applicable to the work of this section, and as though they are repeated verbatim therein.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 FORMWORK
A. Comply with the requirements of Section 03 11 00 “Concrete Forming”.

2.02 REINFORCEMENT
A. Comply with the requirements of Section 03 21 00 “Steel Reinforcing”.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 5 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK

2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement:

1. ASTM C150, Type as indicated in the structural drawings.

2. Air-entraining portland cement, as defined by ASTM C150, is prohibited.

3. [Do not use Type III cement in lightweight structural concrete.] B. Aggregate:

1. Coarse Aggregate:
a. ASTM C33 for normal weight aggregate.
b. ASTM C330 for lightweight aggregate.

2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33.

3. Exposed Aggregate: To match Architect's sample.

C. Water: Clean, fresh and potable.

D. Admixtures:

1. Calcium chloride, thiocyanates, or admixtures containing more than 0.05 percent chloride ions are not permitted unless approved by Architect.

2. Air Entraining: ASTM C260.

3. Water-reducing: ASTM C494, Type A.

4. High Range Water-reducing (Superplasticizer): ASTM C494, Type F or Type G.

5. Water-reducing, Non-corrosive, Non-chloride Accelerator:
a. ASTM C494, Type E.
b. Submit long term non-corrosive test data from independent testing laboratory using accelerated test method such as electrical potential measure.

6. Water-reducing, Retarding: ASTM C494, Type D.

7. Chemical Corrosion Inhibitor:
a. Calcium nitrite in liquid form.
b. Acceptable Product: DCI by Grace Construction Products, Cambridge, MA.

E. Synthetic Fibers:

1. Monofilament or fibrillated polypropylene fibers.

2. Acceptable Products:
a. Fiberstrand, Euclid Chemical Company, Cleveland, OH. b. Fibermesh, Fibermesh, Chattanooga, TN.
c. Forta CR, Forta Corporation, Grove City, PA.

F. Bonding Admixture:

1. Acrylic or styrene butadiene, non-remulsifiable.

2. Acceptable Products:
a. Flex-Con or SBR Latex, Euclid Chemical Company, Cleveland, OH. b. Everbond, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, NE. c. Acryl Set, Master Builders, Cleveland, OH.
d. Intralok, W. R. Meadows, Inc., Elgin IL.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 6 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
G. Bonding Grout:

1. Mix consisting of portland cement, part fine sand passing No. 30 mesh sieve, bonding admixture, and water in proportions as recommended by bonding admixture manufacturer.

2. Minimum 1:1 cement to sand ratio.

3. Mix to achieve consistency of thick cream.

H. Membrane Vapor Barrier:

1. Vapor Barrier shall meet the following minimum requirements:
a. Maximum Permeance: ASTM E-96, 0.010 Perms
b. Water Vapor Barrier: ASTM E-1745, Class A
c. Thickness: ACI 302.1R-96, Not less than 15 mils
d. Puncture Resistance: ASTM F-1709, Method B: 2200 grams minimum

2. Acceptable Products:
a. Stego Ind. Stego Wrap (15 mil);
b. W. R. Meadows Sealtight Perminator (15 mil);
c. Raven Ind. Vaporblock VB15 (Non-LEED projects only)
d. Insulation Solutions, Viper Vaporcheck II (Non-LEED projects only)

3. Use 12 ft. minimum wide rolls.
a. Size to create the fewest seams possible.

4. Seal seams and penetrations with manufacturer's seam tape compatible with the vapor barrier membrane.

2.04 CURING MATERIALS
A. Sheet Curing Materials: ASTM C171; white opaque polyethylene film, white polyethylene coated burlap sheeting, or regular waterproof paper.

B. Dissipating Resin Curing Compounds:

1. ASTM C309, Type 1 [1-D] clear or translucent [with fugitive dye] [Type 2 white pigmented at exterior locations], Class B, free of natural or petroleum waxes.

Class A not acceptable.

2. Liquid, membrane forming, 100 percent resin based allowing maximum moisture loss in 72 hours of 0.11 lb/sq. ft.

3. Compatible with subsequent coatings and toppings.

4. Acceptable Products:
a. Kurex, Chem-Masters Corporation, Madison, OH.
b. Kurez DR, Euclid Chemical Company, Cleveland, OH.
c. L&M Cure DR, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, NE. d. 3100 Clear, W. R. Meadows, Inc., Elgin, IL.
e. ABCO 1309 Resin Cure, Nox-Crete Chemicals, Omaha, NE. f. Kurez VOX, Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH.
g. L&M Cure R, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc,. Omaha, NE h. 1100 Clear, W.R. Meadows, Elgin, IL.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 7 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
C. Acrylic Curing/Sealing Compounds:

1. ASTM C1315, Type I [I-D] clear or translucent [with fugitive dye] [Type II white pigmented at exterior locations], Class A [B] [C], free of natural or petroleum waxes.

2. Liquid, membrane forming, minimum 30 percent [12 percent] [22 percent] acrylic resin solids, allowing maximum moisture loss in 72 hours of 0.08 lb/sq. ft.

3. Compatible with subsequent coatings and toppings.

4. Acceptable Products:
a. Super Rez-Seal (31 percent) [Rez-Seal (14 percent)] [Eucocure (18 percent)], Euclid Chemical Company, Cleveland, OH.
b. Dress & Seal 30 [18] [Dress & Seal], L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, NE.
c. Tiah (30 percent) [CS-309 (12 percent)], W. R. Meadows, Inc., Elgin, IL. d. ABCO Cure & Seal 830 (30 percent) [309 (12 percent)] [800 (22 percent)], Nox-Crete Chemicals, Omaha, NE.
e. Cure & Seal 31 percent [14 percent] [18 percent], Symons Corporation, Des Plaines, IL.

D. Water Based Acrylic Curing/Sealing Compounds:

1. ASTM C1315, Type I, Class A [B] [C], VOC compliant, free of natural or petroleum waxes. Dries clear with high [medium] gloss sheen.

2. Liquid, membrane forming, minimum 30 percent [20 percent] acrylic resin solids, allowing maximum moisture loss in 72 hours of 0.08 lb/sq. ft.

3. Acceptable Products:
a. Super Diamond Clear VOX, Euclid Chemical Company, Cleveland, OH. b. Dress & Seal WB 30, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, NE. c. VOCOMP 30, W. R. Meadows, Inc., Elgin, IL.

E. Chemical Curing Compounds:

1. Penetrating liquid, non-film forming, solution of sodium, potassium and meta silicate compounds.

2. Compatible with subsequent coatings and toppings.

3. Acceptable Products:
a. L&M Cure, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, NE. b. Eucosil, Euclid Chemical Company, Cleveland, OH.
c. Sonosil, Sonneborn Building Products, Shakopee, MN.
d. Dust-Gard, W. R. Meadows, Inc., Elgin, IL.

2.05 PATCHING AND REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Epoxy Adhesive:

1. 100 percent solids, two component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces, conforming to ASTM C881.

2. Acceptable Products and Manufacturers:
a. Concresive Liquid LPL, Master Builders, Inc., Cleveland, OH. b. Sikadur Hi-Mod 32, Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 8 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
c. Euco 452 or 620 System, Euclid Chemical Company, Cleveland, OH.

B. Patching Compound:

1. Polymer modified cementitious mortar.

2. Acceptable Products and Manufacturers:
a. Thin Coat, Concrete Coat, or Verticoat, Euclid Chemical Company, Cleveland, OH.
b. Duratop, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, NE. c. Sikatop 121, 122, or 123, Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ.

C. Patching Mortar:

1. Comprised of same materials and approximately same proportions as used for surrounding concrete, except with coarse aggregate omitted.

2. Consisting of not more than 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand.

3. Substitute white portland cement for portion of gray portland cement to match color of surrounding exposed concrete.

4. Limit mixing water to no more than necessary for handling and placing.

Maximum water/cement ratio of 0.50.

D. Bonding Agent:

1. Acrylic, ASTM C1059, Type II, Non redispersable.

2. Acceptable Products and Manufacturers:
a. Everbond, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, NE. b. Daraweld-C, Grace Construction Products, Cambridge, MA. c. Intralok, W. R. Meadows, Inc., Elgin IL.

E. Evaporation Retardants:
a. Acceptable Products and Manufacturers:
1) Eucofilm, Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH.
2) E-Con, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, NE.
3) Confilm, Master Builders, Inc., Cleveland, OH.

2.06 CONCRETE MIXES
A. Mix Design:

1. Submit design mixes for each type and class of concrete based on laboratory trial batch method or field experience methods described in ACI-318, Chapter 5.

2. If trial batch method is used, employ an independent testing agency acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. Mix designs are to be prepared by a professional engineer licensed in the state in which the project is located.

3. Contractor employed testing agency shall not be same firm as Owner employed testing agency.

4. Use concrete of approved mix designs only.

5. The proportioning of ingredients shall provide a concrete readily worked into forms and around reinforcement under conditions of placement to be employed, without segregation or excessive bleeding.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 9 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK

6. Do not place concrete until design mix for that class and type of concrete is reviewed by Architect.

7. Indicate locations in structure where each mix design is to be used.

8. Identify each mix design with code number which will be used on batch tickets.

B. Design Compressive Strengths: As indicated on Structural Drawings.

1. Normal Weight Concrete:
a. Compressive strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 39/C 39M, strength at 7 days shall be at least 60% of the minimum required 28 day strength unless noted otherwise on drawings.
b. Maximum slump 4 inches +/- 1”.

2. Lightweight Weight Concrete:
a. Compressive strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 39/C 39M, strength at 7 days shall be at least 60% of the minimum required 28 day strength unless noted otherwise on drawings.
b. Maximum slump 4 inches +/- 1”.
c. The air dry unit weight shall be determined by ASTM C567, except that the drying time shall be 90 days.

C. Maximum Size of Coarse Aggregate:

1. 1/5 narrowest dimension between form sides.

2. 1/3 depth of slabs.

3. 3/4 of minimum clear distance between reinforcing bars, wires, or bundles of bars.

4. 1 inch maximum for normal weight concrete or 3/4 inch maximum for light weight concrete.

D. Concrete Slump at Point of Discharge:

1. Ramps and Sloping Surfaces: Not more than 3 inches.

2. Reinforced Foundations: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 4 inches.

3. Concrete Containing Superplasticizer: Not more than 9 inches after addition of superplasticizer. Slump before addition of superplasticizer: 2 to 3 inches.

4. Other Concrete: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 4 inches.

5. Allowable tolerances of up to 1 inch above maximum indicated provided average of 10 most recent batches tested is less than maximum.

E. Minimum Cement Content: Not less than 470 pounds of total cementitious material per cubic yard of concrete. Not more than 25% flyash or pozzolan cement substitute and not less than 385 pounds of cement per cubic yard of concrete.

F. Water-Cement Ratios for Concrete (by weight):

1. Maximum permissible water cement ratio: 0.50 unless noted otherwise on drawings.

G. Admixtures:

1. Only use admixtures which have been tested and approved in mix designs.

2. Air entraining Admixture:

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 10 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
a. Use in concrete exposed to freezing and thawing at any time during construction or in completed structure.
b. Use in concrete placed at ambient temperatures below 40 degrees F. c. Tolerance on air content as delivered: Plus or minus 1-1/2 percent.

3. Conform to air content requirements indicated on Drawings.

H. Maximum water soluble chloride ion concentrations in hardened concrete at ages from 28 to 42 days contributed from all ingredients, expressed as percent by weight of cement as follows:

1. Concrete over galvanized deck: 0.06 percent.

2. Concrete exposed to chloride in service: 0.15 percent.

3. Other concrete: 1.00 percent.

I. Shrinkage Tests:

1. Prior to placing any concrete for walls or horizontal surfaces, a trial batch of each mix design of structural concrete shall be prepared using the aggregates, cement and admixture (if any) proposed for the project. From each trial batch at least 3 specimens for determining drying shrinkage shall be prepared. The drying shrinkage specimens shall be a 4" x 4" x 11" prisms fabricated, cured, dried, and measured in accordance with the requirements of Tentative Method of Test for Length Change of Cement Mortar and Concrete, ASTM C157. The measurements shall be made and reported separately for 7 and 28 days of drying after 7 days of moist curing. The effective gage length of the specimens shall be 10", and except for the foundation concrete, the average drying shrinkage at 35 days shall not exceed .054%.

2. Previous Test: Ready-mixed concrete manufacturer may furnish certified test reports from approved Testing Laboratory as proof of meeting shrinkage requirements, provided aggregate used and concrete covered by such test report conform to mix design approved for use on this project. Method used, use an independent testing facility acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs.

J. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Architect/Structural Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements.

2.07 MIXING
A. Ready-Mix Concrete:

1. Comply with ASTM C 94/C 94M.

2. Before using trucks for batching, mixing, and transporting concrete, thoroughly clean trucks and equipment of materials capable of contaminating concrete.

3. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ASTM C94 is required.

4. When air temperature is between 85 degrees F and 90 degrees F, reduce Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 11 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
mixing and delivery time from 90 minutes to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 degrees F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.

5. Do not add water to ready-mix concrete at Project site except when slump is below specified limits and total water does not exceed the design watercement ratio; inject added water into mixer and mix thoroughly before discharging.

B. Provide certificate signed by authorized official of supplier with each load of concrete stating following:

1. Time truck left plant.

2. Mix of concrete, identify with code number of mix design.

3. Amount of water and cement in mix.

4. Amount and type of admixtures.

5. Amount of water added at project site.

6. Time truck is unloaded at project site.

C. Truck mixers without batch tickets will be rejected.

D. Retain certificates at Project site. Submit to Architect for review upon request.

2.08 PRODUCTION
A. Ready Mixed Concrete

1. Except as otherwise provided in these specifications, ready mixed concrete shall be batched, mixed, and transported in accordance with ASTM C94 “Specification for Ready Mixed Concrete.”
B. Lightweight Concrete

1. Lightweight concrete shall be batched and mixed as recommended by the concrete supplier to achieve accurate volume and the necessary quality.

2. Aggregate storage conditions, batching, and mixing procedures shall prevent premature slump loss of the concrete during delivery and discharge.

C. Mixing Water Control

1. Concrete which arrives at the jobsite with slump below that specified for placement may be adjusted by the addition of water to increase slump, provided the maximum slump is not exceeded and the maximum water content of the design mix is not exceeded. Following any such water addition, the concrete shall be mixed at mixing speed for at least 30 revolutions of the drum.

2. After adjustment is made to the proper slump, the concrete shall be discharged as long as it retains its placeability without the further addition of water.

3. Concrete shall be placed within one and one half hours after mixer is charged in average conditions. Time shall be reduced to one hour during hot weather concreting.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 12 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK

2.08 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing will be performed under the provisions of Section 01 45 23 “Tests and Inspections”, except as otherwise specified.

B. Independent Testing Laboratory, approved by Architect and employed by Contractor, is responsible for:

1. Testing aggregate as follows at start of work and whenever change in aggregate source occurs:
a. Gradation and fineness modulus: ASTM C136.
b. Specific gravity: ASTM C127 for coarse aggregate, ASTM C128 for fine aggregate.
c. Organic impurities: ASTM C40.
d. Effect of organic impurities on strength: ASTM C87 for effect of organic impurities on strength.
e. Potential reactivity of aggregate: ASTM C295, petrographic examination. f. Soundness: ASTM C88.
g. Reports of tests conducted on aggregates from the same source within the past 12 months will be acceptable.

2. Testing concrete mixes as follows at start of work and whenever change in materials source occurs:
a. Prepare mix designs, test concrete strength, and report results if trial batch method is used to establish design mix proportions. Mix design shall be reviewed, approved, sealed and stamped by a Licensed Professional Engineer in the state where the project is located.

C. Independent Testing Laboratory, employed by Owner, is responsible for observing and evaluating the following at batch plant at start of Work and at other times as requested by the Architect:

1. Condition of batching equipment.

2. Conformance with design mix proportions.

3. Storage of materials.

4. Mixing equipment.

5. Mixing and transporting equipment.

6. Other testing to verify compliance if requested by Architect.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine conditions and proceed with Work in accordance with Section 017300.

B. Verify forms, reinforcement, anchors, plates, joint materials, vapor retarder and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed and held securely.

C. Verify forms are free of debris and water.

D. Verify excavations are free of loose material and water.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 13 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK

3.02 TESTING
A. Concrete materials and operations shall be tested and inspected for compliance with the specifications and requirements.

3.03 TESTING AGENCY
A. The testing agency shall be designated by the owner. Ample time shall be allowed for preliminary tests as required prior to concreting operations.

B. All testing agency personnel shall meet the requirements of ASTM E329, “Recommended Practice of Inspecting and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel in Construction.”
C. All testing agency personnel shall have the knowledge and ability to perform the necessary tests equivalent to the minimum guideline for Certification of Concrete Field Testing Technicians, Grade 1 in accordance with ACI CP-2.

3.04 DUTIES AND SERVICES
A. The duties and responsibilities of the testing agency and the contractor and services to be performed by each are as designated in ACI 301, Chapter 16, “Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.”

3.05 EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Test results of standard cylinders, molded, cured, and tested according to ASTM C31 and C39 should be evaluated separately for each concrete mix according to ACI 214, “Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Concrete Compression Test Results of Field Concrete.”
B. The criteria for acceptance of concrete shall be as detailed in ACI 318, Chapter 5, Section 5.6, “Evaluation and Acceptance of Concrete” or as per ASTM C94, Section 17 “Strength” and Section 18 “Failure to Meet Strength Requirements.” C. As referenced in ASTM C94 – Section 4.4, “When the strength of concrete is used as a basis for acceptance, the manufacturer shall be entitled to copies of all test reports.”

3.06 PREPARATION
A. Construction Joints:

1. Clean previously placed concrete of laitance.

2. Clean reinforcement and accessories of mortar from previous concrete placement operations.

3. Apply bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

4. Moisten surface of previously placed concrete.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 14 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK

3.07 PLACEMENT
A. Place concrete according to ACI 301 and 304R, except as modified and supplemented on Drawings or in this Section.

B. Notify Architect and Owner's testing laboratory minimum of 48 hours prior to commencement of placing operations.

C. Cold Weather Concreting:

1. Comply with requirements of ACI 306.1.

2. Do not place concrete when ambient air temperature is expected to fall below 40 degrees F within 24 hours, except with prior written approval of Architect.

3. Remove frost, ice, and snow from formwork, reinforcing, and accessories prior to placing concrete.

4. Do not place concrete foundations, footings or slabs on frozen ground.

5. Limit concrete temperature at time of discharge to 55 degrees F for sections less than 12 inches in any dimension and to 50 degrees F for other sections.

D. Hot Weather Concreting:

1. Comply with requirements of ACI 305R when ambient air temperature exceeds 75 degrees F.

2. Use water-reducing, retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placing conditions to extend setting time to limits specified as approved by Architect.

3. Cool aggregates, cool mixing water, substitute ice for part of mixing water, or take other measures to limit concrete temperature at time of discharge to 90 degrees F.

4. Cover reinforcing steel and steel forms with water soaked burlap or use fog spray to limit temperature of steel to 120 degrees F immediately prior to concrete placement.

5. Use evaporation retardant between finishing passes.

E. At time of placement, provide concrete temperature between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F.

F. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint devices will not be disturbed during concrete placement.

G. Repair underslab vapor retarder damaged during placement of concrete reinforcing. Repair with vapor retarder material; lap over damaged areas minimum 6 inches and seal watertight.

H. Separate slabs on grade from vertical surfaces with joint filler.

I. Place joint filler in floor slab pattern placement sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 15 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
J. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/2 inch of finished slab surface.

Conform to Section 07900 for finish joint sealer requirements.

K. Install joint devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

L. Install construction joint devices in coordination with floor slab pattern placement sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete.

M. Install joint device anchors for expansion joint assemblies specified in Section 05810. Maintain correct position to allow joint cover to be flush with floor and wall finish.

N. Apply sealants in joint devices in accordance with Section 07900.

O. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken.

P. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints.

Q. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur.

R. Place floor slabs in pattern indicated.

S. Saw cut joints within 12 hours after placing.

T. Screed floors level, maintaining surface flatness of maximum 1/4 inch in 10 ft.

U. Screed floors level, maintaining the minimum F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness values specified when measured in accordance with ASTM E 1155/ASTM E 1155M.

V. Maintain surfaces receiving concrete at approximately same temperature as concrete being placed.

W. Maintain surface of hardened concrete below 100 degrees F.

X. Convey concrete from mixer to place of deposit by method that will prevent segregation or loss of material, and that will not require addition of water to produce desired slump at point of placement. Do not use supported reinforcing as runway base for concrete conveying equipment.

Y. Depositing:

1. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable to its final location.

2. Place concrete continuously between construction joints.

3. Deposit concrete in layers not exceeding 24 inches in depth.

4. Avoid inclined layers.

5. Place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 16 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK

6. Do not allow free fall of concrete to exceed 4 feet. Do not allow free fall of concrete containing high-range water reducing admixture to exceed 10 feet.

7. Drop concrete in vertical direction, not at incline.

8. Place beams, girders, haunches, brackets, column capitals, and drop panels monolithic with slab system unless otherwise indicated.

9. Do not cast beams, girders, and slabs supported on columns and walls until concrete in supporting element is no longer plastic, minimum of 2 hours.

10.If forms and reinforcing above level of concrete already in place become coated with accumulations of hardened or partially hardened concrete, remove accumulations before proceeding.

11.Place concrete without displacing reinforcing and accessories.

Z. Consolidation:

1. Vibrate concrete to eliminate formation of surface air voids, honeycombs and sand streaks.

2. Use mechanical, internal vibrators with proper frequency, rpm, and spud size.

Select spud for size and spacing of reinforcement and clearance to formwork.

Supplement vibration by hand-spading, rodding, or tamping.

3. Insert and withdraw vibrator vertically at spacing not to exceed 1-1/2 times radius of action of vibrator, maximum of 24 inch centers.

4. Insert vibrators into placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer.

5. Do not allow vibrator to touch form face or embedded items.

6. Do not use mechanical vibration for slabs less than 4 inches thick. Use hand spading and tamping in these locations.

AA. Placing Concrete Slabs:

1. Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in continuous operation, in single layer, within limits of construction joints, until placing of panel or section is completed.

2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strike-off.

3. Use bull floats, highway straight edges, or darbies to produce smooth surface, free of humps or hollows before bleed water appears on surface.

4. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations.

BB. Non-Structural Concrete Topping:

1. Placement on same day:
a. Place and consolidate base slab.
b. Screed to elevation to allow for topping slab thickness. c. After bleed water has disappeared and surface will support worker's weight without indentation, place topping mixture, compact, float and finish.

2. Placement after one day:
a. Place and consolidate base slab.
b. Brush partially set surface with wire broom to remove laitance and scratch surface.
c. Wet cure base slab at least three days.
d. Immediately, prior to placing topping, clean base slab and dampen Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 17 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
surface.
e. Scrub bonding grout into base slab surface [, or apply bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations].
f. Rewettable bonding agent may be used only in areas not subject to wet conditions.
g. Place topping slab before grout has set or dried, compact, float and finish.

CC. Curbs and Equipment Pads:

1. Form curbs and equipment pads in areas indicated.

2. Placement on same day:
a. Place and consolidate base slab.
b. Screed to elevation to allow for curb/pad thickness. c. After bleed water has disappeared and surface will support worker's weight without indentation, place curb/pad concrete mixture, compact, and float.

3. Placement after one day:
a. Place and consolidate base slab.
b. Brush partially set surface with wire broom to remove laitance and scratch surface.
c. Wet cure base slab at least three days.
d. Immediately, prior to placing curb/pad concrete, clean base slab and dampen surface.
e. Scrub bonding grout into base slab surface, or apply bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
f. Place curb/pad concrete before grout has set or dried, compact and float.

4. Finish interior curbs and pads by stripping forms while concrete is still green and steel trowel surfaces to hard, dense finish with corners, intersections and terminations slightly rounded.

3.08 DEPOSITING
A. Concrete shall be continuously deposited. When continuous placement is not possible, construction joints shall be located as approved by the Architect.

Concrete shall be deposited as close to its final point of placement as possible.

B. Concrete shall be consolidated by vibration, spading, rodding or forking. Work concrete around reinforcements, embedded items and into corners. Eliminate all air or rock pockets and other causes of honeycombing, pitting or planes of weakness.

C. Internal vibration shall have a minimum frequency with amplitude to consolidate the concrete effectively. See ACI 309, "Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete."

1. Vibrators shall be operated by experienced and competent workmen.

2. Use of vibrators to transport concrete shall not be allowed.

3. Vibrators shall be vertically inserted every 18 inches for 5 to 15 seconds and then withdrawn.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 18 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK

3.09 FINISHING
A. General: Provide finishes at specified locations, unless indicated otherwise.

B. Finishing Formed Surfaces:

1. Rough Form Finish:
a. Leave surfaces with texture imparted by forms, except patch tie holes and defects.
b. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height. c. Locations: Concrete surfaces not exposed to view.

2. Smooth Form Finish:
a. Provide smooth, hard, uniform surface with minimum number of seams. b. Repair and patch defective areas, fill tie holes, remove fins and other projections completely. Leave tie holes unfilled where indicated on Drawings.
c. Locations: Exposed concrete surfaces or concrete surfaces designated to receive coatings applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, plaster, painting, and other similar applied finishes.

3. Smooth Rubbed Finish:
a. Provide smooth rubbed finish to newly hardened concrete, which has already received smooth form finish, not later than one day after form removal.
b. Moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or other abrasive device until uniform color and texture is produced. c. Do not use cement grout other than cement paste drawn from concrete by rubbing process.
d. Locations: Where scheduled or indicated on Drawings.

4. Grout Cleaned Finish:
a. Provide grout cleaned finish to smooth form finished concrete which are complete and accessible.
b. Blend one part portland cement with 1-1/2 parts fine sand and mix with 1:1 ratio of bonding admixture and water to achieve consistency of thick paint.

Match color of surrounding concrete.
c. Wet surface of concrete sufficiently to prevent absorption of water from grout and apply grout uniformly with brushes or spray.
d. Immediately after applying grout, scrub surface vigorously with cork float or stone to coat surface and fill air bubbles and holes. e. While grout is still plastic, remove excess grout by working surface with rubber float, sack or other means.
f. After surface becomes white from drying, rub vigorously with clean burlap. g. Keep surface damp for minimum 36 hours after final rubbing.

5. Locations: Where scheduled or indicated on Drawings.

6. Cork Float Finish:
a. Remove forms at early stage, not later than 3 days after placement of concrete [;ream control joints as indicated on Drawings]. b. Provide cork float finish to concrete which has already received smooth Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 19 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
form finish.

1. Mix one part portland cement and one part fine sand with sufficient water to produce stiff mortar.

2. Dampen wall surface.

3. Apply mortar with firm rubber float or trowel, filling voids.

4. Compress mortar into voids using slow-speed grinder or stone.

5. If mortar surface dries too rapidly to permit proper compacting and finishing, apply small amount of water with fog sprayer.

6. Produce final texture with cork float using swirling motion.

7. Locations: Where [scheduled] indicated on Drawings.] C. Finishes for Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces, strike-off smooth and finish with texture matching adjacent formed surfaces.

D. Slab Finishes:

1. Floor flatness/levelness tolerances:
a. FF defines maximum floor curvature allowed over 24 inches. Computed on basis of successive 12 inch elevation differentials, FF is commonly referred to as "flatness F-Number."
FF = 4.57
Maximum difference in elevation, in inches, between successive 12 inch elevation differences.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 20 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
b. FL defines relative conformity of floor surface to horizontal plane as measured over 10 feet distance. FL is commonly referred to as "levelness F-Number."
FL = 12.5
Maximum difference in elevation, in inches, between two points separated by 120 inches.
c. Measure floors in accordance with ASTM E1155.
d. Ensure slabs achieve specified overall tolerances. Minimum local tolerance (1/2 bay or as designated by Architect) is 2/3 of specified tolerance unless noted otherwise.

2. Scratch Finish:
a. Level to FF15/FL13 tolerance with minimum local tolerance of FF13/FL10 roughen surface with stiff brushes or rakes before final set. b. Locations: Slabs to receive thick set mortar beds [, concrete floor topping,] [portland cement terrazzo,] and other similar bonded cementitious finish flooring materials over 1 inch in thickness.

3. Float Finish:
a. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating.
b. Begin floating when surface water has disappeared and when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power-driven floats. c. Cut down high spots and fill low spots.
d. Immediately after leveling, re-float surface to uniform, sandy texture and a FF20/FL17 tolerance.
e. Locations: Surfaces requiring trowel finish [, broom finish] [, slab surfaces covered with insulation] [, slabs scheduled to receive adhered roofing membrane] [, waterproofing membrane] [, exposed aggregate finish] [, and] [sand bed terrazzo].

4. Trowel Finish:
a. After float finish, follow by power troweling and then hand troweling. b. Begin final troweling when surface produces ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface.
c. Finish surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and to FF25/FL20 elevated slab tolerance.
d. Grind surface smooth to remove defects which may telegraph through applied finish.
e. Locations: Slabs left exposed to view, slabs covered with resilient flooring [,carpet] [, paint] and other similar applied finish.

5. Fine Broom Finish:
a. After trowel finish, while surface is still plastic, draw soft fiber bristle broom uniformly over surface to create fine-grained but smooth texture [to match Architect's sample].
b. Locations: Interior [slabs covered with thin set tile,] stairs and ramps.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 21 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK

6. Heavy Broom Finish:
a. After float finish, while surface is still plastic, draw fiber bristle broom uniformly over surface to provide texture perpendicular to main traffic or at right angles to floor slope [to match Architect's sample]. b. Locations: Garage floors, sidewalks, ramps, exterior steps, landings, and platforms.

E. Construction and Control Joints in Slab-on-grade:

1. Construction joints to coincide with planned control joint pattern.

2. Provide joints in at column lines and as indicated on Drawings.

3. Tooling Control Joints and Construction Joints:
a. Slabs Exposed to View: Tool joints after finishing slab. b. Concealed Slabs:
1) Provide joints immediately after final finishing.
2) Use dry-cut sawing system (Soft-Cut) to depth of 1 inch unless noted otherwise; without dislodging aggregates by sawing. Complete sawing no later than two hours after finishing at each control joint location.

3.10 CURING
A. General:

1. Comply with ACI-308, except as modified or supplemented.

2. Start immediately after placing and finishing concrete.

3. Protect from premature drying, temperature extremes, temperature variations, rain, flowing water, and mechanical injury.

4. Cure continuously, without allowing to dry, for minimum period required for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete.

5. Maintain temperature of concrete above 50 degrees F for curing period.

6. Minimum Length of Curing Period:
a. High Early Strength Concrete: 3 days.
b. Other Concrete: 7 days.

B. Acceptable Curing Methods:

1. Concrete to receive Waterproofing, Dampproofing, or Membrane Roofing:

Moist curing, moisture-retaining sheet covering, or chemical curing compounds.

2. Concrete to receive Hardeners or Sealers: Moist curing, moisture-retaining sheet covering, dissipating resin compounds, or chemical curing compounds; acceptable to manufacturer of hardener or sealer.

3. Concrete to receive Cement Setting Beds, Bonded Toppings: Moist curing, moisture-retaining sheet covering, or chemical curing compounds.

4. Concrete to receive Adhered Finishes: Moist curing, moisture-retaining sheet covering, acrylic curing/sealing compounds, dissipating resin compounds, or chemical curing compounds; acceptable to manufacturer of applied finish.

5. Cast-in-place Parking Structure Slabs: Moist curing, or dissipating resin compounds.

6. Concrete exposed to Direct Sun when Ambient Temperature Exceeds 75 degrees F: Where permitted, use white pigmented liquid compounds.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 22 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK

7. Other Concrete: Moist curing, moisture-retaining sheet covering, liquid membrane-forming compounds, or chemical curing compounds.

C. Acceptable Curing Procedures:

1. Moist Curing Unformed Surfaces:
a. Ponding: Maintain 100 percent coverage of water continuously. b. Fog Spraying or Sprinkling: Maintain continuously moist with nozzles or sprayers.
c. Fabric Mats: Cover surfaces with wet burlap or other absorptive material which will not discolor concrete; keep continuously wet. d. Sand: Minimum 2 inch thick layer, kept continuously saturated with water, free from deleterious materials which would stain concrete.

2. Sheet Curing Unformed Surfaces:
a. Wet surface of concrete with fine spray of water prior to applying sheet. b. Immediately cover surface with polyethylene sheeting, waterproof paper, or burlap-polyethylene sheet.
c. Lap edges of sheeting minimum of 12 inches.
d. Repair damaged sheet.
e. Ballast sheet to prevent movement and blow-off.

3. Liquid Membrane-forming Compound Curing of Unformed Surfaces:
a. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. b. Protect surfaces from foot and vehicular traffic.
c. Curing compounds used must be compatible with adhesives used in setting carpet, resilient tile or sheeting flooring, and other similar finishes.

4. Curing Formed Surfaces:
a. Keep forms continuously moist.
b. Loosen forms for vertical surfaces to allow curing water to run between concrete and forms.
c. If forms are removed prior to end of curing period, continue curing with any of methods described for unformed surfaces.

5. Curing of surfaces which are moist cured for first 24 hours may be cured by other acceptable methods for remaining curing period provided they are not allowed to become dry.

3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field testing will be performed under the provisions of Section 014500.

B. Independent testing laboratory, employed by Owner, is responsible for:

1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C172, sample at point of discharge from mixer and additionally at point of discharge from end of pipe for concrete conveyed by pumping methods; if water is added at Project site, obtain another sample for testing.

2. Concrete Temperature: Test each time slump and air content are tested and each time set of compressive strength test specimens is made.

3. Slump: ASTM C143; one test from first truck at point of discharge each day, one test each time set of compressive strength test specimens is made, and Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 23 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
when change in consistency occurs.

4. Air Content of Plastic Mix:
a. For Normal Weight, Air Entrained Concrete: ASTM C231, pressure method or ASTM C173, volumetric method.
b. For Lightweight, Air Entrained Concrete: ASTM C173, volumetric method. c. Make one test each time a set of compressive strength test specimens is made.

5. Compressive Strength Tests:
a. Make and cure test specimens in accordance with ASTM C31, from concrete sampled at point of discharge from mixer and additionally at point of discharge from end of pipe for concrete conveyed by pumping methods. b. Make one set of 4 test cylinder specimens for every 100 cubic yards, or for every 5000 square feet of slabs and walls, or fraction thereof, of each class of concrete, with at least one set for each class each day. c. Test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C39, 2 at 7 days for information, and 2 at 28 days for acceptance.
d. When frequency of testing will provide less than five strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least 5 randomly selected batches, or from each batch if fewer than 5 are used.

6. Environmental Conditions:
a. When ambient air temperature falls below 40 degrees F, record maximum and minimum air temperature in each 24 hour period; record air temperature inside protective enclosure; record minimum temperature of surface of hardened concrete.
b. When ambient air temperature rises above 85 degrees F, record maximum and minimum air temperature in each 24 hour period; record minimum relative humidity; record maximum wind velocity, and record maximum temperature of surface of hardened concrete.

7. Observe conveying, placement and consolidation of concrete for conformance to Specifications.

8. Observe condition of formed surfaces upon removal of formwork prior to repair of surface defects and observe repair of surface defects.

9. Observe curing procedures for conformance with Specifications, record dates of concrete placement, start of preliminary curing, start of final curing, end of curing period.

10.Observe Preparations for Placement of Concrete:
a. Inspect handling, conveying, and placing equipment, inspect vibrating and compacting equipment.
b. Inspect preparation of construction, expansion, and isolation joints.

11.Observe preparations for protection from hot weather, cold weather, sun, and rain and preparations for curing.

12.Observations of Concrete Mixing:
a. Monitor and record amount of water added at Project site. b. Observe minimum and maximum mixing times.

13.Other Inspections:
a. Grouting under base plates.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 24 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
b. Grouting anchor bolts and reinforcing steel in hardened concrete.

14.Test for Water Soluble Chloride Ion Content in Hardened Concrete:
a. Test in accordance with procedure described in FHWA
Report No. FHWA RD-77-85.
b. Make one test for each set of compressive strength test specimens. c. Test may be waived by Architect upon written request from Contractor after review of concrete design mix has been made.

15.Verify slab flatness and levelness within 24 hours of placement for each slab finish at slab-on-grade and framed slabs in accordance with ASTM E1155.

Perform minimum of 2 tests for each slab and finish; one at initial pour and second randomly chosen by testing laboratory.

C. Evaluation and Acceptance of Concrete:

1. Strength Test: Defined as average strength of two 28 day cylinder tests from each set of cylinders.

2. Acceptance Criteria Based on Strength Tests: Strength level of individual class of concrete is considered satisfactory if both:
a. Average of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed required design compressive strength, and
b. No individual strength test results falls below required design compressive strength by more than 500 psi.

3. Acceptance Criteria Based on Field Tests:
a. Core Tests: Where strength tests indicate concrete of deficient strength, obtain and test cores in accordance with ASTM C42, ACI 318 and ACI301, at locations directed by Architect. b. Strength level of concrete in area represented by core test is considered adequate if complies with the requirements of ACI 318.
c. Fill core holes with low slump concrete or patching mortar used to repair surface defects.

4. Revise concrete mix proportions, curing procedures and protection as necessary to provide concrete conforming to Specifications.

D. Acceptance of Structure:

1. Acceptance of structure for dimensional tolerances, appearance, and strength will be based on ACI-301, Chapter 18.

2. Remove and replace concrete which does not meet acceptance criteria

3.12 PATCHING AND REPAIRING DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
A. General:

1. Rewettable bonding agent may be used only in areas not subject to wet conditions.

2. Patching compound may only be used for concrete not exposed to view.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 25 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK
B. Repairing Formed Surfaces:

1. Surface Defects Requiring Repair:
a. Color and texture irregularities.
b. Honeycomb, air bubbles, rock pockets, and spalls.
c. Fins, burrs and other surface projections.
d. Cracks.
e. Stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.

2. Patch defective areas and tie holes immediately after removal of forms.

3. Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, and voids over 1/4 inch down to solid concrete but not less than 1 inch depth.

4. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface.

5. Clean and dampen area including 6 inches of surrounding surface with water.

6. Apply bonding grout by brushing into surface, after surface water has evaporated.

7. Place patching mortar or patching compound before grout has set or dried.

8. Compact patching material in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface.

9. Finish after minimum of one hour to match surrounding surface.

10.Flush out form tie holes, fill with patching mortar, patching compound, or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding compound.

11.Cure repair areas by same methods as surrounding concrete or keep continuously damp for 7 days.

C. Repairing Unformed Surfaces:

1. Surface Defects Requiring Repair:
a. Fine crazing cracks.
b. Cracks larger than 0.012 inch wide or cracks which penetrate to reinforcing.
c. Cracks penetrating completely through non-reinforced sections. d. Spalling, popouts, honeycomb, and rock pockets.
e. High and low areas in slabs.

2. Correct high areas in hardened concrete by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days.

3. Correct high and low areas during, or immediately after, completion of initial floating operations by cutting high areas and by placing fresh concrete in low areas.

4. Repair defective areas, except isolated random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch diameter, by cutting out and replacing with patching mortar or patching compound.
a. Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square cuts. b. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching material and apply bonding grout by brushing into surface, after surface water has disappeared.
c. Place patching mortar or patching compound before grout has set or dried.
d. Compact and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. e. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 31 00 - 26 STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE WORK

5. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes not over 1 inch diameter with patching mortar.
a. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean area. b. Dampen cleaned surfaces and apply bonding grout by brushing into surface, after surface water has disappeared.
c. Place patching material before bonding grout is set or dry. d. Compact in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. e. Keep patched area continuously moist for not less than 72 hours.

D. Structural Repairs: Contractor shall proposed materials, methods, and procedures to the Architect for review and approval prior to proceed with structural repairs.

3.13 PROTECTION
A. Protect finished work in accordance with Section 017300.

B. Protect concrete from construction traffic, weather, or mechanical damage for 14 days after placing.

C. Provide raised runways for traffic areas.

D. Protect concrete from staining.

END OF SECTION 03 31 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

CURING, SEALING, AND HARDENING CONCRETE FLOORS
SECTION 03 35 00
03 35 00 - 1 CURING, SEALING, AND

HARDENING CONCRETE FLOORS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Single application cure-seal-hardener for new concrete floors.

2. Precautions for avoiding staining concrete before and after application.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 03 31 00: Structural Concrete Work

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of the General Conditions.

B. Material requirements for concrete to which cure-seal-hardener is to be applied, including cement type, water-cement ratio, type of trowel finish, limitations on admixtures, pigments, bonding agents, and bond breakers, etc.

C. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets, including product specifications, test data, preparation instructions and recommendations, storage and handling requirements and recommendations, and installation methods.

D. Maintenance instructions, including precautions for avoiding staining after application.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications:

1. Applicator experienced with installation of product and certified by manufacturer, or applicator experienced with similar products and providing manufacturer's field technician onsite to advise on application procedures; and providing adequate number of skilled workers trained and familiar with application requirements.

B. Project Conditions:

1. No satisfactory procedures are available to remove petroleum or rust stains from concrete. Prevention is therefore essential. Take precautions to prevent staining of concrete prior to application of cure-seal-hardener and for minimum of three months after application:
a. Prohibit parking of vehicles on concrete slab.
b. If vehicles must be temporarily parked on slab, place drop cloths under vehicles during entire time parked.
c. If construction equipment must be used for application, diaper all components that might drip oil, hydraulic fluid, or other liquids.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 35 00 - 2 CURING, SEALING, AND

HARDENING CONCRETE FLOORS
d. Prohibit pipe cutting using pipe cutting machinery on concrete slab. e. Prohibit temporary placement and storage of steel members on concrete slab.

2. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.

3. Do not use frozen material; thaw and agitate prior to use.

C. Warranty:

1. Provide manufacturer's warranty that a structurally sound concrete surface prepared and treated according to the manufacturer's directions will remain permanently dustproof, hardened, and water repellant. If after the specified sealing period the treated surface does not remain dustproof, hardened, and water repellent, provide, at manufacturer's expense, sufficient material to reseal defective areas.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Ashford Formula, by Curecrete, which is located at:
1203 W. Spring Creek Pl.; Springville, UT 84663; Toll Free Tel: (800) 998-5664; Tel: (801) 489-5663; Email: request info; Web: www.ashfordformula.com B. Request for substitutions will be considered in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions.

2.02 MATERIALS
A. Cure-Seal-Hardener: Ashford Formula; water-based chemically-reactive penetrating sealer and hardener, that seals by densifying concrete so that water molecules cannot pass through, but air and water vapor can, while allowing concrete to achieve full compressive strength, minimizing surface crazing, and eliminating dusting.

1. Colorless, transparent, odorless, non-toxic, non-flammable.

2. Containing no solvents or volatile organic compounds.

3. USDA approved for food handling facilities.

4. Allowing traffic on floors within 2 to 3 hours, with chemical process complete within 3 months.

5. No change to surface appearance except a sheen developed due to traffic and cleaning.

B. Water: Clean, potable.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 35 00 - 3 CURING, SEALING, AND

HARDENING CONCRETE FLOORS
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared and are suitable for application of product.

B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.

3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.

B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.

3.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver product in factory numbered and sealed drums, with numbers recorded for Owner's records.

B. Store products in manufacturer's unopened drums until ready for installation.

3.04 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. If this is the applicator's first project using this product, provide the manufacturer's technical representative onsite to familiarize installers with proper procedures.

C. Prevent damage to and soiling of adjacent work.

D. New Concrete: Apply cure-seal-hardener to new concrete as soon as the concrete is firm enough to walk on after troweling, except on colored concrete, wait minimum of 30 days.

1. Spray on at rate of 20 square feet per gallon (4.8 sq m/L).

2. Keep surfaces wet with cure-seal-hardener for minimum soak-in period of 30 minutes, without allowing drying out or becoming slippery. In hot weather, slipperiness may appear before the 30 minute time period has elapsed. If that occurs, apply more cure-seal-hardener as required to keep entire surface in a non-slippery state for the first 15 minutes. For the remaining 15 minutes, mist the surface as needed with water to keep the material in a non-slippery state.

3. After this period, when treated surface becomes slippery, lightly mist with water until slipperiness disappears.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
03 35 00 - 4 CURING, SEALING, AND

HARDENING CONCRETE FLOORS

4. Wait for surface to become slippery again and then flush entire surface with water, removing all residue of cure-seal-hardener.

5. Squeegee surface completely dry, flushing any remaining slippery areas until no residue remains.

6. Wet vacuum or scrubbing machines may be used to remove residue, provided manufacturer's instructions are followed.

E. Existing Concrete: Apply cure-seal-hardener only to clean bare concrete.

1. Thoroughly remove previous treatments, laitance, oil, and other contaminants.

2. Saturate surface with cure-seal-hardener; respray or broom excess onto dry spots.

3. Keep surface wet with cure-seal-hardener for minimum soak-in period of 30 to 40 minutes.

4. If, after the 30 minute soak-in period, most of the material has been absorbed, remove all excess material using broom or squeegee, especially from low spots.

5. If, after the 30 minute soak-in period, most of the material remains on the surface, wait until it becomes slippery and then flush entire surface with water removing all residue of cure-seal-hardener and squeegee completely dry, flushing any remaining slippery areas until no residue remains.

6. If water is not available, remove residue using squeegee.

3.05 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed floors until chemical reaction process is complete; at least three months.

1. Comply with precautions listed under Project Conditions.

2. Clean floor regularly in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations because water will accelerate the sealing, and scrubbing will impart a shine.

3. Clean up spills immediately and spot-treat stains with good degreaser or oil emulsifier.

B. Precautions and cleaning are the responsibility of the Contractor performing the Work.

END OF SECTION 03 35 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

ROUGH CARPENTRY
SECTION 06 10 00
06 10 00 - 1 ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1;

1. Structural framing.

2. Floor, wall, and roof sheathing.

3. Preservative treatment of wood.

4. Fire retardant treatment of wood.

5. Miscellaneous framing and sheathing.

6. Telephone and electrical panel boards.

7. Wood nailers and curbs for roofing and items installed on roof.

8. Roofing cant strips.

9. Concealed wood blocking for support of toilet and bath accessories, wall cabinets, wood trim.

10.Miscellaneous wood nailers and furring strips.

B. Related Sections

1. Section 05 12 00: Structural Steel

2. Section 05 50 00: Metal Fabrications
a. Miscellaneous steel connectors and support angles for wood framing.

3. Section 06 15 00: Wood Decking.

4. Section 06 17 53: Plate Connected Wood Trusses.

5. Section 06 17 33: Wood I-Joists.

6. Section 06 18 00: Glued-Laminated Structural Timber.

7. Section 07 62 00: Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
a. Sill flashings.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. AFPA T10 - Wood Frame Construction Manual; American Forest and Paper Association.

B. ANSI A208.1 - American National Standard for Particleboard.

C. ASTM A 153/A 153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.

D. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

E. ASTM D 2898 - Standard Test Methods for Accelerated Weathering of FireRetardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
06 10 00 - 2 ROUGH CARPENTRY
F. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

G. AWPA C2 - Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties -- Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes; American Wood-Preservers' Association.

H. AWPA C9 - Plywood -- Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes; American Wood-Preservers' Association.

I. AWPA C20 - Structural Lumber -- Fire Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes; American Wood-Preservers' Association.

J. AWPA C27 - Plywood -- Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes; American Wood-Preservers' Association.

K. AWPA U1 - Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; American Wood-Preservers' Association.

L. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard; National Institute of Standards and Technology (Department of Commerce).

M. RIS (GR) - Standard Specifications for Grades of California Redwood Lumber; Redwood Inspection Service.

N. SPIB (GR) - Grading Rules; Southern Pine Inspection Bureau, Inc.

O. WCLB (GR) - Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber No. 17; West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.

P. WWPA G-5 - Western Lumber Grading Rules; Western Wood Products Association.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Provide technical data on insulated sheathing, wood preservative materials, and application instructions.

C. Shop Drawings and Calculations: For site fabricated truss frames, indicate dimensions, wood species and grades, component profiles, drilled holes, fasteners, connectors, details, and sequence of erection. Drawings and calculations must be signed and stamped by the Professional Engineer responsible for the design.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
06 10 00 - 3 ROUGH CARPENTRY
D. Samples: For rough carpentry members that will be exposed to view, submit two samples, ____x____ inch in size illustrating wood grain, color, and general appearance.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that wood products supplied for rough carpentry meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and approved grading rules and inspection agencies.

1. Acceptable Lumber Inspection Agencies: Any agency with rules approved by American Lumber Standards Committee.

B. Exposed-to-View Rough Carpentry: Submit manufacturer's certificate that products meet or exceed specified requirements, in lieu of grade stamping.

C. Fire-Retardant Treated Wood: Mark each piece of wood with producer's stamp indicating compliance with specified requirements.

D. Preservative-Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped by an ALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with AWPA standards.

1.05 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Design structural site fabricated trusses under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of such trusses and licensed in the state in which the project is located.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. General: Cover wood products to protect against moisture. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation.

B. Trusses: Protect site fabricated trusses from warping or other distortion by stacking in vertical position, braced to resist movement.

C. Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Prevent exposure to precipitation during shipping, storage, or installation.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
06 10 00 - 4 ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 DIMENSION LUMBER
A. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings.

B. Moisture Content: Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture content.

Structural Framing:

1. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade.

C. Miscellaneous Blocking, Furring and Nailers:

1. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade.

2. Boards: Standard or No. 3.

2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners and Anchors:

1. Metal and Finish: Hot-dipped galvanized steel per ASTM A 153/A 153M for high humidity and preservative-treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. Type as indicated on drawings.

2. Furnish bolts and attachments to other trades for installation in masonry and concrete work.

3. Nails: Common wire, galvanized for exterior use.

4. Lag Screws and Wood Screws: Steel. Conforming to ANSI/ASME Standard B18.2.1, galvanized for exterior use.

5. Machine Bolts: ASTM A307, galvanized for exterior use.

6. Plain Washers: ANSI B18.22.., galvanized for exterior use.

7. Hangers, Straps, Ties and other Framing Connectors: Steel, Galvanized. “Simpson Strong-Tie" unless noted otherwise.

B. Sill Gasket on Top of Foundation Wall: 1/4 inch thick, plate width, closed cell plastic foam from continuous rolls.

C. Sill Flashing: As specified in Section 07620 (076200).

D. Subfloor Glue: Waterproof, water base, air cure type, cartridge dispensed.

E. Building Paper: No. 15 asphalt felt.

F. Termite Shield: Galvanized sheet steel, ____ inch thick.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
06 10 00 - 5 ROUGH CARPENTRY

2.03 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT
A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications.

B. Fire Retardant Treatment:

1. Manufacturers:
a. Arch Wood Protection, Inc; Product ____: www.wolmanizedwood.com. b. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc; Product ____: www.frtw.com. c. Osmose, Inc; Product ____: www.osmose.com.
d. Substitutions: See Section 01600 (016000) - Product Requirements.

2. Exterior Type: AWPA Use Category UCFB, Commodity Specification H (Treatment C20 for lumber and C27 for plywood), chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread rating of 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, with no evidence of significant combustion when test is extended for an additional 20 minutes both before and after accelerated weathering test performed in accordance with ASTM D 2898.
a. Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood.
b. Treat rough carpentry items as indicated .
c. Do not use treated wood in applications exposed to weather or where the wood may become wet.

3. Interior Type A: AWPA Use Category UCFA, Commodity Specification H (Treatment C20 for lumber and C27 for plywood), low temperatures (low hygroscopic) type chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread rating of 25 when tested in accordance for an additional 20 minutes.
a. Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood.
b. Treat rough carpentry items as indicated .
c. Do not use treated wood in applications exposed to weather or where the wood may become wet.

C. Preservative Treatment:

1. Manufacturers:
a. Arch Wood Protection, Inc; Product Wolman E:
www.wolmanizedwood.com.
b. Chemical Specialties, Inc; Product TimberSaver PT:
www.treatedwood.com.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01600 (016000)- Product Requirements.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
06 10 00 - 6 ROUGH CARPENTRY
D. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber Above Grade: AWPA Use Category UC3B, Commodity Specification A (Treatment C2) using waterborne preservative to 0.25 lb/cu ft retention.

1. Kiln dry lumber after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent.

2. Treat lumber in contact with roofing, flashing, or waterproofing.

3. Treat lumber in contact with masonry or concrete.

4. Treat lumber less than 18 inches above grade.

5. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Plywood Above Grade: AWPA Use Category UC2 and UC3B, Commodity Specification F (Treatment C9) using waterborne preservative to 0.25 lb/cu ft retention.
a. Kiln dry plywood after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent.
b. Treat plywood in contact with roofing, flashing, or waterproofing. c. Treat plywood in contact with masonry or concrete.
d. Treat plywood less than 18 inches above grade.
e. Treat plywood in other locations as indicated.

E. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber in Contact with Soil: AWPA Use Category UC4A, Commodity Specification A (Treatment C2) using waterborne preservative to 0.4 lb/cu ft retention.

1. Preservative for Field Application to Cut Surfaces: As recommended by manufacturer of factory treatment chemicals for brush-application in the field.

2. Restrictions: Do not use lumber or plywood treated with chromated copper arsenate (CCA) in exposed exterior applications subject to leaching.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 FRAMING INSTALLATION
A. Verify that surfaces to receive rough carpentry materials are prepared to require grades and dimensions.

B. Conduct work under direction of capable experienced foreman.

C. Accurately located members to line and dimension. Ensure full contact of timbers framed together. Ensure let-in members in full contact on two surfaces.

Where there is a significant variation in moisture content between individual members, shrinkage shall be allowed for and final connection shall not be made until moisture content of adjacent members has been stabilized. Allow no construction over framing members until final connections and/or adjustments have been made to achieve maximum strength at connections and maximum future movement from shrinkage or expansion.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
06 10 00 - 7 ROUGH CARPENTRY
D. Cutting: Do all cutting and framing required to accommodate structural members, piping conduit, ducts and installation of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment and apparatus.

1. Obtain Architect's approval for cutting of structural members not detailed on structural drawings.

2. Reinforce cut sill and top plates with metal straps in accordance with the requirements of the drawings.

E. Bracing and Shoring: Provide all supports, guys and braces, required to stabilize structure during construction.

F. Accurately saw-cut and fit lumber into position and securely nail, spike, lag bolt, or bolt as required.

G. Fasteners: Installation of fasteners shall be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASME Standard B18.6.1. Drill holes for fasteners and size as noted:

1. Nails and spikes: Smaller than diameter of fastener. Predrill as required to prevent splitting.

2. Lag Bolts: Drill holes same length as shank. Bit size no larger than base of threaded portion of screw.

3. Bolts: Holes 1/32" - 1/16" larger than bolt.

4. Framing Connectors: Smaller than diameter of fastener. Predrill as required to prevent splitting.

5. No lubricant of any kind shall be used on any fastener depending on friction for holding.

H. Nailing: Refer to details and tables on drawings for specific nailing requirements.

In absence of specific instruction, comply with the following:

1. Edge Distance: 1/4 length of fastener.

2. Toe Nailing: Drive toe nails at an angle or approximately thirty degrees with the piece and started approximately one-third the length of the nail from end of piece.

3. Replace split or otherwise damaged structural members.

I. Bolts: Use standard cut washer under bolt heads and nuts against wood. Use heavy plate washer or malleable iron washer where noted on drawings. Drive into place. Ensure full engagement of nut, but projection of bolt beyond nut not to exceed one bolt diameter. Tighten nuts at installation and again immediately prior to enclosure.

J. Lag Screws: Lubricate with soap or similar material. Turn into place without driving. Ensure penetration into lagged member of 60 percent of screw length.

Lead hole shall have diameter of about 70 percent of the root diameter of the screw. Provide washers of same sizes as specified for bolts.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
06 10 00 - 8 ROUGH CARPENTRY
K. Framing Connectors: Drive nails into all holes of each connector. Install all bolts in each framing connector unless detailed otherwise.

L. Screws: Screws shall not be driven by hammering.

M. Frame openings with two or more studs at each jamb and support headers on cripple studs unless noted otherwise in the drawings.

N. Provide miscellaneous members as indicated or as required to support finishes, fixtures, specialty items, and trim.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS WOOD A. Place full width continuous sill flashings under framed walls on cementitious foundations. Lap flashing joints 4 inches and seal.

B. Place sill gasket directly on sill flashing. Puncture gasket cleanly and fit tightly to protruding foundation anchor bolts.

C. Coordinate installation of wood decking, wood chord metal joists, glue laminated structural units, prefabricated wood trusses, and plywood web joists.

D. Curb roof openings except where prefabricated curbs are provided. Form corners by alternating lapping side members.

E. Coordinate curb installation with installation of decking and support of deck openings.

3.03 SILLS AND PLATES
A. Install Pressure Preservative-treated lumber for plates and sill in contact with concrete or masonry construction.

B. Bolt to foundations and slabs. Level sill with shims, washers placed, and nuts tightened to level bearing.

C. Park space between sill and concrete with non-shrink grout.

3.04 STUD WALLS, PARTITIONS AND FURRING
A. Provide studs in continuous lengths without splices.

B. Plates: Provide single bottom plate and double top plate. Stagger joints 4' minimum in top plates.

C. Nail or anchor plates to supporting construction.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
06 10 00 - 9 ROUGH CARPENTRY
D. Corners and Intersections: Frame with 3 studs or as detailed in the drawings.

E. Openings: Frame with double studs each side and double headers placed on edge, resting on cripple studs.

F. Provide continuous horizontal blocking row at mid-height of single-story partitions over 8' high and at midpoint of multi-story partitions, using 2" thick members of same width as wall or partitions.

G. Cut-in blocks wherever necessary for bracing or backing for applied finish or fixtures. Cut-in 2" solid blocking between studs at all horizontal joints in nonstructural plywood wall sheathing.

3.05 FLOOR FRAMING
A. Girders, Posts, Ledgers, and Anchors: Set accurately and secure with level bearings. Coordinate work with Cast-in-Place Concrete Contractor to set bolts and anchors properly
B. Floor Joists: Lay with crowning edge up, with 1-1/2" minimum bearing at supports except, at ledgers, full width of ledger.

C. Blocking: Provide 2" solid blocking of same depth as joist at all walls and partitions.

D. Bridging: Provide bridging for floor joists of more than 4" depth which are spaced 32" on center or less. Bridge floor joists every 8' by solid blocking 2" thick and full depth of joist or by wood cross bridging of not less than 1"x3" or nailed metal cross bridging of equal strength. Where cross bridging is used, drive lower ends of such cross bridging up and nail after floor or subfloor has been nailed.

E. Piping: Where partitions containing plumbing, heating, or other piping occur above joists, space joists to give clearance for piping. Where partition containing piping runs parallel to floor joists, double joists below partition spaced to permit passage of pipes, and solid bridged.

F. Joist: Double header joists and hang on steel joist hangers. Hang joists on steel joist hangers, Double trimmer joists receiving header joists over 6' long.

3.06 JOISTS AND RAFTERS
A. Joists and Rafters: Lay with crowning edge up with full end bearing.

B. Openings: Frame for hatches, vents, and other openings as required.

C. Bridging: Provide bridging for roof joists or rafters of more than 8" which are spaced 32" on center or less. Bridge roof joist or rafters every 10' by solid Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
06 10 00 - 10 ROUGH CARPENTRY
blocking 2" thick and full depth of joist or rafter, or by wood cross bridging of not less than 1"x3" or nailed metal cross bridging of equal strength. Where cross bridging is used, drive lower ends of such cross bridging up and nail after roof sheathing has been nailed.

D. Solid Blocking: Install between roof rafters and ceiling joists over partitions and at end supports as indicated.

E. Plywood Roof Sheathing: Install plywood over rafters or decking as indicated on drawings. Thickness and nailing shall be as indicated on structural drawings.

F. Plywood Joints: Install 1/2" H clips at butt joints of roof sheathing, between rafters spaced 24" on center where solid blocking is not required.

3.07 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT
A. Apply preservative treatment compatible with factory applied treatment at sitesawn cuts, complying with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members.

3.08 TOLERANCES
A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch from true position, maximum.

B. Surface Flatness of Floor: 1/8 inch in 10 feet maximum, and 1/4 inch in 30 feet maximum.

C. Variation from Plane (Other than Floors): 1/4 inch in 10 feet maximum, and 1/4 inch in 30 feet maximum.

END OF SECTION 06 10 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

FINISH CARPENTRY
SECTION 06 20 00
06 20 00 - 1 FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1;

2. Finish carpentry;

3. Laying out of the work;

4. Cutting and patching required by the work of other trades;

5. Rough hardware including bolts, millwork assembly bolts, nails, etc.;

6. Installation of millwork, exposed interior or exterior plywood, wood stop windows, and finish trim, cement board facia members and trim;

7. Installation of doors and finish hardware;

8. Gypsum board under or behind accessories or fixtures in fire-rated assemblies;

9. Insulated building caulking;

10.Installation of hollow metal frames, including reinforcing bar and grouting;

11.Filling of exterior thresholds with mastic and sealing of metal door jambs;

12.Submittal preparation;

13.Clean up.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 07 21 00: Thermal Protection

2. Section 08 11 13: Hollow Metal Doors and Frames

3. Section 08 14 00: Wood Doors

4. Section 08 71 00: Door Hardware
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
A. Lumber shall be surfaced, milled, or worked to patterns, as indicated on the drawings.

B. Lumber incorporated in the work shall be dried to a maximum moisture content of 15%.

C. Redwood shall be clear, all heart, Architectural Select.

1. Use stainless steel or Monel metal nails.

D. Interior wood trim shall be Ponderosa Pine, "C" Select or better, kiln dried.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
06 20 00 - 2 FINISH CARPENTRY
E. Interior Plywood shall be A-D Interior Grade, Douglas Fir Plywood, three-eighths inch (3/8") thick minimum, unless noted otherwise.

1. Flamespread shall be Class III of 76-200 and smoke density shall be no greater than 450 when tested in accordance with UBC Standard 8-1 in the way intended for use. (CBC 802.2)

2. Provide fire-treated plywood where indicated.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify all required backing and blocking prior to enclosing framing.

B. Verify framing or surfaces are acceptable prior to installing finish materials.

1. Preparatory work is complete.

2. Subsurface is plumb, straight, and true.

3. Surface is securely fastened to structure.

4. No blemishes or nail pops.

3.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

B. Store materials in a secure dry area in their original packaging until time of installation.

3.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Sequence work to prevent damage from subsequent trades.

3.04 INSTALLATION OR APPLICATION
A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames and Wood Doors:

1. Install per manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of the corresponding specification section.

B. Wood Door Frames:

1. Set plumb, level, true, and square.

2. Joints to be tight.

3. Block or shim behind all items to receive hardware.

4. Set nails for putty.

C. Interior Wood Trim:

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
06 20 00 - 3 FINISH CARPENTRY

1. Avoid splicing of material wherever possible.

2. Install trim straight, true, and level.

3. Joints:
a. Inside corners: Butt joint or cope.
b. Outside corners: Miter joint.
c. End-to-end joints: Not permitted.

4. Wood siding and skirting.
a. Galvanized "z" flashing at horizontal joints.

5. Pitch pockets shall be cut out of exposed wood construction.

6. Nail with staggered nailing where possible to prevent splitting. a. Use sufficient nails to hold trim snug and true-to-line. b. Set nails for putty
D. Casework and Hardware:

1. Install per manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of the corresponding specification section.
a. Refer to casework specifications for California Building Code compliant hardware.

2. Install doors, windows, and casework hardware so that they operate freely without sticking or binding.
a. Properly adjust hardware.

3. Set nails for putty.

E. Miscellaneous Equipment and Hardware:

1. Install per manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of the corresponding specification section.

2. Use concealed fasteners where possible.

3.05 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tolerances:

1. Gaps Around and Between Doors
a. Shall not exceed 1/8".

B. Field Inspection:

1. DSA Field Representative.

2. Inspector of Record.

3.06 CLEANING OR REPAIR
A. Keep premises clean during the progress of the work.

B. Thoroughly clean-up work and adjacent areas upon completion of the work.

1. Sweep areas clean, vacuum carpeted areas.

2. Remove tools, excess material, and debris from the site.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
06 20 00 - 4 FINISH CARPENTRY
C. Protect this work from damage of any kind until acceptance of the building.

1. All exposed interior lumber shall be protected from sun and weather.

3.07 CONDITION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Heads and sills of the same height shall line up with each other.

B. Wood finish shall be surfaced, cleaned, sanded, and ready for finish application.

1. No sandpaper marks, hammer marks, or blemishes will be allowed.

C. Space around doors shall be uniform on both sides and top.

D. Trim shall be straight and true with uniform reveals around frames and openings.

E. Glass, hardware, plumbing fixtures, light fixtures, switch plates, service outlets, and grilles shall be clean and in an acceptable condition.

END OF SECTION 06 20 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

INSULATION
SECTION 07 21 00
07 21 00 - 1 INSULATION
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1;

2. Above-ground thermal insulation shown on drawings, and as required to form a complete insulation envelope;

3. Above-ground sound insulation shown on drawings;

4. Caulking;

5. Submittal preparation;

6. Clean up.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 06 10 00: Rough Carpentry

2. Section 08 41 00: Entrances and Storefront

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Compliance:

1. Insulation shall comply with California Quality Standards for Insulating Materials.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Owens/Corning;
B. Certainteed;
C. Johns Manville;
D. Or equal;

2.02 MATERIALS
A. Thermal Insulation Above Grade:

1. Comply with the flame spread requirements of The California Building Code (CBC).
a. Flame spread rating of less than 25;
1) Per CBC standard #8-1.
b. Smoke density of less than 450;
1) Per CBC standard #8-1.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 21 00 - 2 INSULATION
c. Rating requirements may be reduced when allowed by specific exception per the CBC.

B. Exterior Wall Insulation:

1. Reinforced foil faced fiberglass batt insulation, unless noted or scheduled otherwise.
a. R=21 FSK-25, unless noted otherwise.
b. Where allowed by code, Kraft paper faced batt insulation may be used only when wall cell is completely enclosed by framing and finishes. 1) No space shall exist between the paper face and the wall finish.

C. Roof Insulation:

1. Reinforced foil-faced fiberglass batt insulation, unless noted or scheduled otherwise.
a. Batt insulation shall be of width required to be one piece between ceiling or roof joists.
b. R=38, 11" thick, FSK-25, unless noted otherwise.
c. Where allowed by code, Kraft paper-faced batt insulation may be used in attics when installed in non-rated assemblies where insulation is on the ceiling. The Kraft paper side shall be installed tight to the ceiling gypsum board.
1) No space shall exist between the paper face and the finish.

D. Sound Insulation:

1. Interior wall sound insulation.
a. Sonobatt fiberglass insulation where shown on the drawings, around all restrooms, and restroom ceilings.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Contractor shall examine conditions under which insulation work is to be performed.

1. Do not install materials where unsatisfactory support conditions exist.

2. Notify Architect of such unsatisfactory conditions.

3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrata prior to installation of materials.

B. Remove or repair conditions that may puncture vapor barrier.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 21 00 - 3 INSULATION

3.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store insulating materials in a dry area protected from the weather.

3.04 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with the manufacturer's latest written recommendations.

1. Consult manufacturer's technical representative for conditions not covered in written recommendations.

B. Insulation shall form a complete thermal envelope around all interior spaces.

1. Typical areas to be insulated:
a. Exterior walls;
b. Attics;
1) Batt insulation shall be of width required to be one piece and installed tight to the underside of roof deck.
c. Interior partitions and ceilings where shown;
d. Areas shown to receive insulation on the drawings.

2. Small Areas:
a. Fill small voids with insulation to provide a complete thermal envelope. b. Fill hollow metal frames with insulation to provide a complete thermal envelope.

3. Piping, Conduits, or Boxes in Walls:
a. Fit insulation around obstruction.
b. Place between obstruction and exterior wherever possible.

4. Insulation shall be single layer of the shown or specified thickness, unless noted otherwise.

5. Insulation shall be installed without compressing the material. a. Fluff out insulation so that the facing will be tight against the wall sheathing.
b. Prevent voids that will create convection currents within the wall.

C. Sound Insulation shall form a complete sound wall between rooms indicated.

1. Typical areas to be insulated:
a. Full height of interior structural walls where shown; b. Full height of interior partitions ceilings where shown;

2. Small Areas:
a. Fill small voids with insulation to provide a complete sound envelope. b. Fill hollow metal frames with insulation to provide a complete sound envelope.

3. Piping, Conduits, or Boxes in Walls:
a. Fit insulation around obstruction.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 21 00 - 4 INSULATION
D. Vapor Barriers:

1. Place vapor barriers on the inside of the insulation envelope, unless shown otherwise.

2. Batt insulation shall be installed tight to the underside of roof deck or wall finish material, unless noted otherwise.

3. Facing flanges shall be stapled to adjacent framing wherever possible.

3.05 PROTECTION
A. Protect insulating materials from exposure to moisture or to physical damage.

B. Protect adjacent finishes and the work of other trades.

3.06 CLEANING OR REPAIR
A. Keep premises clean during the progress of the work.

B. Thoroughly clean-up work and adjacent areas upon completion of the work.

1. Sweep areas clean.

C. Repair damage that may have occurred to insulating materials.

1. Tape any tears in facing material with materials of equal flame spread characteristics.

D. Repair damage to adjacent materials or the work of other trades as a result of the work of this Section.

END OF SECTION 07 21 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

UNDER-SLAB VAPOR BARRIER
SECTION 07 26 00
07 26 00 - 1 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR BARRIER
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Products supplied under this section:

1. Vapor barrier and installation accessories for installation under concrete slabs.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 03 31 00 Structural Concrete Work

1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:

1. ASTM E1643-18a: Standard Practice for Selection, Design, Installation and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs.

2. ASTM E1745-17: Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs.

3. ASTM E1643-18a: Selection, Design, Installation, and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs.

B. American Concrete Institute (ACI):

1. ACI 302.2R-06: Guide for Concrete Slabs that Receive Moisture-Sensitive Flooring Materials.

2. ACI 302.1R-15: Guide to Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Certificates:

1. Submit material certification for admixtures and aggregates, certifying their compliance with specifications.

2. Submit certified mill test reports for each lot of cement.

3. Provide a third party documentation that all testing for membrane vapor barrier was performed on a single production roll per ASTM E1745 Section 8.1.

1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Quality control/assurance:

1. Summary of test results per paragraph 9.3 of ASTM E1745.

2. Manufacturer’s samples and literature.

3. Manufacturer’s installation instructions for placement, seaming, penetration prevention and repair, and perimeter seal per ASTM E1643.

4. Provide third party documentation that all testing was performed on a single production roll per ASTM E1745 Section 8.1
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 26 00 - 2 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR BARRIER

5. Contact vapor barrier manufacturer to schedule a pre-construction meeting and to coordinate a review, in-person or digital, of the vapor barrier installation.

6. Vapor barrier manufacturer must warrant in writing (a) compliance with the designated ASTM E1745 classification, and (b) no manufacturing defects in the product for, at least, the Life of the Building.

7. Manufacturers verify in writing 20 years in the industry with no reported product failures.

1.05 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Conduct pre-installation conference in accordance with Section 01 30 00 “Administrative Requirements”.

1. Contact membrane vapor barrier manufacturer to participate in pre-installation conference and coordinate a review, in-person or digital, of the vapor barrier installation prior to concrete placement.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
A. Vapor barrier shall have the following minimum requirements:

1. Maximum Permeance: Maintain permeance of less than 0.01 Perms [grains/(ft2· hr · inHg)] as tested in accordance with mandatory conditioning tests per ASTM E1745 Section 7.1 (7.1.1-7.1.5).

2. Water Vapor Barrier: ASTM E1745, Class A.

3. Thickness: 15 mils minimum (ACI 302.1R-15)

4. Provide third party documentation that all testing was performed on a single production roll per ASTM E1745 Section 8.1.

B. Vapor barrier products:

1. Basis of Design: Stego Wrap Vapor Barrier (15-mil) by Stego Industries LLC., (877) 464- 7834 www.stegoindustries.com

2. W.R. Meadows, Perminator (15mil)

3. Fortifiber, Moistop Ultra (15 mil)

4. Or approved equal.

2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. All accessoires used must be from the same manufacturer of the vapor barrier material to ensure a cohesive, compatible system.

1. Seams:
a. Stego Tape by Stego Industries
b. Or approved equal.

2. Sealing Penetrations of Vapor barrier:.
a. Stego Mastic by Stego Industries
b. Stego Tape by Stego Industries
c. Or approved equal.

3. Perimeter/terminated edge seal:
a. Stego Crete Claw (textured tape) by Stego Industries Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 26 00 - 3 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR BARRIER
b. Stego Term Bar by Stego Industries
c. StegoTack Tape (double-sided sealant tape) by Stego Industries d. One-sided seaming tape is not a recommended method of sealing at the terminated edge.
e. Or approved equal.

4. Penetration Prevention:
a. Beast Foot by Stego Industries
b. Or approved equal.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION
A. Under-slab Vapor Barrier

1. Ensure that subsoil is approved by Architect or Geotechnical Engineer.

2. Level and compact base material.

3. Install vapor barrier in accordance ASTM E1643.

B. Contact vapor barrier manufacturer to schedule a pre-construction meeting and to coordinate a review, in-person or digital, of the vapor barrier installation.

3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install vapor barrier in accordance ASTM E1643.

1. Unroll vapor barrier with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the concrete placement and face laps away from the expected direction of the placement whenever possible.

2. Extend vapor barrier to the perimeter of the slab. If practicable, terminate it at the top of the slab, otherwise (a) at a point acceptable to the structural engineer or (b) where obstructed by impediments, such as dowels, water stops, or any other site condition requiring early termination of the vapor barrier. At the point of termination, seal vapor barrier to the foundation wall, grade beam or slab itself. a. Seal vapor barrier to the entire slab perimeter using manufacturer’s textured tape with a surface that creates a mechanical seal to freshly placed concrete, per manufacturer's instructions. OR
b. Seal vapor barrier to the entire perimeter wall or footing/grade beam with manufacturer’s double-sided tape, or both termination bar and double-sided tape, per manufacturer’s instructions. Ensure the concrete is clean and dry prior to adhering tape.

3. Overlap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer’s seam tape.

4. Apply seam tape/textured tape/double-sided tape to a clean and dry vapor barrier.

5. Seal all penetrations (including pipes) per manufacturer’s instructions.

6. Avoid the use of stakes driven through vapor barrier by utilizing screed and forming systems that will not puncture the vapor barrier.

7. Use reinforcing bar supports with base sections that eliminate or minimize the potential for puncture of the vapor barrier.

8. Repair damaged areas with vapor barrier material of similar (or better) permeance, puncture and tensile.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 26 00 - 4 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR BARRIER

9. Utilize vapor barrier sealing accessories from the same manufacturer as the vapor barrier membrane.

END OF SECTION 07 26 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

VENEER METAL SPANDREL PANELS
SECTION 07 42 00
07 42 00 - 1 VENEER METAL SPANDEREL
PANELS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01. SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1.

2. Exterior Veneer Panels

3. Caulking in connection with this work.

4. Submittal preparation.

5. Clean up.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 06 10 00: Rough Carpentry

2. Section 06 20 00: Finish Carpentry

1.02. SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be in conformance with Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements and shall include the following:

1. Product and Material Test Data:
a. Submit copies of product and material test data of materials intended for use in this work to Architect for approval prior to beginning installation.

2. Samples or Mockups:
a. Upon request, submit one 4"x4" sample of materials intended for use in this work for approval by Architect.

3. Shop Drawings:
a. Submit copies of shop drawings to Architect for approval prior to beginning installation.
b. Include full size installation details.

4. Certificates:
a. Submit three signed certificates to Architect verifying that exterior insulated panels was installed per manufacturer's recommendations.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 42 00 - 2 VENEER METAL SPANDEREL
PANELS
PART 2 CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN

2.01 INSULATED PANELS
A. Exterior veneer panels will consist of a finished face metal laminated to a substrate and back face, each such material as specified below. The components will be laminated into one monolithic unit. The laminator will have at least 25 years’ experience in the lamination of building panels for exterior use. The adhesive used will be a permanently elastic type of neoprene rubber based adhesive and will be evenly applied to each surface area to be laminated. Adhesive bonding strength will be equal to or better than the bond strength of the substrate material. A permanently elastic type of neoprene rubber-based adhesive will be evenly applied to each surface area to be laminated.

B.. Tolerances will be: thickness +0"-1/16"; length/width +1/16"-1/16"; squareness 1/8" allowed difference between measured diagonals; flatness 1/16" deflection in 12 lineal inches when measured with a straightedge; finish defect clearly visible at a distance of 10'.

PART 3 MATERIALS

3.01 PANEL CONSTRUCTION
A. Panels will be five ply construction consisting of the following materials:

1. Face material: 70% kynar 500/Hylar 5000 coil-coated on .032 aluminum, smooth finish- standard colors

2. Substrate: 4 mm asbestos-free cement board

3. Back material: 70% kynar 500/Hylar 5000 coil-coated on .032 aluminum, smooth finish- standard colors

4. Panel thickness: 1/4" nominal

5. Warranties: Provide finish manufacturer's standard finish warranty, and panel manufacturer's standard structural integrity warranty.

3.02 MANUFACTURERS
A. Nudo Products, 1500 Taylor Avenue Springfield, IL 62703; Tel. # 800-826-4132; Fax # 217-528-8722.

B. Approved equal
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 42 00 - 3 VENEER METAL SPANDEREL
PANELS

3.02 PANEL INSTALLATION
A. Panels should be installed following generally accepted commercial trade practices. Panels should be completely sealed on the exterior using a wet or dry seal system in accordance with the
window/curtainwall/storefront manufacturer's instructions.

C. Panel frame design must include setting blocks and weep holes for proper drainage. Butt joint applications and face fastening through panels are not recommended. Remove protective masking film immediately after panel is installed. Under no circumstances should protective masking be left on the panel face after installation. Clean panels after installation, as necessary, using finish manufacturer's recommended cleaning instructions.

4.01. HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Panels should be stored in a dry location flat on a pallet or in their original packaging. Improper storage may lead to warping and other irregularities.

END OF SECTION 00 74 10
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

BUILT UP ROOFING WITH CAP SHEET
SECTION 07 54 00
07 54 00 - 1 BUILT UP ROOFING

WITH CAP SHEET
PART 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1;

2. Deck preparation;
a. Deck inspection.
b. Deck cleaning and minor repairs.
c. Priming.
d. Cants.
e. Coordination of installation of sheet metal work.

3. Built up roofing and base, drain and wall flashing;

4. Roof accessories;

5. Roof repair;
a. Test sample areas.
b. Damaged areas.
c. Guarantee.

6. Temporary roofing;

7. Submittal preparation;

8. Clean up.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 07600: Sheet Metal Work
C. References:

1. ASTM B41 Specification for asphalt primer

2. ASTM C208 Specification for insulated board (cant material)

3. ASTM D41 Specification for asphalt primer

4. ASTM D312 Specification for roofing asphalt

5. ASTM D2178 Specification for asphaltic glass felts

6. ASTM D2822 Specification for asphaltic roof cement

7. ASTM D3909 Specification for asphaltic roll roofing with granules

8. ASTM D4601 Specification for asphaltic coated glass fiber base sheet

9. ASTM E108 Fire test for roof coverings

10. CBC Section 1504.2, 1507, and Table No. 15E
D. Performance Requirements:

1. The completed roof assembly shall be watertight.
a. Responsibility for water tightness of the complete roof assembly shall be under this Section.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 54 00 - 2 BUILT UP ROOFING

WITH CAP SHEET

2. The complete roof assembly shall conform to the roofing manufacturer's latest written recommendations.
a. Prior to bid, ensure that the proposed material manufacturer's installation recommendations are in accordance with the details and conditions described in the contract.
1) Any items not specifically shown, but necessary for installation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, shall be provided and installed.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product or Material Data:

1. Submit copies of specifications for proposed materials.

2. Submit copies of manufacturer's latest written installation recommendations.

B. Close-Out Submittals:

1. Submit copies of signed guarantee.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Compliance:

1. Roofing assembly shall comply with fire-resistive requirements of the Uniform Building Code.
a. Class B minimum.

2. Roofing assembly shall comply with fire-resistive requirements of California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2.

B. Warranty:

1. The Owner shall have the right, at any time prior to the start of roof installation, to require a ten (10) year manufacturer's guarantee. a. The Owner shall pay the cost of the guarantee directly to the manufacturer.
b. Manufacturer's guarantee shall cover the cost of repair of leaks that occur during the guarantee period.

2. Contractor shall guarantee to maintain and repair the roof in a watertight condition for a period of two (2) years after notice of completion. a. Leaks shall be repaired as a part of this Section within 24 hours of notification.
b. Owner may make temporary emergency repairs as necessary to protect the building, and its contents, without affecting this guarantee.

C. Environmental Requirements:

1. Install materials only when jobsite conditions are within the limits recommended by the material manufacturer.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 54 00 - 3 BUILT UP ROOFING

WITH CAP SHEET
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS AND SYSTEMS
A. Roofing System:

1. Manufacturer system listed with components matching materials indicated in Part 2.02 below.
a. Johns Manville:
1) 4 GNC.
b. GAF:
1) N-B-4-M/P6.
c. Or equal.
1) System components shall match minimum materials indicated in Part 2.02 below.

2.02 MATERIALS
A. Asphalt:

1. Cutback asphalt:
a. Comply with ASTM D312.

B. Base Felts:

1. Asphalt-coated fiberglass base felt.
a. Comply with ASTM D4601 - Type II.
b. Minimum Weight: 25 lbs./100 sq. ft.
c. Manufacturers Products:
1) Johns Manville: PermaPly 28
2) GAF: GAFGlas #75 Base Sheet
C. Finishing Felts:

1. Asphalt-coated fiberglass ply sheet. (Two (2) layers minimum.) a. Comply with ASTM D2178 - Type VI.
b. Surface with parting agent.
c. Minimum Weight: 8 lbs./100 sq. ft.
d. Manufacturer's Products:
1) Johns Manville: GlasPly Premier
2) GAF: GAFGlas FlexPly 6
D. Cap Sheet:

1. Mineral surface fiberglass cap sheet.
a. Comply with ASTM D3909.
b. Minimum weight: 72 lbs./100 sq. ft.
c. Manufacturers Products:
1) Johns Manville: GlasKap
2) GAF: GAFGlas Mineral Surfaced Cap Sheet
E. Base and Wall Flashing:

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 54 00 - 4 BUILT UP ROOFING

WITH CAP SHEET

1. Polyester reinforced, modified bitumen, gravel-surfaced cap sheet. a. Johns Manville;
1) DynaFlex.
b. GAF;
1) Rubberoid MB.
c. Or equal.

2.03 ACCESSORIES OR HARDWARE
A. Cant Strips:

1. Ridged fiberboard;
a. Four inch (4") min. height, unless noted otherwise.
b. Comply with ASTM C208.

B. Roof Cement:

1. Comply with roofing manufacturer's latest written recommendations.

C. Flashing Cement:

1. Comply with ASTM D-4586, Type I.

2. Comply with roofing manufacturer's latest written recommendations.

2.04 ATTACHMENTS
A. Nails:

1. 7/8" long x 11 gauge galvanized.
a. Spiral or annular shank.
b. 7/8 inch head diameter, or use one inch diameter caps. c. No staples will be allowed.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify all required backing and blocking prior to enclosing framing.

B. Verify framing or surfaces are acceptable prior to installing finish materials.

1. Preparatory work is complete.

2. Subsurface is plumb, straight, and true.

3. Surface is securely fastened to structure.

4. No blemishes or nail pops.

3.02 PREPARATION
A. Prepare surfaces to be roofed in accordance with the manufacturer's latest written recommendations.

1. Sweep roof substrate clean.

2. Remove all sharp edges that might strain or rupture the roofing membrane.

3. Fill depressions in substrate with approved material.

B. Coordinate work with that of other trades.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 54 00 - 5 BUILT UP ROOFING

WITH CAP SHEET

3.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store and handle materials in accordance with manufacturer's latest written recommendations.

B. Deliver and store materials in their original unopened packaging until installed.

C. Do not store, stage, or load materials onto unstabilized portions of the structure.

1. Do not overstress structure.

3.04 PRE-APPLICATION CONFERENCE
A. A pre-application conference shall be held on the roof deck prior to beginning roofing installation.

1. A representative of each of the following shall attend:
a. General Contractor; (when applicable)
b. Roofing Contractor;
c. Roofing Foreman;
d. Sheet Metal Contractor;
e. Construction Manager; (when applicable)
f. Inspector.

2. Notify the following so that they may choose to attend:
a. Owner's Representative.
b. Architect.

3. The following items shall be reviewed:
a. Roof deck inspection.
b. Roofing details.
c. Sequencing, scheduling, and coordination of trades.
d. Possible conditions that may result in potential roofing problems.

3.05 INSTALLATION OR APPLICATION
A. Install roofing materials in accordance with the manufacturer's latest written recommendations for the system indicated.

1. Cap exposed nail heads per manufacturer's recommendations.

3.06 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field Inspection:

1. The Owner and/or Architect may take inspection samples of installed roofing.
a. Repair sample areas to match.

3.07 PROTECTION OR ADJUSTMENTS
A. Protect adjacent surfaces and the work of other trades.

B. Protect work of this Section until final project acceptance.

C. Provide temporary roofing when necessary.

1. Temporary roofing shall be used when adverse weather conditions prevent timely installation of permanent roofing.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 54 00 - 6 BUILT UP ROOFING

WITH CAP SHEET

2. Provide and install temporary roofing as required to protect installed work or to maintain progress.
a. Remove temporary roofing prior to installing permanent roofing.

3.08 CLEANING
A. Remove from site and properly dispose of debris generated by the work of this Section.

B. Clean roof and surrounding areas with a magnet to remove loose nails and metal debris.

3.09 ROOFING APPLICATION
A. The scope of the work is to remove the existing roof system and apply the specified system.

3.10 ROOF DECKING PREPARATION
A. After roof removal, clean decking of all roof-related debris.

3.11 INSULATION APPLICATION
A. Drive mechanical fasteners flush to top surface. Do not break mopping surface of insulation board.

B. Install one screw and plate every 2 sq. ft. or (sixteen per board).

3.12 BASE SHEET APPLICATION
A. The base sheets shall be installed in 2 plies. Felts shall be set in hot asphalt and extend to a point 2" above the cant.

3.13 CAP SHEET APPLICATION
A. Pre-cut sheet and allow to relax prior to application. "Flop" pieces into uniform layers of hot asphalt. Take extra care to ensure total adhesion at all laps and to interply sheet.

B. The sheets will be laid free of wrinkles, fishmouths, and voids. Repair any defect with an additional piece of material applied in that area. All side laps will be a minimum of 4". All end laps will be a minimum of 6". Hot asphalt coverage shall be 25 lbs. per sq.

3.14 BASE AND CURB FLASHINGS
A. Base flashing reinforcements shall consist of 1 ply of SBS base sheet mechanically attached to all walls and curbs. 1 ply of SBS cap sheet will be installed in a uniform layer of hot asphalt as the finished surface for the flashings. Top of base flashings shall be mechanically attached with simplextype nails, a minimum of 8" on center to either the vertical wall or to wood blocking on top of wall. Base sheet shall carry up and over the wall and down the outside face. Cap sheet shall terminate at the top of the vertical surface.

Base flashings shall be carried to a point at least 4" beyond the cant strip.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 54 00 - 7 BUILT UP ROOFING

WITH CAP SHEET
END OF SECTION 07 54 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
SECTION 07 62 00
07 62 00 - 1 SHEET METAL

FLASHING AND TRIM
PART 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1;

2. Sheet metal work;
a. Gutters, downspouts, splash pans, drip flashing, wall caps, metal edging, flashing, diverters, scuppers, etc.
b. Counter-flashing, patent flashing.
c. Louvers, screens, grilles, etc.
d. Expansion joints not included in other sections.
e. Clips and fasteners for sheet metal work and trim.
f. Sheet metal reveals or accents.

3. Reglet and flashing system;

4. Aluminum work not included in other sections;

5. Stainless steel work not included in other sections;

6. Submittal preparation;

7. Clean up.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 07 54 19: Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing

2. Section 07 72 00: Roof Accessories

3. Section 23 00 00: Heating Ventilating & Air-Conditioning C. Performance Requirements:

1. Flashing Systems:
a. Completed work shall, in conjunction with roofing, doors, windows, equipment, and building finish materials, form a complete barrier against water.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:

1. Submit copies of product data and installation recommendations of standard commercial items proposed for use on this project.

B. Shop Drawings or Layout Drawings:

1. Submit copies of shop drawings to the Architect for review prior to beginning fabrication.
a. Show details, joint configurations, anchorage, and materials used.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Compliance:

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 62 00 - 2 SHEET METAL

FLASHING AND TRIM

1. Comply with latest published recommendations found in the Architectural Sheet Metal Manual published by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association.

2. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations.

B. Roofing Pre-Application Meeting:

1. A representative of the contractor shall attend to coordinate the application of roof-related items.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
A. Galvanized Sheet Steel:

1. Use 26-gauge minimum thickness material, unless otherwise noted.

2. Material shall be copper bearing with heavy galvanized finish. a. Hot dip galvanized.
b. Minimum coating weight of 1.25 oz./sf.
c. Conform to ASTM A-525.

B. Reglet and Flashing System:

1. Two part reglet and flashing system consisting of reusable counter flashing that snaps into reglet.
a. Quality Standard: Springlok flashing system with type STX reglet by Fry Reglet Corp.

C. Exposed Formed Flashings, Gutters, and Parapet Caps:

1. 24 ga. Galvalume 55% Al-Zn) with factory applied Kynar 500 fluoropolymer coating.

2. Color selected by Architect.

D. Internal Gutter System:

1. Industrial Series Gutter System by SAF or approved equal.

2. Style as indicated on drawings.

E. Sheet Aluminum:

1. Use 0.040 gauge minimum thickness material, unless otherwise noted.

2. Material shall be Alcoa aluminum, 35 alloy alumilite satin finish, unless noted otherwise.

F. Stainless Steel:

1. U.S. Steel 18-8 No. 302, with #4 finish.

G. Solder shall comply with ASTM B-32.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 62 00 - 3 SHEET METAL

FLASHING AND TRIM
H. Flux shall be raw muriatic acid.

I. Louvers shall be made of galvanized formed steel.

1. Construct of the following minimum size materials:
a. Blades: 20 gauge minimum.
b. Frame: 18 gauge minimum.

2. Include bird screens.

3. Ruskin #L811 or equal.

4. Louvers shall have factory color finish. Color selected by Architect.

2.02 ATTACHMENTS
A. Wall Cap System:

1. Wall cap flashing shall lock to hold down cleats per manufactured wall cap system. Hold down cleats and splice plates shall be as required by the manufacturer of wall cap system.

B. Nails:

1. Nails shall be galvanized.

C. Rivets:

1. Soft annealed non-corrosive type with rust-resistant coating.

D. Screws:

1. Screws and washers shall be cadmium-plated.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify all required backing and blocking prior to enclosing framing.

B. Verify framing or surfaces are acceptable prior to installing finish materials.

1. Preparatory work is complete.

2. Subsurface is plumb, straight, and true.

3. Surface is securely fastened to structure.

4. Field verify dimensions.

5. Solder joints in shop-controlled conditions where possible.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 62 00 - 4 SHEET METAL

FLASHING AND TRIM

3.02 PREPARATION
A. Fabrication:

1. Provide adequate laps to allow for material expansion and contraction.

2. Exposed edges shall be turned back and hemmed 1/2".

3. Solder joints shall be thoroughly cleaned with acetone to a degreased, cleaned condition prior.

B. Coordinate work with the schedules of other trades affected by this work.

3.03 INSTALLATION OR APPLICATION
A. Sheet metal work in connection with roofs shall be set in a solid bed of approved sealant material.

B. Fasteners:

1. Wherever possible, use concealed clips or cleats in lieu of exposed fasteners.

2. Fastener spacing shall not exceed 8", unless noted otherwise.

C. Accurately form materials to fit together neatly and accurately to form an effective watertight seal.

1. Materials shall fit together to form true, straight lines and angles.

D. Counter flash corner joints and set in sealant as required to form watertight seams.

E. Soldering:

1. Pre-trim edges of sheet metal prior to soldering.

2. Apply flux immediately prior to soldering to each surface.

3. Apply soldering iron to material until thoroughly heated and the solder has been completely sweated through the full width of the seam.

4. After soldering, all residual flux shall be removed with a solution of washing soda in water.

5. In areas where water can accumulate, such as gutters, scuppers, and diverters, joints shall be soldered.

F. Reglet and Flashing System:

1. General:
a. Coordinate counter flashing at roof surfaces with roofing work to provide weathertight condition at roof terminations.
b. Isolate dissimilar materials to prevent electrolysis. Separate using bituminous coating.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 62 00 - 5 SHEET METAL

FLASHING AND TRIM
c. Secure reglets and counter flashing using continuous cleats, clips, and fasteners, in accordance with product data, and as indicated on the Drawings.

2. Install reglets in accordance with manufacturer's product data, level, and true-to-line. Verify that through-wall counter flashing occurs at or above reglet locations.
a. Install reglets as walls are built.
b. Install with top of reglet a minimum of seven (7) inches above the high point of cant strip (adjacent roof).
c. Install reglets with one (1) inch factory-formed end lap and counter flashing with three (3) inch end lap.

3. Provide factory-fabricated corners at changes in direction.

4. Following installation of roofing, install counter flashing by snapping into reglet in accordance with manufacturer's product data. Overlap adjacent lengths six (6) inches, minimum, to allow for expansion and contraction.

5. Provide counterflashed expansion joints at 20'-0" on center.

6. Parapet caps, gutters, and other flashings exposed to normal view shall have factory applied color finish, over 24 ga galvalume. a. Kynar 500 fluorocarbon paint system.
b. Color selected by Architect.

G. Internal Gutter System:

1. Install internal gutter systems and accessories in strict accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions, providing a permanent weather-tight installation.
a. Flash flanges into roof system per roof system manufacturer requirements.

3.04 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field Testing:

1. Running or standing water testing may be required of the work of this Section to demonstrate water tightness of work.

B. Use full lengths of material to minimize the number of joints.

C. Sheet metal and accessories shall be left free of dirt, grease, acids, or other compounds which may inhibit the proper bonding of paint finishes.

END OF SECTION 07 62 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

ROOF ACCESSORIES
SECTION 07 72 00
07 72 00 - 1 ROOF ACCESSORIES
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1;

2. Vent, electrical, and plumbing roof jacks

3. Associated accessories and hardware;

4. Clean up.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 06 10 00:Rough Carpentry

2. Section 07 62 00:Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim

3. Division 7: Roofing Systems
C. References:

1. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.

2. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product or Material Data:

1. Submit copies of manufacturer's product specifications, installation instructions, and product recommendations.

B. Samples or Mockups:

1. At the request of the Architect, submit one (1) sample of proposed products for approval.
a. If approved, the sample may be incorporated into the work. b. If not approved, sample will be returned to contractor.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Compliance:

1. Unless otherwise noted, comply with the SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.

2. Roof hatches shall meet CAL-OSHA requirements.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 72 00 - 2 ROOF ACCESSORIES
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 PRODUCTS
A. Manufacturers:

1. Prefabricated Roof Jacks:
a. Orbit Industries, Inc. Series RJ
b. Or approved equal.

2.02 MATERIALS
A. Roof Jacks:

1. Roof Jacks shall be 24 ga. galvanized sheet metal.
a. Orbit Industries, Inc., #RJ Series sized as required.

PART 3 EXECUTION

1.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify all required curbs, backing, and blocking prior to enclosing framing.

B. Start of work shall be considered as acceptance of existing conditions.

1.02 INSTALLATION OR APPLICATION
A. Install per the manufacturer's latest written recommendations.

B. Roof jacks shall be installed in watershed fashion with the roof covering set in a complete bed of roof mastic. Top of roof jack shall be sealed to the pipe or conduit with a double layer of aluminum tape. Clean and degrease areas required for proper tape adhesion. All roof jacks exposed to view shall be painted per Section 09 91 13 “Exterior Painting”.

1.03 CONDITION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Completed installation shall be clean, neatly finished, with no visible imperfections.

B. All work shall be watertight soldered connections.

END OF SECTION 07 72 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

JOINT SEALANTS
SECTION 07 92 00
07 92 00 - 1 JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1;

2. Building-related joint sealants;

3. Joint primer and filler;

4. Interior joint sealant required to prevent passage of moisture into wall assemblies or behind fixtures and built-in furnishings;

5. Surface preparation;

6. Application and curing;

7. Clean up.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 09 91 13: Exterior Painting
C. Performance Requirements:

1. The completed system shall form a positive barrier against passage of moisture into interior wall assemblies or behind fixtures and from exterior to interior building areas.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product or Material Data:

1. Manufacturer's Data:
a. Submit a complete material listing of items proposed to be installed under this Section.
b. Submit data to demonstrate that all materials meet or exceed the specified requirements.
c. Submit product specifications, installation instructions, and manufacturer's recommendations for the materials that will be installed.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Warranty:

1. Provide a written guarantee to maintain sealant/caulking in a watertight condition for a minimum period of 2 years.

B. Qualifications:

1. Installer shall be thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary skills required to perform this work.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 92 00 - 2 JOINT SEALANTS
C. Delivery, Storage, and Handling:

1. Deliver materials to the jobsite in original, unopened containers with labels intact.

2. Store only under conditions recommended by the manufacturers.

3. Remove and dispose of material that has exceeded the shelf life recommended by its manufacturer.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
A. General Purpose Building Sealant (window and door frames, plumbing fixtures, wet areas) (non-paintable):

1. Silicone sealant meeting ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, and Fed Spec. TT-S-001543:
a. Sonneborn Sonolastic Omniplus;
b. GE Silicones Construction 1200;
c. Dow-Corning 790;
d. Or approved equal.

B. General Purpose Building Sealant (paintable):

1. Latex sealant meeting ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, and Fed Spec. TT-S-001543:
a. DAP Dynaflex 230;
b. Or approved equal.

2. Silyl-terminated polyether sealant meeting ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, and Fed Spec. TT-S-001543:
a. Sonneborn 150;
b. Or approved equal.

C. Colors for each sealant shall be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standard color range.

D. Primers shall be non-staining and specifically recommended for the type of installation by their manufacturer.

E. Backup materials shall be non-absorbent and non-staining, closed cell, and specifically recommended for the type of installation by their manufacturer.

F. Bond prevention materials shall be recommended by the manufacturer for the sealant products used.

G. Materials, not specifically described, but necessary to complete this work, shall be first quality.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 92 00 - 3 JOINT SEALANTS
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed.

B. Correct conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work.

C. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 PREPARATION
A. Thoroughly clean surface.

B. Sandblast or wire brush treated surfaces, if required, to obtain a clean, smooth surface.

C. Insert approved backup material in the joint cavity to the depth required.

D. Surfaces shall be wiped clean and dry prior to application to insure proper adhesion.

E. Where the possibility of joint filler staining adjacent areas or materials exists, mask joints prior to application.

F. Do not remove masking tape before joints have been tooled, and initial cure of joint filler has taken place.

G. Work stained due to failure of proper masking precautions will not be accepted.

3.03 INSTALLATION OR APPLICATION
A. Installation of Backup Material:

1. Compress the backup material 25% to 50%.

2. Avoid lengthwise stretching of the material.

3. Do not twist or braid backup stock.

B. Priming:

1. Apply the primer in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

C. Bond Breaker Installation:

1. Install a bond breaker where recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
07 92 00 - 4 JOINT SEALANTS
D. Installation of Sealants:

1. Comply with manufacturer's recommended width-to-height ratios.

2. Apply sealant under pressure to completely fill joints.

3. Completely mask joints where the appearance of sealant on adjacent surfaces would be objectionable.

4. Install the sealant in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

5. Tool all joints to the profile shown, or as directed by Architect.

6. Joints shall be left smooth, uniform, and free of voids or air bubbles.

3.04 PROTECTION OR ADJUSTMENTS
A. Protect the work and materials of all other trades.

3.05 CLEANING OR REPAIR
A. Remove masking tape immediately after joints have been tooled and initial cure of joint filler has taken place.

B. Clean adjacent surfaces.

C. Use solvent or cleaning agent as recommended by the sealant manufacturer.

END OF SECTION 07 92 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
SECTION 08 11 13
08 11 13 - 1 HOLLOW METAL DOORS

AND FRAMES
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1.

2. Hollow metal frames.

3. Hollow metal doors.

4. Foam insulation sealing of metal frames.

5. Submittal preparation.

6. Clean up.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 05 41 00 Structural Metal Stud Framing

2. Section 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry

3. Section 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry

4. Section 08 14 16 Wood Doors

5. Section 08 71 00 Door Hardware

6. Section 08 81 00 Glass and Glazing

7. Section 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies

8. Section 09 91 23 Interior Painting

1.02 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

1. ANSI/SDI 100, Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames.

2. ANSI/SDI 119, Performance Test Procedures for Steel Door Frames and Anchors.

3. ANSI A151.1, Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance, Steel Doors and Frames.

4. ANSI A224.1, Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime-Painted Steel.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 11 13 - 2 HOLLOW METAL DOORS

AND FRAMES
B. ASTM International (ASTM)

1. ASTM A 525, Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated.

2. ASTM E152, Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

1. NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Windows.

2. NFPA 101, Life Safety Code
D. Steel Door Institute (SDI)

1. SDI 107, Hardware on Steel Doors, Reinforcement Application.

E. California Building Code (CBC)

1. Title 24
F. Uniform Building Code (UBC)

1. UBC 7-2, Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.

2. UBC 7-4, Fire Tests of Window Assemblies.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 “Administrative Requirements” for submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings or Layout Drawings:

1. Submit copies of shop drawings for review by Architect prior to fabrication. a. Indicate door and frame elevations, sections, materials, gauges, finish, fabrication/erection details, and locations of hardware, including reference to hardware sets and vision lites and louvers.
b. Show cross-references to architectural drawings/details. c. Provide manufacturer's product and technical data sheets.

C. Certification of Compliance:

1. Provide a letter of certification that all materials comply with these Specifications.

D. Samples:

1. Submit as requested by Architect. Samples shall be returned after review.

E. Substitutions:

1. Make substitution requests in accordance with Section 01 60 00 “Product Requirements”.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 11 13 - 3 HOLLOW METAL DOORS

AND FRAMES

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Steel Door and Frame Supplier:

1. Direct factory supplier who employs a Certified Door Consultant (CDC) or person with equivalent experience, available at reasonable times during course of Work, for consultation to Owner, Architect, and Contractor.

B. Label Construction:

1. A physical label or approved marking shall be affixed to the fire door or fire door frame at an authorized facility as evidence of compliance with procedures of the labeling agency.

C. Sequencing and Scheduling:

1. Deliver doors and frames to the jobsite in a timely manner so as not to delay the progress of other trades.

2. Issue purchase orders to suppliers so as not to interfere with normal quoted delivery times.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery:

1. Coordinate delivery to the appropriate locations (shop or field) for installation.

B. Storage of Doors:

1. Doors shall be stored in an upright position under cover. Place the units on at least 4" (101.6 mm) wood sills on floors in a manner that will prevent rust and damage. Do not use non-vented plastic or canvas shelters which create a humidity chamber and promote rusting. If the corrugated wrapper on the door becomes wet, or moisture appears, remove the wrapper immediately. Provide a 1/4" (6.35 mm) space between the doors to promote air circulation.

C. Storage of Frames:

1. Frames shall be stored under cover on 4" (101.6 mm) wood sills on floors in a manner that will prevent rust and damage. Do not use non-vented plastic or canvas shelters, which create a humidity chamber and promote rusting.

Assembled frames shall be stored in a vertical position, five units maximum in a stack. Provide a 1/4" (6.35 mm) space between frames to promote air circulation.

D. Damage:

1. Inspect delivered items for damage. Minor damage may be repaired, provided repaired items are equal to new Work and accepted by the Architect. Provide new items when directed. Comply with VOC regulations when repairing damage.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 11 13 - 4 HOLLOW METAL DOORS

AND FRAMES

1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental:

1. Packaging and Disposal:
a. Package in biodegradable packs, paper or cardboard boxes. Dispose of non-biodegradable packs, plastic, Styrofoam, polystyrene, and polyurethane to a licensed or authorized collector for proper disposal.

Comply with the applicable standards and laws for VOC.

1.07 WARRANTY
A. Steel doors and frames supplied with a one (1) year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Ceco Corp., Oakbrook, Illinois;

2. Curries Co., Mason City, Iowa;

3. Steelcraft Manufacturing Co., Cincinnati, Ohio;

4. Or approved equal.

2.02 MATERIALS
A. Steel Requirements:

1. Doors and frames manufactured of commercial quality, stretcher-leveled flatness, cold rolled steel per ASTM A366 and A568 general requirements.

Internal reinforcing may be manufactured of hot rolled, pickled, and oiled steel per ASTM A569.

B. Coating Materials:

1. Primer:
a. Manufacturer's standard rust inhibiting primer to ANSI A224.1.

C. Doors:

1. Construction:
a. 16-gauge cold rolled steel.
b. Exterior doors and louvers shall be galvanized.
1) Minimum zinc coating of 0.60 oz. / square foot (A60) per ASTM A-653.

2. Doors shall be flush with visible edge seams.

3. Out-swinging exterior doors shall be provided with top caps for protection against weather with flush-steel top.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 11 13 - 5 HOLLOW METAL DOORS

AND FRAMES

4. Door Reinforcing:
a. Doors shall be mortised and adequately reinforced for all hardware per hardware manufacturer's recommendations.
1) Drill and tap for mortised hardware.
b. Reinforced internally with a 12-gauge steel reinforcement for surface closers.

5. Core Materials:
a. Non-Rated Doors:
1) Kraft/Paper Honeycomb or Polystyrene at the discretion of the manufacturer.
a) Polyurethane and Vertical Steel Stiffeners will not be accepted. b) Internal reinforcing, manufactured of hot rolled, pickled, and oiled steel per ASTM A569.
b. Fire-Labeled Doors with temperature rise rating:
1) Mineral fiber core, temperature rating per code.

6. Fire Labeled Doors:
a. Provide Underwriter's Laboratories factory-applied door labels when indicated on the drawings to be a part of a rated assembly.

7. Provide cutouts, trims, and/or stops for glazing where indicated on the Drawings.
a. Glazing for doors shall be provided per Section 08800 – Glass and Glazing. 1) Exterior door: Exterior Door Glazing.
2) Interior door: Tempered Polished Plate Glass

8. Astragals: Z Type
D. Frames:

1. Construction:
a. 14-gauge cold rolled steel.
b. Exterior frames shall be galvanized.
1) Minimum zinc coating of 0.60 oz. / square foot (A60) per ASTM A-653.

2. Corner Construction:
a. Weld full depth and face, grind smooth, and re-prime

3. Provide temporary shipping spreaders to help protect frames from damage during transit and handling. Remove spreaders prior to setting frame.

E. Door Glass Light Frames:

1. Flush with door face, Lo Pro type, as manufactured by Anemostat, fabricated of 18-gauge steel.

F. Louver Openings:

1. Openings shall be factory cut.
a. Coordinate openings with hardware cutouts.

2. Louver assemblies shall be rated to match the fire rating of the door on which it is being installed.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 11 13 - 6 HOLLOW METAL DOORS

AND FRAMES

3. Factory-supplied, through-bolted metal louver assemblies shall be used.

4. Louver assemblies shall be inverted split "Y" type constructed of 18-gauge steel complete with factory-applied primer finish.
a. Fire-rated louvers shall be Air Louvers Inc. #1900 A or equal, or Anemostat # FLDL-H
b. Non-rated assemblies shall be Anemostat #AFDL
c. Vents on exterior doors subject to vandalism shall be Anemostat #PLSL louver with 12 Ga. security grilles.

2.03 FABRICATION
A. Doors and frames shall be fabricated by a single source under controlled factory conditions for uniform quality and appearance.

B. Doors:

1. Classification:
a. SDI:
1) Grade Level: III
2) Model: 2
3) Gauge: 16
4) Description: Extra Heavy Duty, Full Flush
a) CYCLES: 1,000,000

2. Vertical Lock Edges:
a. Beveled 1/8 inch in 2 inches.
b. Manufacturer's standard interlocking and glued edge.

3. Top and Bottom Channels:
a. Not less than 16-gauge, flush or inverted.
b. Welded to the face sheets.
c. Exterior doors:
1) Flush steel top channel.

C. Frames:

1. Corner Construction:
a. Weld full depth and face, grind smooth, and re-prime.

2. Provide temporary shipping spreaders to help protect frames from damage during transit and handling. Remove spreaders prior to setting frame.

D. Frame Anchors:

1. Attachment to Masonry Construction:
a. Galvanized
b. Adjustable, flat, corrugated, or perforated T-shaped, with leg not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long, or wire type, not less than 3/16 inches in diameter.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 11 13 - 7 HOLLOW METAL DOORS

AND FRAMES

2. Attachment to Drywall Construction:
a. Steel or Wood Stud-type to accommodate frame jamb depth and face dimension on welded frame.
b. Weld anchors to frame.

3. Provide one anchor for every 30 inches of jamb or fraction thereof.

4. Floor Anchor:
a. Angle Clip Type:
1) 16 gauge.
2) Two fasteners per jamb.
3) Weld to bottom of each jamb.
4) Grouted rebar pins to concrete at base.

5. Preparation for Hardware:
a. Prepare frames to receive mortise-type hardware and hinges, locks, latches, or other hardware.
b. Verify hardware requirements with Section 08 71 00 “Door Hardware”. c. Reinforce per SDI 107.
d. Lock and closer reinforcement shall be box-type.
e. Door hinge reinforcement: 7 gauge or equivalent, manufacturer's standard. f. Punch strike jambs to receive three silencers; double-leaf frames to receive manufacturer's standard preparation.
g. Hardware locations per "Recommended Locations for Builders' Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames".
h. Provide welded-in-place guards for all hardware cutouts in frame.

2.04 FINISH
A. Doors shall be thoroughly cleaned, phosphatized, and receive one coat of bakedon primer. Primer shall meet the requirements of ANSI A 224.1.

B. Frames shall receive one (1) shop coat of air-dried, light gray, zinc chromate, rustinhibitive primer before shipment.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SETTING FRAMES
A. Verify all water-resistive barriers, flexible flashings, etc. are properly installed with proper watershed lapping prior to starting installation of frames.

B. Set frames in accordance with SDI 105.

C. Set welded frames in place prior to construction of adjacent partition work.

Properly brace frame until permanent anchors are set.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 11 13 - 8 HOLLOW METAL DOORS

AND FRAMES
D. Install fire-rated frames in accordance with NFPA 80.

3.02 DOOR INSTALLATION
A. Clearances:

1. 1/8 inch between door and frame at head and jambs.

2. 1/8 inch at meeting edges of pairs.

3. 1/8 inch at transom panels, without transom bar.

4. 3/4 inch above finish floor at sills without threshold.

5. 1/4 inch at sill with threshold.

3.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Deliver doors and frames to the jobsite in a timely manner so as not to delay progress of other trades.

B. Issue purchase orders to suppliers so as not to interfere with normal quoted delivery times.

3.04 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Exposed welds shall be ground smooth.

B. Primer shall be applied after welding and grinding.

3.05 PROTECTION, ADJUSTMENT, AND CLEANING
A. Protect work as necessary until completion and acceptance of building.

B. Remove dirt and excess sealants, mortar, or glazing compounds from exposed surfaces.

C. Adjust moving parts for smooth operation. Use shims as required.

D. Fill dents, holes, etc. with metal filler and sand smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Paint to match adjacent surface.

3.06 CONDITION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Heads and sills of the same height shall line up with each other.

B. Doors and frames shall be set true and plumb.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 11 13 - 9 HOLLOW METAL DOORS

AND FRAMES
C. No sandpaper marks, hammer marks, or blemishes will be allowed.

D. Space around doors shall be uniform on both sides and top.

END OF SECTION 08 11 13
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

INTERIOR ALUMINUM DOOR FRAMES
SECTION 08 12 00
08 12 00 - 1 INTERIOR ALUMINUM

DOOR FRAMES
PART 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

1.01 SUMMARY
A. INCLUSIONS

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 & 1;

2. Standard interior aluminum door frames:

3. Submittal preparation;

4. Clean up.

B. RELATED SECTIONS

1. Section 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry

2. Section 08 14 16 Wood Doors

3. Section 08 71 00 Door Hardware

1.02 REFERENCES
A. Current edition of Aluminum Extrusion Manual by American Extrusion Council:

1. Recommended Alloys.

B. ALCOA:

1. Anodic Finish Designations.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:

1. Submit manufacturer’s printed product information indicating compliance with specified requirements.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Submit drawings for fabrication and installation of interior aluminum frames. including the following information:
a. Details of construction, joints, and connections.
b. Details of each frame type, including anchorage.
c. Elevations of each opening type.
d. Conditions at openings including coordination with glass and glazing requirements.
e. Location and installation requirements of door hardware and reinforcements.
f. Schedule of openings coordinated with numbering system used in Contract Documents.

C. Quality Assurance Certification:

1. Submit manufacturer's certification that products have been constructed and tested in full compliance with the Aluminum Extrusion Manual and ALCOA Anodic Finish Designations,
D. Samples - Initial Selection:

1. Submit manufacturer’s color selections of actual materials including standard colors & finishes available,
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 12 00 - 2 INTERIOR ALUMINUM

DOOR FRAMES

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Quality Standard:

1. Comply with the Aluminum Extrusion Manual and the ALCOA Anodic Finish Designations.Labeled Assemblies:

2. At all locations where Fire-rated door and frame assemblies are required, provide assemblies which comply with NFPA 80 and have been tested and labeled in accordance with ASTM E 152 by agency acceptable to governing authorities. All frames and doors shall have UL, ICBO, Warnock Hersev, Factory Mutual or
California State Fire Marshal Label.

B. Coordination:

1. Transmit copy of final shop drawings to wood door manufacturer to allow prefitting of wood doors to aluminum frames.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver product in crates or cartons suitable for storage at the site.

B. Replace items damaged in delivery, unless damage is minor and can be repaired to match intact items as determined by Architect.

C. Store products under cover. raised above ground level and stacked to prevent warping and promote air circulation.

1. Prevent moisture from accumulating and remove saturated packaging before products can be damaged.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers:

1. Modulex, Inc. 624 W. Carob St., Compton CA
a. Modulex is listed as a standard for quality and generic type; equal products will not be considered unless approved per requirements of General Conditions.

2.02 MATERIALS
A. Extrusion Alloy shall be 6063T5.

B. Finishes:

1. Commercial Clear Anodized #AAM10C22 A21;

2. Or as selected by the Architect.

2.03 FABRICATION
A. General:

1. Factory-fabricate assemblies to greatest extent possible, assuring that installed units will be without warp, twist, bow, or other defect in appearance or function.

B. Hardware Preparation:

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 12 00 - 3 INTERIOR ALUMINUM

DOOR FRAMES

1. Comply with DHI A115 series specifications for door and frame preparation, using final hardware schedule and templates from hardware supplier:
a. Reinforcement:
(1) Reinforce frames for field-installed exposed hardware items.
(2) Provide frames non-handed, self mortising and reversible, for placement of hinges and strike plates in the
field.Locations:
(3) Comply with final shop drawings and approved wood door submittals,

2.04 ALUMINUM FRAMES
A. General:

1. Fabricate frames for scheduled openings in standard
manufacturer's styles and profiles as shown, using concealed fasteners.
a. Minimum Frame Extrusion Wall Thickness shall be .080 inches.
b. Construction:
(1) Base Frame shall be butt-jointed.
(2) Trim to be mitered with hair-line seam.

B. Door Mute:

1. Provide heavy duty vinyl mute at all door frames.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION
A. General:

1. Install aluminum frames and accessories to comply with manufacturers recommendations.
a. Comply with detailed installation requirement of final shop drawings.

B. Frame Installation:

1. Adhere to manufacturer's recommendations.

2. Place pre-finished frames after wall finishing is complete. a. Brace securely to achieve plumb, planar installation. b. Remove braces after anchorages have achieved final set, leaving frames in smooth, undamaged condition.

3. Anchors:
a. Use screws. Per manufacturers standard installation
instruction, for secure attachment to wall conditions.

4. Fire-rated openings:
a. Comply with manufacturers requirements and requirements of NFPA 80.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 12 00 - 4 INTERIOR ALUMINUM

DOOR FRAMES

3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Clean frames, when necessary, using mild soap and water.

1. Do Not Use Abrasive Agents.

B. Final Operating Adjustments:

1. Check hardware at all openings for proper operation of doors, making final corrections as required to assure work of this section is complete and undamaged.

END OF SECTION 08 12 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

WOOD DOORS
SECTION 08 14 16
08 14 16 - 1 WOOD DOORS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1;

2. Wood doors;

3. Submittal preparation;

4. Clean up.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 06 20 00: Finish Carpentry

2. Section 08 71 00: Door Hardware

3. Section 09 91 00: Painting
C. References and Regulatory Requirements:

1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
a. ANSI 208.1 for Structural Composite Wood Cores, Grade LD-2

2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM E152 - Methods of Fire Tests and Door Assemblies

3. Door Industry Standard IS 1-A as applicable by:
a. National Wood Window and Door Association (NWWDA) or b. Window and Door Manufacturers Association (WDMA)

4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
a. NFPA 252 – Standard Methods for Fire Assemblies
b. NFPA 80 – Fire Doors and Windows

5. Underwriters’ Laboratory, Inc. (UL)
a. UL 10 (b) - Fire Tests for Door Assemblies - Neutral Pressure b. UL 10 (c) - Fire Tests for Door Assemblies - Positive Pressure

6. Warnock Hersey International (WHI), Intertek Testing Services

7. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
a. Neutral pressure only

8. Woodwork Institute (WI)
a. North American Architectural Woodwork Standards (latest edition)

9. California Building Code (CBC)
a. CBC Standard 7-2, Fire Tests of Door Assemblies

10.Uniform Building Code (UBC)
a. UBC Standard 7-2, Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 14 16 - 2 WOOD DOORS

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings or Layout Drawings:

1. Submit shop drawings and product data to the Architect for review prior to beginning fabrication.
a. Indicate door opening criteria, elevations and sections, materials, thickness, door swing, stile and rail dimensions, veneers, undercuts, storage, special beveling, blocking for hardware in mineral core doors, identify cutouts and erection details, locations of finish hardware by dimension and location/details of all openings and louvers. b. Do not proceed with any fabrication until all details are reviewed.

B. Samples:

1. Construction Samples:
a. Submit one or more manufacturer’s standard samples demonstrating veneer and door construction.

2. Finish Samples:
a. A set of three (3) illustrating the range of color and grain of the specified door face.

C. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies:

1. All labeled fire door assemblies to be of types which have been classified and listed in accordance with the latest edition of ANSI/NFPA 80 and tested in compliance with: NFPA-252, UL-10C, and UBC 7-2. A physical label to be permanently affixed to the fire door at an authorized facility. Furthermore, all 'B' and 'C' label fire doors are to have manufacturer's standard laminated stiles for improved screw-holding and split-resistance capabilities.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General:

1. Wood door supplier to be a qualified direct distributor of products to be furnished. In addition, the distributor is to have in their regular employment an AHC/CDC, or person of equivalent experience, who is to be made available at reasonable times to consult with the Architect, Contractor, and/or Owner regarding any matters affecting the wood doors in this project.

2. When hanging doors, do not subject them to extremes of heat and/or humid conditions. Relative humidity shall not be less than 30% or more than 60%.

B. Conformance:

1. Obtain doors from a single manufacturer to ensure uniformity in quality of appearance and construction. All material supplied for this project to conform to NWWDA/WDMA IS 1-A for premium grade wood doors.
a. Installation shall meet the minimum standards set forth in North American Architectural Woodwork Standards (latest edition)
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 14 16 - 3 WOOD DOORS

2. Installation, clearances, and operations shall comply with CBC Section 11B705.

C. Warranty:

1. Wood Doors:
a. Submit written warranty on manufacturer’s standard form signed by an official of the door manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace defective doors which have:
1) Delamination in any degree.
2) Warp or twist of 1/4 inch or more in any 3 foot 6 inch by 7 foot plane of door face.
3) Telegraphing of stile, rail or core through face to cause surface variation in excess of 1/100 inch in any 3 inch span.
b. Warranty to be in effect for life of the original installation. c. Warranty to include refinishing and reinstallation that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors.
d. Warranty not to be in effect for any field-finished doors not having been sealed properly on all edges and faces.

2. Installation:
a. Contractor shall warranty door installation for a period of two (2) years D. Project/Site Conditions:

1. Deliver doors to jobsite only after “wet” construction operations are completed.

2. Building to be dry and have reached average prevailing relative humidity of locality.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL
A. Comply with NWWDA/WDMA IS1-A for premium grade wood doors, except to meet or exceed requirements herein specified.

B. Completely factory fit to required size ready for installation at project site; no onjobsite trimming permitted.

C. Prepare in accordance with frame shop drawings and schedule, hardware schedule and templates.

D. Thickness:

1. 1-3/4 inches thick, unless indicated otherwise on door schedule.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 14 16 - 4 WOOD DOORS

2.02 MANUFACTURERS
A. Wood Doors:

1. Graham Manufacturing Corp.; Mason City, Iowa.

2. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc.; Marshfield, Wisconsin. a. Marshfield Signature Series TM

3. Door America Products by ABS Manufacturing; Sacramento, CA. a. American Series.

4. Oregon Door; Winston, OR.
a. Architectural Series

5. Or approved equal.
a. Specific products or materials manufactured by any of the listed manufacturers are "acceptable", (not approved) only if the specific product or material can evidence compliance with this Section.

2.03 MATERIALS
A. Wood Door Faces:

1. Manufacturer’s Standard 2 0r 3 ply faces, 5 & 7 ply construction.

2. Utilize Premium ‘A’ grade veneer per NWWDA/WDMA Standards and ANSI/HPVA grading rules.

3. Minimum 1/50 inch thick veneer at 12 percent moisture content veneer.

4. Veneer shall be plain-sliced of natural White Birch. a. Face Veneer Match shall be Book Match.
b. Face Veneer Balance shall be Center-Balanced match.

B. Adhesives:

1. Bond door faces to cores, stiles and rails.

2. Exterior door use minimum Type I ANSI/NWWDA/WDMA IS1-A Series.

3. Interior doors use minimum Type II ANSI/WDMA IS1-A Series.

C. Non-Rated and 20-Minute-Rated Doors:

1. Door Core:
a. Structural Composite Wood Core complying with the following:
1) ANSI-A208-1, Grade 1-LD-2.
b. Bonded to outer stiles and rails.

2. Vertical Stiles:
a. Matching hardwood outer stile edge, 1 1/8" inch minimum before trim. b. Stile Backers to be of mill option hardwoods or Engineered Lumber meeting NWWDA/WDMA IS-1A standards, securely bonded to the meeting NWWDA/WDMA IS-1A standards, securely bonded to the outer hardwood stile edge.
c. Matching edge banding.
d. Overall stiles 1-3/8 inches minimum after trim.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 14 16 - 5 WOOD DOORS

3. Rail Edges:
a. Overall stiles 1-3/8 inches minimum after trim.
b. 1-3/8 inches minimum after trim and standard undercut.

4. Edge Construction:
a. Category A - Concealed intumescent coating included in door construction where required.

D. Labeled Fire Door, 45 Minute, 1 Hour (60 Minute), and 1-1/2 Hour (90 Minute) Rated Doors:

1. Door Core:
a. Noncombustible mineral composite.
b. Containing no asbestos.

2. Vertical Stiles:
a. Hardwood outer stile edge, matching the face veneer. b. Minimum 1-1/8 inches thick.
c. Laminated for improved screw holding and split resistance. d. Containing no asbestos.

3. Rail Edges:
a. Top rail 1-1/4 inches minimum.
b. Bottom rail 1-1/2 inches minimum.
c. Laminated top and bottom rails.
d. Containing no asbestos.

4. Edge Construction:
a. Category A - Concealed intumescent included in door construction where required.

5. Ratings for fire doors as called for in door schedule.

2.04 FACTORY FINISHING
A. Pre-finish all wood doors at factory.

1. Pre-finish all wood doors to NWWDA/WDMA Premium Finishing Systems per NWWDA/WDMA Section G-17.

2. Pre-finish system shall meet or exceed the performance characteristics of NWWDA/WDMA 'System 5'.

3. Finish shall be water-based stain complying with EPA Title 5 guidelines for Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) emissions limitations.
a. Architect shall select stain color from manufacturer standard stains. 1) Door manufacturer shall submit samples that match selected stain color.

4. Finish doors using three (3) coats of manufacturer’s standard water-clear urethane complying with EPA Title 5 guidelines for Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) emissions limitations, cured immediately with ultraviolet light.

5. Factory seal all doors on all six (6) sides using Manufacturer's Standard meeting these specifications.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 14 16 - 6 WOOD DOORS

2.05 FITTING AND PREPARATION FOR HARDWARE
A. Fit and machine all wood doors at the factory.

B. Machine doors in accordance with final approved hardware and frame schedule.

C. Fire doors shall be machined in strict compliance of NFPA 80.

D. Machine doors within industry tolerances. A plus or minus 1/32 inch will be allowed on all hardware locations. A plus 1/32 inch minus 1/64 inch tolerance will be allowed on lock front preparation cutouts.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARTION
A. Examine door frames and verify frames are of correct type and have been installed for proper hanging of corresponding doors.

1. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out of tolerance for size or alignment.

3.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Protect doors during transit, storage, and handling to help prevent damage, soiling, and deterioration.

B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and with "onsite-care" requirements of site NWWDA/WDMA IS 1-A section G-20 "Care and Installation at Jobsite." C. Deliver pre-finished components in manufacturer's original unopened protective covering or container, clearly marked with manufacturer's name, brand name, and identifying number on the covering.

D. Do not walk or stack other materials on top of stacked doors. Do not drag doors across one another.

E. For all doors not factory-finished - seal all four edges (stiles and rails) immediately after delivery.

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install work in this Section in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and as specified in the North American Architectural Woodwork Standards.

1. Provide a WI Certified Compliance Certificate for Installation at the completion of project installation.

B. Install fire doors in accordance with NFPA-80.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 14 16 - 7 WOOD DOORS
C. Install accurately in frame, within clearances specified. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and associated templates.

D. Do not field cut doors to opening sizes smaller than those for which doors were manufactured. Do not install door in frame set out of plumb or square.

E. Install to operate freely, but not loosely, free from hinge-bound conditions, striking, or binding. Do not install in frames that would hinder operation of doors.

Hang free from rattling when in latched position.

F. Pilot holes to be drilled for screws attaching hinges, lock hardware, and all other devices to the stile or face of wood doors. Pilot holes shall not exceed 90% of the root diameter of the screw.

G. Jobsite finishing to be completed on all six (6) sides of doors prior to installation of finish hardware.

3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust and check each door to ensure proper operating and function.

B. Replace or re-hang doors which are hinge-bound and do not swing or operate freely. Replace or re-hang doors which are warped, twisted, or which are not in true planes.

C. Replace pre-finished doors damaged during installation.

END OF SECTION 08 14 16
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

DOOR HARDWARE
SECTION 08 71 00
08 71 00 - 1 DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

1.01 SUMMARY
A. INCLUSIONS

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 & 1;

2. Door Hardware.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 06 20 0 Finish Carpentry
a. Finish Hardware Installation

2. Section 07 90 0 0 Joint Sealants
a. Exterior Thresholds.

3. Section 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames

4. Section 08 12 00 Pre-finished Interior Aluminum Door Frames.

5. Section 08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors.

C. Specific Omissions: Hardware for the following is specified or indicated elsewhere.

1. Windows.

2. Cabinets, including open wall shelving and locks.

3. Signs, except where scheduled.

4. Toilet accessories, including grab bars.

5. Installation.

6. Rough hardware.

7. Access doors and panels, except cylinders where detailed.

8. Corner Guards.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. Use date of standard in effect as of Bid date.

B. American National Standards Institute – ANSI 156.18 – Materials and Finishes.

C. ADA – Americans with Disabilities Act of 2010
D. BHMA – Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
E. DHI – Door and Hardware Institute
F. WHI – Warnock Hersey Incorporated
G. State of California Building Code
H. Local applicable codes
I. SDI – Steel Door Institute
J. WI – Woodwork Institute
K. AWI – Architectural Woodwork Institute
L. NAAMM – National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers

1.03 SUBMITTALS & SUBSTITUTIONS
A. SUBMITTALS: Submit copies of schedule per General Conditions. Organize vertically formatted schedule into “Hardware Sets” with index of doors and headings, indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include following information:

1. Type, style, function, size, quantity and finish of hardware items.

2. Use BHMA Finish codes per ANSI A156.18.

3. Name, part number and manufacturer of each item.

4. Fastenings and other pertinent information.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 71 00 - 2 DOOR HARDWARE

5. Location of hardware set coordinated with floor plans and door schedule.

6. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule.

7. Mounting locations for hardware.

8. Door and frame sizes, materials and degrees of swing.

9. List of manufacturers used and their nearest representative with address and phone number.

10. Catalog cuts.

B. Bid and submit manufacturer’s updated/improved item if scheduled item is discontinued.

C. Make substitution requests in accordance with General Conditions. Include product data and indicate benefit to the Project. Furnish operating samples on request.

1. Items listed with no substitute manufacturers have been requested by Owner to meet existing standard.

D. Furnish as-built/as-installed schedule with closeout documents, including keying schedule, wiring/riser diagrams, manufacturers’ installation, adjustment and maintenance information, and supplier’s final inspection report.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:

1. A recognized architectural door hardware supplier with warehousing facilities in the Project's vicinity that has a record of successful in-service performance for supplying door hardware that is similar in quantity, type, and quality to that specified for this Project, and who employs an experienced architectural hardware consultant who is available to Owner, Architect, and Contractor, at reasonable times during the course of the Work, for consultation. a) Responsible for detailing, scheduling and ordering of finish hardware.

Detailing implies that the submitted schedule of hardware is correct and complete for the intended function and performance of the openings.

B. Hardware: New, free of defects, blemishes and excessive play. Obtain each kind of hardware (latch and locksets, exit devices, hinges and closers) from one manufacturer.

C. Exit Doors: Operable from inside with single motion without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort.

D. Furnish hardware items required to complete the work in accordance with specified performance level and design intent, complying with manufacturers’ instructions.

1. Where scheduled item is now obsolete, bid and furnish manufacturer's updated item at no additional cost to the project.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: coordinate delivery to appropriate locations (shop or field).

1. Permanent keys and cores: secured delivery direct to Owner’s representative.

B. Acceptance at Site: Items individually packaged in manufacturers’ original containers, complete with proper fasteners and related pieces. Clearly mark packages to indicate contents, locations in hardware schedule and door numbers.

C. Storage: Provide securely locked storage area for hardware, protect from moisture, sunlight, paint, chemicals, dust, excessive heat and cold, etc.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 71 00 - 3 DOOR HARDWARE

1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Where exact types of hardware specified are not adaptable to finished shape or size of members requiring hardware, provide suitable types having as nearly as practical as the same operation and quality as type specified, subject to Architect’s approval.

1.07 SEQUENCING AND COORDINATION
A. Coordinate with concrete.

B. Reinforce walls for wall-mounted hardware, including wall stops and stainless steel guard rails.

C. Coordinate finish floor materials and floor-mounted hardware.

D. Furnish manufacturer templates to door and frame fabricators.

1. Ensure proper blocking in wood doors to support wood screws for panic hardware and door closers.

2. Ensure proper reinforcement in metal doors and frames to support machine screws for panic hardware and door closers.

E. Use hardware consultant to check Shop Drawings for doors and entrances to confirm that adequate provisions will be made for proper hardware installation.

1.08 WARRANTY
A. Part of respective manufacturers’ regular terms of sale. Provide manufacturers’ written warranties:

1. Locksets: Three years.

2. Closers: Ten years.

3. Other Hardware: Two years.

1.09 COMMISSIONING
A. Conduct these tests three weeks prior to request for certificate of substantial completion:

1. Test door hardware operation with climate control system and stairwell pressurization system both at rest and while in full operation.

1.10 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Locate latching hardware between 34” to 44” above the finished floor, per California Building Code, Section 1010.2.3 and 11B-404.2.7.

B. Handles, pull, latches, locks, other operating devices: readily openable without tight grasping, tight pinching, or twisting of the wrist to operate. California Building Code 1010.2.2 and 11B-309.4.

C. Adjust doors to open with not more than 5.0 lbs pressure to open at exterior doors and 5.0 lbs at interior doors. As allowed per California Building Code, Section 11B-404.2.9, local authority may increase the allowable pressure for fire doors to achieve positive latching, but not to exceed 15 lbs.

D. Adjust door closer sweep periods so that from an open position of 90 degrees, the door will take at least 5 seconds to move to a point 12 degrees from the latch, measured to the landing side of the door, per California Building Code Section 11B-404.2.8.1.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 71 00 - 4 DOOR HARDWARE
F. Smooth surfaces at bottom 10” of push sides of doors, facilitating push-open with wheelchair footrests, per California Building Code Section 11B-404.2.10.

G. Door opening clear width no less than 32”, measured from face of frame stop, or edge of inactive leaf of pair of doors, to door face with door opened to 90 degrees. Hardware projection not a factor in clear width if located above 34” and the hardware projects no more than 4”. California Building Code Section 11B404.2.3, 11B-404.2.4, and 1010.1.1.

H. Door opening height shall not be less than 80 inches. Doors closers and door stops shall be permitted to be 78 inches minimum above the floor. California Building Code Section 11B-404.2.3 and 1010.1.1.1.

I. Thresholds: floor or landing no more than 1/2” below the top of the threshold of the doorway. Change in level between 1/4“ and 1/2”: beveled to slope no greater than 1:2 (50 percent slope). California Building Code Section 11B-404.2.5.

J. Floor stops: Do not locate in path of travel. Locate no more than 4” from walls.

K. Pairs of doors: limit swing of one leaf to 90 degrees to protect persons reading wall-mounted tactile signage.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Listed acceptable alternate manufacturers: submit for review products with equivalent function and features of scheduled products.

ITEM: MANUFACTURER: ACCEPTABLE SUB:

Hinges (IVE) Ives Bommer
Key System (SCH) Schlage Schlage Primus
Locks (SCH) Schlage Facility Standard
Closers (LCN) LCN Facility Standard
Push & Pull Plates (IVE) Ives Rockwood
Kickplates (IVE) Ives Rockwood
Stops & Holders – (IVE) Ives Rockwood
Thresholds (ZER) Zero Int’l NGP
Seals & Bottoms (ZER) Zero Int’l NGP

2.02 HINGING METHODS
A. Note: drawings typically depict doors at 90 degrees, doors will actually swing to maximum allowable. Use wide-throw conventional or continuous hinges as needed to allow door to stand parallel to wall for true 180-degree opening..

B. Conventional Hinges: Steel or stainless steel pins and concealed bearings. Hinge open widths minimum, but of sufficient throw to permit maximum door swing.

1. Three hinges per leaf to 7 foot, 6 inch height. Add one for each additional 30 inches in height or any fraction thereof.

2. Extra heavy weight hinges on doors over 3 foot, 5 inches in width.

3. Extra-heavy weight hinges on doors with panic hardware or fire exit devices.

4. Outswinging exterior doors: non-ferrous with non-removable (NRP) pins.

5. Non-ferrous material exteriors and at doors subject to corrosive atmospheric conditions.

6. Provide shims and shimming instructions for proper door adjustment.

2.03 LOCKSETS AND LATCHSETS
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 71 00 - 5 DOOR HARDWARE
A. Mortise Locksets and Latchsets: as scheduled.

1. Chassis: cold-rolled steel, handing field-changeable without disassembly.

2. Latchbolts: 3/4 inch throw stainless steel anti-friction type.

3. Lever Trim: through-bolted, accessible design, cast lever or solid extruded bar type levers as scheduled. Filled hollow tube design unacceptable. a. Spindles: security design independent breakaway. Breakage of outside lever does not allow access to inside lever’s hubworks to gain wrongful entry.

4. Thumbturns: accessible design not requiring pinching or twisting motions to operate.

5. Deadbolts: stainless steel 1-inch throw.

6. Strikes: 16 gage curved steel, bronze or brass with 1 inch deep box construction, lips of sufficient length to clear trim and protect clothing.

7. Scheduled Lock Series and Design: Schlage L series, 06A design.

8. Certifications:
a. ANSI A156.13, 1994, Grade 1 Operational, Grade 1 Security. b. ANSI/ASTM F476-84 Grade 31 UL Listed.

9. Comply with CBC Section 11B-309.4.

B. Extra Heavy Duty Cylindrical Locks and Latches: as scheduled.

1. Chassis: cylindrical design, corrosion-resistant plated cold-rolled steel, through-bolted.

2. Locking Spindle: stainless steel, interlocking design.

3. Latch Retractors: forged steel. Balance of inner parts: corrosion-resistant plated steel, or stainless steel.

4. Backset: 2-3/4" typically, more or less as needed to accommodate frame, door or other hardware.

5. Lever Trim: accessible design, independent operation, spring-cage supported, minimum 2” clearance from lever mid-point to door face.

6. Strikes: 16 gage curved steel, bronze or brass with 1” deep box construction, lips of sufficient length to clear trim and protect clothing.

7. Lock Series and Design: Schlage ND series, “Rhodes” design.

8. Certifications:
a. ANSI A156.2, 1994, Series 4000, Grade 1.
b. UL listed for A label and lesser class single doors up to 4ft x 8ft.

9. Comply with CBC Section 11B-309.4.

2.04 CLOSERS
A. Surface Closers:

1. Full rack-and-pinion type cylinder.

2. ISO 2000 certified. Units stamped with date-of-manufacture code.

3. Independent lab-tested 10,000,000 cycles.

4. Non-sized, non-handed, and adjustable. Place closer inside building, stairs, and rooms.

5. Plates, brackets and special templating when needed for interface with particular header, door and wall conditions and neighboring hardware.

6. Opening pressure: Exterior doors 5 lb., interior doors 5 lb., the authority having jurisdiction may increase the opening force for fire-rated doors, not to exceed 15lbs max, per CBC11B-404.2.9.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 71 00 - 6 DOOR HARDWARE

7. Separate adjusting valves for closing speed, latching speed and backcheck, fourth valve for delayed action where scheduled.

8. Non-flaming fluid, will not fuel door or floor covering fires.

9. Pressure Relief Valves (PRV): unsafe, not permitted.

2.05 OTHER HARDWARE
A. Kick Plates: Four beveled edges, .050 inches minimum thickness, height and width as scheduled. Sheet-metal screws of bronze or stainless steel to match other hardware.

B. Door Stops: Provide stops to protect walls, casework or other hardware.

1. Unless otherwise noted in Hardware Sets, provide wall type with appropriate fasteners. Where wall type cannot be used, provide floor type. If neither can be used, provide overhead type.

2. Locate overhead stops for maximum possible opening. Consult with Owner for furniture locations. Minimum: 90deg stop / 95deg deadstop. Note degree of opening in submittal.

C. Seals: Finished to match adjacent frame color. Resilient seal material:
polypropylene, nylon brush, or solid high-grade neoprene. UL label applied to seals on rated doors. Substitute products: certify that the products equal or exceed specified material’s thickness and durability. Proposed substitutions:
submit for approval.

1. Solid neoprene: MIL Spec. R6855-CL III, Grade 40.

2. Non-corroding fasteners at in-swinging exterior doors.

D. Thresholds: As scheduled and per details. Comply with CBC Section 11B404.2.5. Substitute products: certify that the products equal or exceed specified material’s thickness. Proposed substitutions: submit for approval.

1. Exteriors: Seal perimeter to exclude water and vermin. Use Dow Corning 795 Silicone or approved equal. Non-ferrous 1/4inch fasteners and lead expansion shield anchors, or Red-Head #SFS-1420 (or approved equivalent) Flat Head Sleeve Anchors (SS/FHSL).

2. Plastic plugs with wood or sheet metal screws are not an acceptable substitute for specified fastening methods.

E. Fasteners: Generally, exposed screws to be Phillips or Robertson drive. Pinned TORX drive at high security areas. Flat head sleeve anchors (FHSL) may be slotted drive. Sheet metal and wood screws: full-thread. Sleeve nuts: full length to prevent door compression.

F. Through-bolts: Do not use. Coordinate with wood doors; ensure provision of proper blocking to support wood screws for mounting panic hardware and door closers. Coordinate with metal doors and frames; ensure provision of proper reinforcement to support machine screws for mounting panic hardware and door closers.

2.06 FINISH
A. Generally BHMA 626 Satin Chromium.

1. Areas using BHMA 626 to have push-plates, pulls and protection plates of BHMA 630, Satin Stainless Steel, unless otherwise noted.

B. Door closers: factory powder coated to match other hardware, unless otherwise noted.

C. Aluminum items: match predominant adjacent material. Seals to coordinate with frame color.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 71 00 - 7 DOOR HARDWARE

2.07 KEYING REQUIREMENTS
A. Key System: Schlage Primus high-security utility-patented keyway, interchangeable core throughout. Key blanks available only from factory-direct sources, not available from after-market keyblank manufacturers. For estimate use factory GMK charge. Initiate and conduct meeting(s) with Owner to determine system keyway(s), keybow styles, structure, degree of physical security and degree of geographic exclusivity. Furnish Owner’s written approval of the system.

1. Existing factory-registered master key system.

2. Primus verify level.

3. Construction keying: furnish temporary keyed-alike cores. Remove at substantial completion and install permanent cylinders/cores in Owner’s presence. Demonstrate that construction key no longer operates.

4. Temporary cylinders/cores remain Supplier’s property.

5. Furnish 10 construction keys.

6. Furnish 2 construction control keys.

B. Key Cylinders: furnish 6-pin solid brass construction.

C. Cylinders/cores: keyed at factory of lock manufacturer where permanent records are maintained. Locksets and cylinders same manufacturer.

D. Permanent keys: use secured shipment direct from point of origination to Owner.

1. For estimate: 3 keys per change combination, 5 master keys per group, 5 grand-master keys, 3 control keys.

E. Bitting List: use secured shipment direct from point of origination to Owner at completion.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS
A. Experienced craftsperson with a resume of successful projects. Can readily differentiate between number 2 and number 3 phillips-drive screws and screwdrivers. Can readily differentiate between #10-24 machine screws and drywall screws, and can explain correct usages of these items.

3.02 PREPARATION
A. Ensure that walls and frames are square and plumb before hardware installation.

B. Locate hardware per SDI-100 and applicable building, fire, life-safety, accessibility, and security codes.

1. Notify Architect of any code conflicts before ordering material.

2. Locate levers, key cylinders, t-turn pieces, touchbars and other operable portions of latching hardware between 34 inches to 44 inches above the finished floor, per CBC Section 11B-404.2.7.

3. Where new hardware is to be installed near existing doors/hardware scheduled to remain, match locations of existing hardware.

C. Overhead stops: before installing, determine proposed locations of furniture items, fixtures, and other items to be protected by the overhead stop's action.

3.03 INSTALLATION
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 71 00 - 8 DOOR HARDWARE
A. Install hardware per manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrate.

Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate for proper installation and operation. Remove and reinstall or replace work deemed defective by Architect.

1. Gaskets: install jamb-applied gaskets before closers, overhead stops, rim strikes, etc; fasten hardware over and through these seals. Install sweeps across bottoms of doors before astragals, cope sweeps around bottom pivots, trim astragals to tops of sweeps.

2. Use manufacturers' fasteners furnished with hardware items, or submit Request for Substitution with Architect.

3. Replace fasteners damaged by power-driven tools.

B. Locate floor stops no more than 4 inches from walls and not within paths of travel. See paragraph 2.2 regarding hinge widths, door should be well clear of point of wall reveal. Point of door contact no closer to the hinge edge than half the door width. Where situation is questionable or difficult, contact Architect for direction.

C. Drill pilot holes for fasteners in wood doors and/or frames.

D. Drawings typically depict doors at 90 degrees, doors will swing to maximum allowable. Install door closers to maximum allowable swing in conjunction with door stops.

3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust and check for proper operation and function. Replace units, which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly.

1. Hardware damaged by improper installation or adjustment methods to be repaired or replaced to Owner’s satisfaction.

2. Adjust doors to fully latch with no more than 1 pound of pressure.

3.05 DEMONSTRATION
A. Demonstrate hardware systems, including adjustment and maintenance procedures.

3.06 PROTECTION/CLEANING
A. Cover installed hardware, protect from paint, cleaning agents, weathering, carts/barrows, etc. Remove covering materials and clean hardware just prior to substantial completion.

B. Clean adjacent wall, frame and door surfaces soiled from installation/reinstallation process.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 71 00 - 9 DOOR HARDWARE

3.07 SCHEDULE OF FINISH HARDWARE
A. See door schedule in drawings for hardware set assignments.

HW SET: 01
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE
1 EA OFFICE LOCK ND50TD RHO 626 SCH
1 EA CORE ONLY 20-740 626 SCH
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA WALL STOP WS401CCV 626 IVE
HW SET: 02
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE
1 EA ENTRANCE LOCK ND53TD RHO 626 SCH
1 EA CORE ONLY 20-740 626 SCH
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC81A (PARALLEL ARM MOUNT) 689 FAL
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA WALL STOP WS401CCV 626 IVE
HW SET: 03 – NOT USED
HW SET: 04
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 630 IVE
1 EA PRIVACY SET ND40S RHO 626 SCH
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 1" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA WALL STOP WS401CCV 626 IVE
HW SET: 05
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 630 IVE
1 EA PUSH PLATE 8200 8" X 16" 630 IVE
1 EA PULL PLATE 8302-0 4" X 16" 630 IVE
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC81A (REG ARM MOUNT) 689 FAL
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 1" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA WALL STOP WS401CCV 626 IVE
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 71 00 - 10 DOOR HARDWARE
HW SET: 06
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE
1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80TD RHO 626 SCH
1 EA CORE ONLY 20-740 626 SCH
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA WALL STOP WS401CCV 626 IVE
HW SET: 07
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE
1 EA STOREROOM LOCK LV9480T 06A 626 SCH
1 EA CORE ONLY 20-740 626 SCH
1 EA DOOR HOLDER PAH60 689 LCN
1 SET SEALS 188S HEAD AND JAMBS BLK ZER
1 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A AL ZER
1 EA THRESHOLD 545A MSLA-10 AL ZER
HW SET: 08
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE
1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70TD RHO 626 SCH
1 EA CORE ONLY 20-740 626 SCH
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC81A (PARALLEL ARM MOUNT) 689 FAL
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA WALL STOP WS401CCV 626 IVE
HW SET: 09
3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE
1 EA ENTRANCE LOCK ND53TD RHO 626 SCH
1 EA CORE ONLY 20-740 626 SCH
1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE
1 EA DOME STOP FS438 435 436 437 AS REQU'D 626 IVE
END OF SECTION 08 71 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

GLASS AND GLAZING
SECTION 08 81 00
08 81 00 - 1 GLASS AND GLAZING
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1.

2. Glass and glazing.

3. Caulking in connection with this work.

4. Submittal preparation.

5. Clean up.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 06 10 00: Rough Carpentry

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product and Material Test Data:

1. Submit copies of product and material test data of materials intended for use in this work to Architect for approval prior to beginning installation.

B. Samples or Mockups:

1. Upon request, submit one 4"x4" sample of materials intended for use in this work for approval by Architect.

C. Shop Drawings:

1. Submit copies of shop drawings to Architect for approval prior to beginning installation.
a. Include full size installation details.

D. Certificates:

1. Submit three signed certificates to Architect verifying that glass and glazing was installed per manufacturer's recommendations.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conformance:

1. Meet flatness requirements of ASTM C1048-12.

2. Lock-strip gaskets shall conform to ASTM C542-05.

3. Float glass shall meet ASTM C1036-11.

4. Glass strength shall meet or exceed ASTM E-1300-12.

5. Tempered glazing shall have a visible manufacturer's etched identification quality mark on each pane per C.B.C. Section 2406.3.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 81 00 - 2 GLASS AND GLAZING

1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

B. Label each piece of glass.

1. Indicate name of the manufacturer and the grade.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Non-Rated Glass:

1. Clear, tinted, reflective, and obscured:
a. PPG Industries;
b. Oldcastle.
c. Or approved equal.

2.02 MATERIALS
A. Polished Plate Glass:

1. 1/4" thick float, clear annealed.

B. Tempered Polished Plate Glass:

1. Conform to Fed. Spec. DD-G-451a.

C. Double Pane Glazing (1" insulated glazing Low E unit): Visual light transmission of 35%, Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) of the glazing assembly shall be

0.24 or less:

1. Exterior Glazing, including exterior doors:
a. Polished Plate Glass PPG Solargray with Solarban 60 on airspace side.

Visual light transmission of 35%, Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) when measured at the center of the glazing assembly shall be 0.24 or less.
1) Tempered or non-tempered as indicated on Drawings.

2. Air Space shall be 1/2" sealed.

3. Interior Glazing:
a. Polished 1/4" Clear Float Plate Glass.
1) Tempered or non-tempered as indicated on Drawings.

4. Perimeter Seal:
a. Butyl primary seal on each side of metal spacer with structural adhesive grade silicone secondary seal.
1) Tempered or non-tempered as indicated on Drawings.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 81 00 - 3 GLASS AND GLAZING
D. Fire-Rated Glass:

1. Properties:
a. Surface Finish:
1) Premium (polished).
b. Thickness: 1-1/8"
c. Approximate visible light transmission;
1) 85 percent minimum.
d. Impact Safety Rating: 2016 CBC 2406.2 - Table 2406.2(1) and CPSC 16CFR1202 (Category I and II).
e. Labeling:
1) Permanently label each lite of glass with laboratory logo (WHI and/or UL), product and manufacturer's name, rating, and safety specifications. Lite frame shall not obstruct vision of the label (bug). 2) Comply with 2019 CBC 2406.3.

2. Glazing Compound:
a. Glazing Tape:
1) Closed cell polyvinyl chloride (PVC) foam, coiled on release paper over adhesive on two sides, maximum water absorption by volume of 2 percent. Glass panels that exceed 1,393 sq. inches for 90-minute ratings must be glazed with fire-rated glazing tape supplied by manufacturer.
b. Silicone Sealant:
1) One-part neutral curing silicone, medium modulus sealant, Type S; Grade NS; Class 25 with additional movement capability of 50 percent in both extension and compression (total 100 percent); Use (Exposure) NT; Uses (Substrates) G, A, and O as applicable.
a. Acceptable Products:
(1) Dow Corning 795 - Dow Corning Corp.
(2) Siliglaze-II 2800 - General Electric Co.
(3) Spectrum 2 - Tremco, Inc.
c. Setting Blocks:
1) Hardwood; thickness of glass by 4 inches by 3/16" thick or Neoprene, EPDM, or silicone; tested for compatibility with glazing compound; of 70 to 90 Shore A hardness.

3. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers:
a. Type recommended by manufacturer of glass and gaskets.

E. Exterior Door Glazing:

1. 1/4" tempered float plate with gray tint to match exterior glazing.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
08 81 00 - 4 GLASS AND GLAZING
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Field verify required sizes.

3.02 INSTALLATION OR APPLICATION
A. Install caulking per manufacturer's recommendations.

B. Immediately remove any acid or cement-containing products which may come into contact with glass or glazing.

3.03 CONDITION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Glass and glazing shall be free of blemishes, scratches, pits, or bubbles.

B. Glazing beads shall be seated properly and tightly.

C. Caulking shall be installed smoothly and uniformly.

D. Glass and glazing shall be clean, free of grease, dirt, and foreign materials, and shall be streak free.

END OF SECTION 08 81 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
SECTION 09 21 16
09 21 16 - 1 GYPSUM BOARD

ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1.

2. Gypsum drywall.

3. Taping and accessories.

4. Texture finish where indicated.

5. Labor, materials, tools, and equipment.

6. Submittal preparation.

7. Clean up.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 06 10 00: Rough Carpentry

2. Section 06 20 00: Finish Carpentry

3. Section 26 05 00: Basic Electrical Materials and Methods C. Performance Requirements:

1. Provide solid smooth surface when additional finish material is applied over gypsum drywall.

2. Installations shall meet the requirements for fire ratings where specified.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product or Material Data:

1. Submit product description data for all proposed products or materials for review and acceptance by Architect prior to start of work.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Compliance:

1. CBC Chapter 25.

B. Warranty:

1. One (1) -Year per General Conditions.

C. Environmental Requirements:

1. Maintain temperatures, relative humidity, and other environmental conditions within manufacturer's suggested limits.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 21 16 - 2 GYPSUM BOARD

ASSEMBLIES
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Gypsum Wallboard:

1. US Gypsum Co.

2. Gold Bond

3. Georgia-Pacific

4. Other approved equal.

B. Accessories:

1. Milcor

2. Superior

3. US Gypsum

4. Other approved equal.

C. Texture Finish:

1. US Gypsum

2. Other approved equal.

2.02 MATERIALS
A. Gypsum Wall Board:

1. Regular wall board: 5/8" Type "X" conforming to ASTM C1396, unless noted otherwise.

B. Typical Trim and Accessories:

1. 90 deg. outside corner bead: No-Coat by Drywall Systems International

2. 90 deg. inside corner bead: No-Coat by Drywall Systems International

3. Control joint: Sheetrock Brand Dur-A-Bead Corner Bead

4. Angle trim: No-Coat Ultraflex 450 by Drywall Systems International

5. Channel trim: USG 700A

6. Misc. trim: USG 200A, 200B, 401, 402 & 071B
C. Screws:

1. Designed for gypsum wallboard installation.

2. Comply with ASTM C954-18, C1002-20 and CBC Table No. 2506.2.

D. Nails:

1. Annular ring-shank nails conforming to ASTM C514-04, F547-17, F1667- 21 and CBC Table No. 2506.2.

E. Staples:

1. Flattened 16-gauge galvanized wire with 1-1/8” legs.

F. Joint Tape:

1. USG Beadex Brand Drywall Joint Tape
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 21 16 - 3 GYPSUM BOARD

ASSEMBLIES
G. Joint Compounds:

1. USG Sheetrock Brand Durabond Taping Joint compound

2. USG Sheetrock Brand Topping Joint Compound

2.03 ACCESSORIES OR HARDWARE
A. As required for proper installation.

B. As required on drawings.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 DELVIERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Handling, storage, and installation of the materials in accordance with the manufacturer's latest written requirements.

3.02 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate location and installation of blocking and nailers required for the work of this Section.

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's latest written recommendations.

B. Comply with California Building Code Section 2504.2 and Table 2508.1.

C. Additional Requirements:

1. All vertical joints shall be positioned over a structural member.

2. Set screw or nail heads slightly for the cement, but do not break paper finish. a. Top with smooth coat of joint compound.

3. Set joints with USG Perf-a-Tape and joint compound.
a. During hot, dry conditions use USG Durabond Taping Joint Compound or equal.
b. Knock-down high areas and finish with a coat of topping compound.

4. Use the largest sheet size possible to avoid excessive joints.

5. Horizontal surfaces shall be installed using type S or W screws at 12" on center maximum, unless noted otherwise. Install long side of sheets perpendicular to studs or joist.

6. Stagger all joints.

7. Do not use "score and knockout" method to cut openings.

8. Staples may only be used to secure trim accessories. a. Fasten at 6" on center.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 21 16 - 4 GYPSUM BOARD

ASSEMBLIES

3.04 TEXTURE FINISH
A. Surface Preparation:

1. All surfaces, including joint compound applications, filling or patching treatments shall be dry, clean, and sound.

2. Remove any water-soluble materials from surface.

3. Dull or roughen any glossy surfaces.

4. Prime metal surfaces with a rust-inhibitive primer.

5. Fill and seal any exposed wood surfaces.

B. Application:

1. Apply materials to blend uniformly and cover fully without starved spots or other evidence of thin application.

2. Provide uniform texture without application patterns.

3. Remove any texture droppings or overspray from wall, windows, and floor, leaving room clean for following trades.

4. Remove any texture droppings or overspray from wall, windows, and floor leaving room clean for following trades.

C. Texture Finish Schedule:

1. Surface treatment and finish materials as required for the following textures:
a. Wall Texture (Refer to Gypsum Association # GA-214-17):
1) GA Level 4 with texture
a) Light knockdown or orange peel.
2) Rooms 101 Reception, Room 102 Hallway and other rooms as directed by City representative:
a) GA Level 4
i. Light knockdown or orange peel.
b) Or approved equal.

3.05 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspections:

1. Architect of Record
B. Coordination:

1. Meet with subsequent contractors whose work will follow to assure acceptance of substrate finish.
a) No additional cost for substrate preparation will be accepted by owner.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 21 16 - 5 GYPSUM BOARD

ASSEMBLIES

3.06 CLEANING OR REPAIR
A. Keep premises clean during the progress of the work.

B. Thoroughly clean-up work and adjacent areas upon completion of the work.

1. Sweep areas clean.

2. Remove tools, excess materials, and debris from site.

END OF SECTION 09 21 16
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
TILE
SECTION 09 30 00
09 30 00 - 1 TILE
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01. SUMMARY
A. Inclusions

1. Tile and Trim and Setting Materials:
a. Glazed Porcelain Tile
b. Ceramic tile floor, walls, wainscots
B Related Sections

1. Section 07 90 00 Sealants and Caulking

1.02. REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

1. ANSI A108.1A - Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar.

2. ANSI A108.1B - Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar.

3. ANSI A108.1C - Specifications for Contractors Option:

Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar -or- Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar.

4. ANSI A108.19 Interior installation of Gauged Porcelain Tiles and Gauged Porcelain Slabs by thin-bed Method bonded with
modified dry set cement mortar or improved modified dry set cement mortar

5. ANSI A108.4 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Organic Adhesives or Water-Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive.

6. ANSI A108.5 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with DrySet Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar.

7. ANSI A108.8 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Chemical-Resistant Furan Mortar and Grout.

8. ANSI A108.9 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout.

9. ANSI A108.10 - Specifications for Installation of Grout in Tilework.

10. ANSI A118.1 - Standard Specification for Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 30 00 - 2 TILE

11. ANSI A118.4 - Latex-Portland Cement Mortar.

12. ANSI A118.6 - Standard Ceramic Tile Grouts.

13. ANSI A118.7 - Polymer Modified Cement Grouts

14. ANSI A118.8 - Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout.

15. ANSI A118.9 - Test Methods and Specifications for Cementitious Backer Units
B. ASTM International (ASTM) for Ceramic and Porcelain:

1. ASTM C 373 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption, Bulk Density, Apparent Porosity, and Apparent Specific Gravity of Fired Whiteware Products.

2. ASTM C 648 - Standard Test Method for Breaking Strength of Ceramic Tile.

3. ASTM C 650 - Standard Test Method for Resistance of Ceramic Tile to Chemical Substances

4. ASTM C 1026 - Standard Test Method for Measuring the Resistance of Ceramic and Glass Tile to Freeze-Thaw Cycling

5. ASTM C 1027 - Standard Test Method for Determining Visible Abrasion Resistance of Glazed Ceramic Tile.

C. Tile Council of North America (TCNA): TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation, 2012.

1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Dynamic Coefficient of Friction: Tile on walkway surfaces that will be wet shall provide the following values as determined by testing in conformance with DCOF BOT 3000.

1. Level Surfaces: Minimum of 0.42 (Wet).

DCOF Shall not be the only determining factor in selecting material for commercial floors. In some cases a lower DCOF may be desired for ADA purposes where friction may impede mobility.

1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 30 00.

B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:

C. Preparation instructions and recommendations.

1. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.

2. Installation methods.

D. Shop Drawings: Indicate tile layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions, junctions with dissimilar materials, control and expansion joints, thresholds, ceramic accessories, and setting details.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 30 00 - 3 TILE

1. Manufacturer's Certificate:
a. Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. b. For each shipment, type and composition of tile provide a Master Grade Certificate signed by the manufacturer and the installer certifying that products meet or exceed the specified requirements of ANSI A137.1.

2. Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, stain removal methods, and polishes and waxes.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum two years of experience.

B. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type and color of tile from a single source. Obtain each type and color of mortar, adhesive and grout from the same source.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation.

B. Protect adhesives and liquid additives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

C. Store tile and setting materials on elevated platforms, under cover and in a dry location and protect from contamination, dampness, freezing or overheating.

1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not install adhesives in an unventilated environment.

B. Maintain ambient and substrate temperature of 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) during tiling and for a minimum of 7 days after completion.

1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide for Owner's use a minimum of 2 percent of the primary sizes and colors of tile specified, boxed, and clearly labeled. Tiles will vary from lot to lot and material may not match upon reorder.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 30 00 - 4 TILE
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturer-porcelain tile: Emser Tile LLC, which is located at: 4525 Stine Rd., Bakersfield, CA 93313; Tel: 661-837-4400; Email:
[email protected]; Web: www.emser.com
B. Acceptable Manufacturer – ceramic tile: Daltile
C. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01 60 00.

2.02 MATERIALS
A. Tile

1. General: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types, compositions and other characteristics indicated. Provide tile in the locations and of the types, colors and pattern indicated on the Drawings and identified in the Schedule at the end of this Section.

Tile shall also be provided in accordance with the following:
a. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected under Submittal of samples, blend tile in the factory and package so tile taken from one package shows the same range of colors as those taken from other packages in the same caliber and shade.

B. Glazed Porcelain Tile:

1. Porcelain Tile “PT-1” - 12”x24” – Room 108: UNISEX RESTROOM, Room 109: UNISEX RESTROOM, Room 110: UNISEX SHOWER
a. Product: Emser Tile – Fragmento (field)
b. Water Absorption: <0.5%
d. Size and Shape: 12 inches x 24 inches, nominal
e. Surface Finish: Matte
f. Color: White
g. Pattern: As indicated on the Drawings.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 30 00 - 5 TILE

2. Pebbles Mosaic Tile “MB-1” (shower floor only) - Room 109; UNISEX SHOWER
a. Product: Emser Tile – Opus (field)
b. Water Absorption: <0.5%
c. Size and Shape: 12”x12”
d. Surface Finish: Honed
e. Color: Dark Pebble
f. Pattern: NA

3. Glazed Wall Tile “WT-1” - Room 108: UNISEX RESTROOM, ROOM 109:

UNISEX SHOWER, ROOM 110: UNISEX RESTROOM
a. Product: Emser Tile – Passion
b. Water Absorption: <0.5%
d. Size and Shape: 3” x 8”
e. Surface Finish: Glossy
f. Color: Gris
g. Pattern: Field

3. Glazed Wall Tile “WT-2” - Room 108: UNISEX RESTROOM, ROOM 109:

UNISEX SHOWER, ROOM 110: UNISEX RESTROOM
a. Product: Emser Tile – Passion
b. Water Absorption: <0.5%
d. Size and Shape: 3” x 8”
e. Surface Finish: Glossy
f. Color: Verde
g. Pattern: Accent as indicated on the Drawings
B. SETTING MATERIALS

1. Organic Adhesive: ANSI A136.1, thinset bond type; use Type I in areas subject to prolonged moisture exposure.

2. Epoxy Adhesive: ANSI A118.3, thinset bond type.

3. Mortar Bed Materials:
a. Portland cement: ASTM C150, type 1, gray or white.
b. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.
c. Sand: ASTM C144, fine.
d. Latex additive: As approved.
e. Water: Clean and potable.

4. Mortar Bond Coat Materials:
a. Dry-Set Portland Cement type: ANSI A118.1.
b. Latex-Portland Cement type: ANSI A118.4.
c. Epoxy: ANSI A118.3, 100 percent solids.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 30 00 - 6 TILE

5. Standard Grout: Cement grout, sanded or unsanded, as specified in ANSI A118.6; color as selected by architect.

6. Polymer modified cement grout, sanded or unsanded, as specified in ANSI A118.7; color as selected.CM24

7. Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.8, 100 percent solids epoxy grout; color as selected.
a. Silicone Sealant: Silicone sealant, moisture and mildew resistant type, white

8. Cleavage Membrane:
1) No. 15 (6.9 kg) asphalt saturated felt, ASTM D226, Type 1. 2) Polyethylene film, ASTM D4397, 4.0 mil thickness.

9. Waterproofing Membrane at Floors: Membrane in accordance with ANSI A118.10 and as follows:
a. Chlorinated Polyethylene Sheet with polyester fabric reinforcing. b. Fabric Reinforced, Fluid-Applied elastomeric membrane. c. Un-Reinforced, Fluid-Applied elastomeric membrane.
d. Polyethylene Sheet Product.
e. Fabric-Reinforced, Modified-Bituminous Sheet Product. f. Urethane Waterproofing and Tile-Setting Adhesive Product.

10.Membrane at Walls: No. 15 (6.9 kg) asphalt saturated felt, ASTM D226, Type 1.

11. Membrane at Walls: 4 mil (0.1 mm) thick polyethylene film, ASTM D4397.

12. Membrane at Walls: Reinforced asphalt paper.

13. Reinforcing Mesh: 2 by 2 inch (50 by 50 mm) size weave of 16/16 wire size; welded fabric, galvanized.

14. Metal Lath: ASTM C847, Flat expanded diamond mesh, not less than 2.5 lbs/SY, galvanized finish.

15.Cementitious Backer Board: ANSI A118.9; High density, cementitious, glass fiber reinforced with 2 inch (50 mm) wide coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners:
a. Thickness: 1/4 inch (6 mm).
b. Thickness: 1/2 inch (13 mm).
c. Thickness: 5/8 inch (16 mm)
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 30 00 - 7 TILE

16. Coved-Shaped Profiles:

1. Schluter- DILEX-AHK
a. Description: anodized aluminum profile with integrated trapezoid-perforated anchoring legs, connected at a 90-degree angle by a cove-shaped section with 3/8” radius that forms the visible surface.
b. Corners:
1) Provide with matching inside corners.
2) Provide with matching outside corners.
3) Provide with matching end caps.
4) Provide with matching connectors.
c. Material and Finish:
1) Finish to be selected by architect.
a) Height as required to coordinate with tile selection and setting system selected.

PART 3 EXECUTION
A. EXAMINATION

1. Verify that wall surfaces are free of substances which would impair bonding of setting materials, smooth and flat within tolerances specified in ANSI A137.1 and are ready to receive tile.

2. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are dust-free, and free of substances which would impair bonding of setting materials to sub-floor surfaces and are smooth and flat within tolerances specified in ANSI A137.1.

3. Verify that concrete sub-floor surfaces are ready for tile installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity; obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by tile manufacturer and setting materials
manufacturer.

4. Verify that required floor-mounted utilities are in correct location.

B. PREPARATION

1. Protect surrounding work from damage.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 30 00 - 8 TILE

2. Remove any curing compounds or other contaminates.

3. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean.

4. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances.

5. Install cementitious backer board in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and board manufacturer's instructions. Tape joints and corners, cover with skim coat of dry-set mortar to a feather edge.

6. Prepare substrate surfaces for adhesive installation in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's instructions.

C. INSTALLATION - GENERAL

1. Install tile and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1 through A108.13, manufacturer's instructions, and TCA Handbook recommendations.

2. Lay tile to pattern indicated. Arrange pattern so that a full tile or joint is centered on each wall and that no tile less than 1/2 width is used. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings.

3. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form corners and bases neatly. Align floor joints.

4. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout.

5. Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed.

6. Install ceramic accessories rigidly in prepared openings.

7. Install non-ceramic trim in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

8. Install thresholds where indicated.

9. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units.

10. Keep expansion joints free of adhesive or grout. Apply sealant to joints.

11. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting.

12. Grout tile joints. Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated.

13. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials and Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 30 00 - 9 TILE
junction of dissimilar planes.

D. INSTALLATION - FLOORS - THIN-SET MORTAR METHODS

1. Over exterior concrete substrates, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F102, with standard grout.

2. Over interior concrete substrates, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F113, dry-set or latex-portland cement bond coat, with standard grout, unless otherwise indicated.
a. Where waterproofing membrane is indicated, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F122, with latexportland cement grout. b. Where epoxy bond coat and grout are indicated, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F131.

3. Over wood substrates, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F142, with standard grout, unless otherwise indicated. a. Where epoxy bond coat and grout are indicated, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F143.

E. INSTALLATION - FLOORS - MORTAR BED METHODS

1. Over exterior concrete substrates, install in accordance with TCA F101, bonded, with standard grout.

2. Over interior concrete substrates, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F111, with cleavage membrane, unless
otherwise indicated.
a. Where waterproofing membrane is indicated, with standard grout or no mention of grout type, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F121.
b. Where epoxy bond coat and grout are indicated, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F132, bonded.
c. Where epoxy or furan grout is indicated, but not epoxy or furan bond coat, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F114, with cleavage membrane.

3. Over wood substrates, install in accordance with TCA Handbook method F141, with standard grout, unless otherwise indicated.

4. Cleavage Membrane: Lap edges and ends.

5. Waterproofing Membrane: Install as specified in ANSI A108.13.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 30 00 - 10 TILE

6. Mortar Bed Thickness: 1-1/4 to 2 inch (32 to 51 mm) maximum, unless otherwise indicated.

F. INSTALLATION - SHOWERS AND BATHTUB WALLS

1. At tiled shower receptors install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method B415, mortar bed floor, and W244, thin-set over cementitious backer unit walls.

2. At bathtub walls install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method B412, over cementitious backer units with waterproofing membrane.

3. Grout with standard grout as specified above.

4. Seal joints between tile work and other work with sealant specified in Section 07900.

G. INSTALLATION - WALL TILE

1. Over cementitious backer units on studs, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W244, using membrane at toilet rooms.

2. Over cementitious backer units install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W223, organic adhesive.

3. Over gypsum wallboard on wood or metal studs install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W243, thin-set with dryset or latex-portland cement bond coat, unless otherwise indicated.
a. Where mortar bed is indicated, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W222, one coat method.
b. Where waterproofing membrane is indicated other than at showers and bathtub walls, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W222, one coat method.

4. Over interior concrete and masonry install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W202, thin-set with dry-set or latexportland cement bond coat.

5. Over wood studs without backer install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W231, mortar bed, with membrane where
indicated.

6. Over metal studs without backer install in accordance with TCA Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 30 00 - 11 TILE
Handbook Method W241, mortar bed, with membrane where
indicated.

H. CLEANING

1. Clean tile and grout surfaces.

I. PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

1. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface for 72 hours after installation.

2. Cover floors with kraft paper and protect from dirt and residue from other trades.

3. Where floor will be exposed for prolonged periods cover with plywood or other similar type walkways
J. SCHEDULE

1. Floor Tile:
a. See Floor Finish Plan

2. Wall Tile:
a. See Wall Finish Plan and Interior Elevations
END OF SECTION 09 30 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
SECTION 09 51 00
09 51 00 - 1 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1

2. Suspended ceilings system

3. Acoustical panels
a. Lay-in panels

4. Touch-up repairs

5. Labor, materials, tools, and equipment

6. Preparation of submittals

7. Clean up.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 06 10 00: Rough Carpentry

2. Section 09 29 00: Gypsum Wall Board

3. Section 23 30 00: Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

4. Section 26 51 00: Interior Lighting
C. System Description:

1. System 1:
a. Metal ceiling grid system with lay-in acoustical panel.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product or Material Data:

1. System 1 and 2:
a. Submit product description and test and installation data for all proposed products or materials for review and acceptance by Architect prior to start of work.
b. Metal ceiling grid system test must include the following for both main runners and cross runners:
1) Axial tension strength.
2) Ultimate compressive strength.
3) Ultimate load capacity.
4) Ultimate load capacity of splices, intersections, and joints. 5) Ultimate capacity of all materials and connections must exceed 180 pounds.

2. System 3:
a. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data and installation instructions.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 51 00 - 2 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
B. Samples: Submit selection and verification samples: 6 inch × 6 inch (152 × 152 mm) sample for each wood fiber ceiling unit required, showing full range of exposed texture to be expected in completed work.

C. Certificates: Submit manufacturer’s certificate that products meet or exceed specified requirements.

D. Samples or Mockups:

1. Submit a complete set of color selection samples of proposed materials for color selection by Architect prior to ordering materials.

E. Extra Stock:

1. Provide 2% extra ceiling tiles.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Compliance:

1. Materials must meet the standard set by the State of California for environmental protection and hazardous material content. a. Comply with ASTM C635-07 and Section 5.1 of ASTM E580-10a.

2. Comply with all requirements of Division of State Architect (DSA). a. DSA Interpretation of Regulations (IR 25-2.13, Revised 11/09/17)

3. Qualified ICC-ER/ESR reports of submitted systems.

B. Qualifications:

1. Work to be performed by experienced, skilled craftsperson trained in this type of work.

2. Installer must be approved by the manufacturer to install the products covered under this Section of the specifications.

C. Environmental Requirements:

1. Contractor shall ensure that temperatures, relative humidity, and other environmental conditions for material storage, handling, and installation are maintained within the manufacturer's suggested limits.

2. System 3:
a. Do not install ceiling panels until building is closed in and HVAC system is operational.

3. Locate materials onsite at least 24 hours before beginning installation to allow materials to reach temperature and moisture content equilibrium.

4. Maintain the following conditions in areas where acoustical materials are to be installed 24 hours before, during, and after installation. a. Relative Humidity: 65 - 75%.
b. Uniform Temperature: 55 - 70 degrees F.
c. Provide adequate lighting for proper installation of materials. d. Provide adequate ventilation for proper installation of materials.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 51 00 - 3 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
D. Building to be dry and have reached average prevailing relative humidity of locality.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Suspension System:

1. Chicago Metallic

2. Donn

3. Armstrong World Industries.

4. Substitutions must demonstrate structural equivalency and must be submitted as a no cost change order.

B. Acoustical Tiles and Panels:

1. Armstrong Ceilings

2. USG

3. Or approved equal.

2.02 MATERIALS
A. Suspension System (TYPE 1):

1. Comply with ASTM C635, and DSA IR 25-5 latest revision.

2. DSA acceptance in accordance with DSA publication IR A-5. a. Heavy duty, main = CM #200, cross = CM #1214;
b. Heavy duty, main = Donn #DX26, cross = Donn #DX424;
c. Heavy duty, main = Donn #DX26, cross = Donn #DX216;
d. Heavy duty, main = Armstrong #7301, cross = Armstrong #XL-7320; e. DSA-approved equal.

3. Grid shall be exposed "t" bar type.

4. Wall attachment angles shall be 2" wide.

5. Exposed surfaces shall have a white baked-on vinyl or enamel finish.

6. Ceiling wire shall be Class 1zinc coated (galvanized) carbon steel conforming to ASTM A 641-09a. Wire shall be #12 gage (0.106” diameter) with soft temper and minimum tensile strength = 70 ksi.

7. Galvanized sheet steel (including that used for metal stud and track compression struts/post) shall conform to ASTM A 653-11, or other equivalent sheet steel listed in Section A2.1 of the North American Specification for the Design of Col-Formed Steel Structural Members, 2007, including supplement 2 dated 2010 (AISI S100-07/S2-10). Material 43 mil (18 gage) and lighter shall have minimum yield strength of 33 ksi. Material 54 mil (16 gage) and heavier shall have a minimum yield strength of 50 ksi.

8. Electrical metallic tube (EMT) shall be ANSI C80.3/UL 797 carbon steel with G90 galvanizing. EMT shall have a minimum yield strength of 30 ksi and minimum ultimate strength (Fu) of 48 ksi.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 51 00 - 4 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
B. Acoustical Panels:

1. TYPE I: Armstrong Dune #1776, 24”x48”x5/8” thick beveled tegular mineral fiber board panels; Suspension System: TYPE 1

2. Or approved equal
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces scheduled to receive suspended or directly attached acoustical units for unevenness, irregularities, and dampness that would affect quality and execution of work.

B. Do not proceed with installation of ceiling system until unacceptable conditions are corrected.

3.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Handling, storage, and application of the materials covered under this Section of the specifications shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's latest written requirements.

B. Materials shall be delivered to the site in original unopened containers showing the brand name and product identification number.

C. Rejected materials shall be immediately removed from the site.

3.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Sequence work to avoid potential damage from other trades.

3.04 INSTALLATION OR APPLICATION
A. Suspended T-Bar System:

1. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's latest written recommendations, drawings, and details. See typical installation notes below.

2. Layout shall be as indicated on the drawing if shown. a. Main runners shall be on 4-foot centers.
b. Cross runners shall be on 2-foot centers, unless noted otherwise.

3. Install in a level, symmetrical, even pattern, unless shown otherwise. a. Edge tiles shall be of uniform width, unless shown otherwise.

4. Grid joints shall be tight and flush.

5. Wall angles shall be secured firmly to the wall with a minimum 1 1/2" screw penetration into stud or blocking.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 51 00 - 5 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS

6. Tiles shall be cut to fit neatly and snugly into "t" bar grid.

7. Field tegularize all cut and edge tiles.

8. See Typical Suspended Ceiling Notes below.

3.05 CLEANING OR REPAIR
A. Keep premises clean during the progress of the work.

B. Thoroughly clean-up work and adjacent areas upon completion of the work.

1. Sweep areas clean.

2. Remove tools, excess materials, and debris from site.

C. Replace all tiles or accessories damaged or stained during the course of this work.

3.06 TYPICAL SUSPENDED CEILING INSTALLATION NOTES
A. The following notes will be acceptable in plans and specifications for ceiling systems whose total weight, including air conditioning grilles and light fixtures, does not exceed four (4) psf. Heavier systems and those supporting lateral loads from partitions, will require special design details.

B. #12 gauge (min.) hanger wires shall be 0.106 inches in diameter conforming to ASTM A641. #12 gauge wire shall be soft annealed, galvanized steel wire with a class 1 coating.

C. #12 gauge wire may be used for up to and including 4'-0" x 4'-0" grid spacing and shall be attached to main runners.

D. Provide #12 gauge hanger wires at the ends of all main and cross runners within eight inches (8") of the support or within one-fourth (1/4) of the length of the end tee, whichever is least, for the perimeter of the ceiling area. Perimeter wires are not required when the length of the end tee is 8" or less.

E. Provide trapeze or other supplementary support members at obstructions to typical hanger spacing. Provide additional hangers, struts, or braces as required at all ceiling breaks, soffits, or discontinuous areas. Hanger wires that are more than 1 (horizontal) in 6 (vertical) out of plumb are to have counter sloping wires.

F. Ceiling grid members shall be attached to two (2) adjacent walls per ASCE 7-05, Section 13.5.6.2(b). Ceiling grid members shall be at least 3/4" clear of other walls. If walls run diagonally to ceiling grid system runners, one end of main and cross runners should be free, and a minimum of 3/4" clear of wall.

G. The width of the perimeter supporting closure angle shall be a minimum of 2".

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 51 00 - 6 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
H. At the perimeter of the ceiling area where main or cross runners are not connected to the adjacent wall, provide interconnection between the runners at the free end to prevent lateral spreading. A metal strut or a 16 gauge wire with a positive mechanical connection to the runner may be used. Where the perpendicular distance from the wall to the first parallel runner is 12" or less, this interlock is not required.

I. Expansion joints shall be provided in the ceiling at intersections of corridors and at junctions of corridors with lobbies or similar areas.

J. Seismic separation joints shall be placed in ceiling areas over 2500 sq. ft. to divide the ceiling into areas not exceeding 2500 sq. ft. Alternatively, structural analysis shall be performed to demonstrate compliance with ASCE 7-05, Section

13.5.6.2.2 (d).

K. Provide lateral-force bracing assemblies consisting of a compression strut and four (4) #12 gauge splayed bracing wires oriented 90 degrees from each other per the drawings and at the following minimum spacing:

1. Provide bracing assemblies at locations not more than one half (1/2) the spacing given above, from each perimeter wall and at the edge of any change in elevation of the ceiling.

2. The slope of these wires shall not exceed 45 degrees from the plane of the ceiling and shall be taut. Splices in bracing wires are not to be permitted.

3. Compression struts shall have a maximum slenderness ratio (kL/R) of 200 and shall not be more than 1 (horizontal) and 6 (vertical) out of plumb.

L. Suspended acoustical ceiling systems with a ceiling area of 144 square feet or less, and fire-rated suspended acoustical ceiling systems with a ceiling area of 96 square feet or less, surrounded by walls which connect directly to the structure above, do not require lateral-force bracing assemblies when attached to two adjacent walls. Penetrations through the ceiling for sprinkler heads and other similar devices that are not integrally tied to the ceiling system in the lateral direction, shall have a 2" oversized ring, sleeve, or adaptor through the ceiling tile to allow free movement of 1" in all horizontal directions. Alternatively, swing joints may be provided per ASCE 7-05, Section 13.5.6.2.2(e).

M. Fasten #12 hanger wires with not less than three (3) tight turns. Fasten #10 or #12 bracing wires with four (4) tight turns. Make all tight turns within a distance of 1½" inches. Hanger or bracing wire anchors to the structure should be installed in such a manner that the direction of the wire aligns as closely as possible with the direction of the wire.

1. Note: Wire turns made by machine where both strands have been deformed or bent in wrapping can waive the 1½" requirement, but the number of turns should be maintained, and be as tight as possible.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 51 00 - 7 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
N. Separate all ceiling hanging and bracing wires at least six inches (6") from all unbraced ducts, pipes, conduit, etc.

O. Attach all light fixtures and ceiling-mounted air terminals to the ceiling grid runners to resist a horizontal force equal to the weight of the fixtures. Screws or approved fasteners are required.

P. Flush or recessed light fixtures and air terminals, weighing less than 56 lbs., and mechanical terminals and services, weighing less than 20 lbs., may be supported directly on the runners of a heavy-duty grid system but, in addition, they must have a minimum of two 12-gauge slack safety wires attached to the fixture at diagonal corners and anchored to the structure above. All 4' x 4' light fixtures must have slack safety wires at each corner.

1. All flush or recessed light fixtures and air terminals or services weighing 56 lbs. or more must be independently supported by not less than four (4) taut 12-gauge wires each attached to the fixture and to the structure above, regardless of the type of ceiling grid system used.

2. The four (4) taut #12-gauge wires, including their attachment to the structure above, must be capable of supporting four (4) times the weight of the unit.

3. Support surface-mounted light fixtures by at least two positive devices which surround the ceiling runner, and which are each supported from the structure above by a #12-gauge wire. Spring clips or clamps that connect only to the runner are not acceptable.
a. Provide additional supports when light fixtures are 8'-0" or longer.

Maximum spacing between supports shall not exceed 8'-0".

END OF SECTION 09 51 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

RESILIENT FLOORING
SECTION 09 65 00
09 65 00 - 1 RESILIENT FLOORING
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1;

2. Preparation of slabs or sub-floors;

3. Resilient sheet flooring, welded seam resilient sheet flooring, resilient tile flooring, and coved base;

4. Homogenous sheet vinyl with heat welded seams;

5. Rubber top set base;

6. Backing and trim for coved base;

7. Adhesives, accessories, labor, materials, tools, and equipment;

8. Preparation of submittals;

9. Clean up.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 06 20 00: Finish Carpentry

2. Section 09 68 30: Carpet Tile

3. Section 09 91 23: Interior Painting

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product or Material Data:

1. Submit product description and test data for all proposed products or materials for review and acceptance by Architect prior to start of work.

B. Samples or Mockups:

1. Submit one (1) complete set of color selection samples of proposed materials for color selection by Architect prior to ordering materials.

C. Shop Drawings or Layout Drawings:

1. Submit a diagram showing the layouts of all proposed flooring material seams or joints for review by the Architect prior to installing material.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Compliance:

1. Static Coefficient of Friction:
a. Resilient flooring to have minimum coefficient of friction of at least 0.6. 1) Test shall be based on ASTM D2047 James Slip Test, Shoe Material – Official Test Leather.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 65 00 - 2 RESILIENT FLOORING

2. Flammability:
a. ASTM E648.
b. ASTM E662.

3. Material Fabrication:
a. Vinyl Composition Tile:
1) ASTM F1066, Class 2 – through pattern.

4. Health:
a. ASTM D2859.

B. Warranty:

1. Contractor's 1-year per General Conditions.

2. Manufacturer's 7-year warranty on welded seam resilient sheet flooring.

C. Environmental Requirements:

1. Contractor shall ensure that temperatures, relative humidity, and other environmental conditions for material storage, handling, and installation are maintained within the manufacturer's suggested limits.

2. Provide adequate lighting for proper installation of materials.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Welded Seam Resilient Safety Sheet flooring

1. Heterogeneous Sheet Flooring:
a. ShawContract
b. Or approved equal.

B. Resilient Tile Flooring:

2. Luxury Vinyl Tile:
c. Interface
d. Or approved equal.

C. Rubber Top Set Base:

1. Tarkett

2. Or approved equal.

1.02 MATERIALS
A. Resilient Sheet Flooring

1. Heterogenous Sheet Flooring “RS-1” – Room 111; JANITOR a. Shaw Contract, “Vitality” “Pep Up” #00111
b. Product Construction: Commercial Homogeneous Sheet
c. Total overall thickness: 2.0mm
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 65 00 - 3 RESILIENT FLOORING
d. Backing class: Commercial grade
e. Slip resistance: >0.5 wet/dry, ADA compliant
f. Static load limit: 2000 psi
B. Luxury Vinyl Tile:

1. Luxury Vinyl Tile “LVT-1” – Room 101: OPEN OFFICE; Room 102: HALLWAY, Room 103, HALLWAY; Room 107: TRAINING ROOM, Room 113, UNISEX LOCKER ROOM; Room 114, UNISEX LOCKER ROOM
a. Interface, Studio Set Collection. Field: “Pewter” #A00702; Accent: “Lime” #00707
b. Product Construction: High Performance Luxury Vinyl Tile c. Wear Layer Thickness: 22 mil
d. Total thickness: 4.5 mm
e. Backing class: Commercial grade
f. Ceramor
g. Slip resistance: >0.55 wet/dry, ADA compliant
h. Static load limit: 1500 psi

1.03 ACCESSORIES AND HARDWARE
A. Accessories and hardware shall be used as recommended by the manufacturer and as detailed to create a complete installation.

B. Rubber Top Set Base:

1. 4" high 1/8" thick thermoset vulcanized rubber with molded outside corners.

2. Conform to Fed. Spec. SS-W-40A.

3. Plastic or vinyl base material will not be accepted.

4. Color: TG6 Mink WG
C. Adhesive:

1. Conform to the flooring manufacturer's latest written recommendations.

D. Floor Filler and Patch:

1. Portland cement-based resin.
a. Gypsum-based materials will not be allowed.
b. Minimum compressive strength: 4000 psi per ASTM 349/157. c. 4,000 psi per ASTM 349/157.

E. Metal Trim:

1. Conform to the flooring manufacturer's latest written recommendations. a. Trimedge. Chromedge, Futura, extruded white metal molding of shapes and designs indicated on the drawings and/or as herein specified.

F. Cove Base Cap Trim:

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 65 00 - 4 RESILIENT FLOORING

1. Futura Industries;

2. Or approved equal.

PART 3 EXECUTION

4.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine slabs and sub-floors for acceptability for the flooring to be installed.

1. Notify General Contractor or Construction Manager and Architect of any unacceptable conditions prior to installing flooring.

2. Do not install flooring over unacceptable subsurface. Application of flooring indicates acceptance of the underlying slab or sub-floor. Contractor is responsible for replacement and/or guaranty of flooring installed over unacceptable slabs or sub-floors.

B. Perform Calcium Chloride and bonding tests on concrete slab as specified by flooring manufacturer to determine if surfaces are dry; free of curing and hardening compounds, old adhesive and other coatings; and ready to receive flooring.

3.02 PREPARATION
A. Vacuum or broom-clean surfaces to be covered immediately before the application of flooring. Make sub-floor free from dust, dirt, grease, and all foreign materials.

B. Repair flaws or defects in slabs or substrate. Smooth concrete surfaces, removing rough areas, projections, ridges, bumps, and filling low spots, control, or construction joints, and other defects with Floor Filler as specified in this Section.

C. Maintain a smooth surface.

D. Welded Seam Resilient Sheet Flooring and Homogenous Sheet Vinyl:

1. Saw cut concrete around floor drains and/or floor sinks as required for proper installation of gully angles at welded seam resilient sheet flooring. Heat weld gully angles to sheet flooring.

4.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 65 00 - 5 RESILIENT FLOORING
A. Handling, storage, and installation of the materials covered under this Section of the specifications shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's latest written requirements.

4.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Sequence work to avoid potential damage from other trades, such as painting or overhead work.

4.04 INSTALLATION OR APPLICATION
A. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's latest written recommendations.

1. Resilient Sheet Flooring shall be coved unless shown otherwise. a. Install cap strip using contact adhesive and 3d stainless steel nails at 16" on center.

B. Roll flooring into wet adhesive with a minimum 100# roller.

C. Joints shall be straight, tight, and shall align with adjacent walls.

1. Completely weld seams of welded seam resilient sheet flooring joints, including coved areas.

D. Lay out flooring to minimize seams.

E. Tile Flooring:

1. Scribe, cut, and fit to permanent fixtures, columns, walls, partitions, pipes, outlets, and built-in furniture and cabinets.

2. Install flooring in strict accordance with the latest edition of manufacturer's installation instructions.

3. Install flooring wall to wall before the installation of freestanding cabinets, casework, furniture, equipment, movable partitions, etc. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door recesses, closets, and similar openings as shown on the drawings.

4. If required, install flooring on pan-type floor access covers. Maintain continuity of color and pattern within pieces of flooring installed on these covers. Adhere flooring to the sub-floor around covers and to covers.

5. Install flooring with adhesives, tools, and procedures in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Observe the recommended adhesive trowel notching, open times, and working times.

F. Sheet Flooring:

1. Install flooring in strict accordance with the latest edition of manufacturer's installation instructions.

2. Install flooring wall to wall before the installation of floor-set cabinets, Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 65 00 - 6 RESILIENT FLOORING
casework, furniture, equipment, movable partitions, etc. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door recesses, closets, and similar openings as shown on the drawings.

3. If required, install flooring on pan-type floor access covers. Maintain continuity of color and pattern within pieces of flooring installed on these covers. Adhere flooring to the subfloor around covers and to covers.

4. Scribe, cut, and fit or flash cove to permanent fixtures, columns, walls, partitions, pipes, outlets, and built-in furniture and cabinets.

5. Adhere flooring to the sub-floor without cracks, voids, raising, and puckering at the seams. Use manufacturers recommended adhesive with resistance to high moisture content. Roll with a 100-pound roller in the field areas. Handroll flooring at the perimeter and the seams to assure adhesion. Refer to specific rolling instructions of the flooring manufacturer.

6. Lay flooring to provide a minimum number of seams. Avoid cross seams, filler pieces, and strips. Match edges for color shading and pattern at the seams in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

7. Install flooring with adhesives, tools, and procedures in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Observe the recommended adhesive trowel notching, open times, and working times.

8. Prepare heat-welded seams with special routing tool supplied for this purpose and heat weld with vinyl welding rod in seams. Use methods and sequence of work in conformance with written instructions of the flooring manufacturer.

Finish all seams flush and free from voids, recesses, and raised areas.

9. Provide integral flash cove wall base unless shown otherwise on the drawings, including cove fillet support strip and top edge cap trim. Construct flash cove base in accordance with the flooring manufacturer's instructions.

Heat weld seams as specified for those on the floor.

4.05 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field Inspection:

1. Project Inspector.

2. Architect of Record.

4.06 CLEANING OR REPAIR
A. Keep premises clean during the progress of the work.

B. Protect installed flooring as recommended by the flooring manufacturer against damage from rolling loads, other trades, or the placement of fixtures and furnishings.

C. Thoroughly clean-up work and adjacent areas upon completion of the work.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 65 00 - 7 RESILIENT FLOORING

1. Sweep and vacuum areas clean.

2. Linoleum:
a. Dry buff as outlined by the manufacturer.

3. Vinyl Flooring:
a. Use flooring manufacturer's approved cleaner to strip residue in preparation of polish.
b. Polish and buff flooring with;
1) 2 coats of polish.

4. Remove tools, excess materials, and debris from site.

4.07 EXTRA STOCK
A. Contractor shall provide 1.5% of uncut extra stock of each product used per this specification. Two (2) 1 qt. cans of adhesive and One (1) 1 qt. can of RTSB glue shall be given to District for future use. All cans shall be new and unopened.

END OF SECTION 09 65 00
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

CARPET TILES
SECTION 09 68 13
09 68 13 - 1 CARPET TILES
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Inclusions:

1. Provisions set forth in Divisions 0 and 1;

2. Preparation of slabs or substrata;

3. Carpet tiles; Cushion back carpet tiles

4. Rubber topset base and trims;

5. Adhesives, accessories, labor, materials, tools, and equipment;

6. Preparation of submittals;

7. Clean up.

B. Related Sections:

1. 03 31 00 Structural Concrete Work

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product or Material Data:

1. Submit product description and test data for all proposed products or materials for review and acceptance by Architect prior to start of work.

2. Submit manufacturer's installation data for all proposed products or materials for review and acceptance by Architect prior to start of work.

B. Samples or Mockups:

1. Submit a complete set of color selection samples of proposed materials for color selection by Architect prior to ordering materials.

C. Shop Drawings or Layout Drawings:

1. Submit a diagram showing the layouts of all proposed flooring material seams or joints for approval by the Architect prior to installing material.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Compliance:

1. Carpet shall comply with the requirements of the California Building Code (CBC) including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Note: Carpet specified is intended to meet or exceed CBC and/or DSA requirements.
b. Changes in level up to 1/4 inch vertical and without edge treatment.

Changes in level between 1/4 inch and 1/2 inch shall be accomplished by means of a ramp that complies with 2022 CBC Figure 11B-303.3. 1) CBC, Section 11B-303 Changes in Level.
c. If carpet or carpet tile is used on a ground or floor surface, then it shall be securely attached; have a firm cushion, pad or backing, or no cushion or Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 68 13 - 2 CARPET TILES
pad; and have a level loop, textured loop; level-cut pile, or level-cut/uncut pile texture. The maximum pile height shall be 1/2 inch. Exposed edges of carpet shall be fastened to floor surfaces and have trim along the entire length of the exposed edge. Carpet edge trim shall comply with Section 11B-303.2.
1) CBC, Section 11B-303.2 Carpet.

2. Flammability: ASTM E648, NFPA 253
a. Carpeting shall have a minimum radiant flux rated as tested per ASTM E648 Class I or II per 2022 CBC 804.4.2.
b. Smoke Density rating of 450 max per ASTM E662
B. Environmental Requirements:

1. Contractor shall ensure that temperatures, relative humidity, and other environmental conditions for material storage, handling, and installation are maintained within the manufacturer's suggested limits.

2. Provide adequate lighting for proper installation of materials.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Carpeting:

1. J+J Flooring;
a. Manufacturer's Product Series meeting minimum standards listed below:
1) Style: Fiction II
2) Color: “Lexicon” 3346

2. Or approved equal.
a. Product meeting minimum standards listed below:

B. Rubber Top Set Base:

1. Tarkett

2. Other approved equal

2.02 MATERIALS
A. Carpeting:

1. Carpet submitted for color/pattern selection shall meet every minimum standard for construction listed below. Any carpet failing to meet one of these minimum standards will be rejected.
a. Construction:
1) Textured patterned loop.
b. Wear Layer:
1) 100% solution dyed Polyester
c. Total Weight:
1) 4.5-5.2 oz./sf minimum.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 68 13 - 3 CARPET TILES
d. Backing:
1) Polyester felt cushion
e. Design Standard:
1) J+J Flooring – Fiction II “ Lexicon 3346 Carpet Tile 24” x 24” B. Adhesive:

1. Conform to the flooring manufacturer's latest written recommendations.

C. Carpet Edge:

1. Rubber long transition strips, unless noted otherwise. a. Comply with CBC Section 11B-303.

2. Color to match RTSB, selected by Architect.

3. Burke #152 Carpet to Resilient transition, or equal
D. Subfloor Filler and Patch Material:

1. Portland cement-based resin.
a. No gypsum-based materials will be allowed.
b. Minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi per ASTM 349/157.

2. Patching of wood or gypsum substrates:

A. Rubber Top Set Base:

1. 4" high 1/8" thick thermoset vulcanized rubber with molded outside corners.

2. Conform to Fed. Spec. SS-W-40A.

3. Plastic or vinyl base material will not be accepted.

4. Color: TG6 Mink WG
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrate for acceptability for floor installation.

1. Beginning installation indicates acceptance of substrate condition.

1.02 PREPARATION
A. Repair flaws or defects.

B. Maintain a smooth surface.

1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Handling, storage, and installation of the materials covered under the Section of the specifications shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's latest written requirements.

Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield
09 68 13 - 4 CARPET TILES

1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Sequence work to avoid potential damage from other trades, such as painting or overhead work.

1.05 INSTALLATION OR APPLICATION
A. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's latest written recommendations and meet the requirements of CBC Section 11B-302.2.

1.06 CLEANING OR REPAIR
A. Keep premises clean during the progress of the work.

B. Thoroughly clean- up work and adjacent areas upon completion of the work.

1. Sweep and vacuum areas clean.

2. Remove tools, excess materials, and debris from site.

1.07 EXTRA STOCK
A. Contractor shall provide 1.0% of uncut extra stock of each product used per this specification. Two 1-quart cans of carpet glue and one 1 quart can of RTSB glue shall be given to District for future use. All cans shall be new and unopened.

END OF SECTION 09 68 13
Park Rangers Office Tenant
Improvements (RE-BID)
City of Bakersfield

DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED WALL PANELS
SECTION 09 77 20
09 77 20 - 1 DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS

REINFORCED WALL PANELS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Prefinished polyester glass reinforced plastic sheets and adhered to unfinished gypsum wallboard.

1. Aluminum trim.

B. Products Not Furnished or Installed under This Section:

1. Gypsum wall board

2. Resilient Base.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. SECTION 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry
B. SECTION 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry
C. SECTION 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies
D. SECTION 09 68 13 Carpet Tiles

1.3 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials: Standard Specifications (ASTM)